Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

со всех языков на все языки

Со всех языков на:
Все языки
Со всех языков на:
Все языки
Английский
Испанский
Французский

there is a strong connection between them

Толкование Перевод

1 fuerte

adj.

1 strong (persona, viento).

un medicamento muy fuerte a very powerful medicine

2 heavy (food) (pesado).

3 loud (alto) (sonido).

está demasiado fuerte it's on too loud

4 tight (nudo).

5 strong.

es una empresa fuerte en el sector the company's strong in this sector

una moneda fuerte a strong currency

6 large, considerable (grande) (cantidad).

una fuerte presencia de artistas europeos a large contingent of European artists

adv.

1 hard (intensamente).

2 a lot (abundantemente) (comer).

3 loudly.

4 strong.

m.

1 fort.

2 strong point, forte (punto fuerte).

su fuerte son las matemáticas mathematics is his forte

3 fortress, fort, bastille, fortification.

* * *

fuerte

► adjetivo

1 (gen) strong

■ un café bien fuerte a good strong coffee

■ un fuerte olor a gas a strong smell of gas

■ tiene un sabor fuerte it has a strong taste

■ una cuerda fuerte a strong rope

■ un acento vasco fuerte a strong Basque accent

■ el euro está muy fuerte the euro is very strong

■ hay una fuerte conexión entre los dos there is a strong connection between them

2 (en asignatura) strong, good

■ está muy fuerte en historia she's very strong on history

3 (viento) strong; (lluvia, nevada) heavy; (tormenta, seísmo) severe; (calor) intense

■ vientos fuertes del norte strong northerly winds

■ los fuertes calores del verano the intense summer heat

4 (escena - violento) violent; (- escandaloso) shocking; (- inquietante) disturbing

5 (dolor, enfermedad) severe, bad

■ una fuerte colitis a severe stomach infection

■ una jaqueca fuerte a splitting headache

6 (golpe) hard, heavy

7 (sonido) loud

8 (subida) steep, sharp; (bajada) sharp

■ el fuerte aumento del paro the steep rise in unemployment

■ un fuerte descenso en el precio del petróleo a sharp fall in the price of oil

9 (discusión) heated, violent; (protesta) violent, vigorous; (polémica) bitter; (aplauso) loud, thunderous

10 (presión) intense; (influencia) powerful, strong

11 (suma de dinero) large

■ pagaron una fuerte suma de dinero they paid a large sum of money

■ tuvo que hacer un fuerte desembolso he had to spend a great deal of money

■ esto requiere una fuerte inversión this requires large-scale investment

12 (comida - pesado) heavy; (- cargado) rich

■ no le gustan las cenas muy fuertes he doesn't like heavy suppers

■ este guiso lo encuentro un poco fuerte I find this stew a little rich

13 (color) intense

14 (contraste) marked, sharp; (tendency) strong, marked

15 (cosa fija) stiff, tight

16 familiar (terrible) awful

► nombre masculino

1 (fortificación) fort

2 (punto fuerte) forte, strong point

► adverbio

1 (mucho) a lot

■ comer fuerte to eat a lot

2 (con fuerza) hard

■ empuja fuerte push hard

■ llovía fuerte it was raining hard

■ le pegó fuerte she hit him hard

3 (volumen) loud

■ la música sonaba fuerte the music was loud

\

FRASEOLOGÍA

¡abrázame fuerte! hold me tight!

estar fuerte en algo to be good at something

¡habla más fuerte! speak up!

* * *
1. adv.
1) hard

2) loudly
2. adj.
1) strong

2) loud
3. noun m.
fort

* * *

1. ADJ

1) [persona]

a) [físicamente] [gen] strong; (=robusto) sturdy, powerfully built; euf (=obeso) large

- fuerte como un roble o un toro

b) [emocionalmente] strong, tough

hemos de ser fuertes ante la adversidad — we must be strong o tough in the face of adversity

c)

estar fuerte en filosofía/historia — [estudiante] to be strong in philosophy/history

2) (=intenso)

a) [sabor, olor, viento] strong; [dolor, calor] intense; [lluvia] heavy; [ejercicio] strenuous

b) [explosión, voz, ruido] loud; [golpe] heavy, hard; [acento] strong, thick

c) [color] (=no pálido) strong; (=llamativo) bright

una blusa de un rosa fuerte — a bright pink blouse

d) [impresión] strong, powerful; [deseo] strong, deep; [fe, objeción] strong; [discusión] heated

los vecinos tuvieron una discusión muy fuerte — the neighbours had a heated argument

en la película se oyen expresiones muy fuertes — the film contains strong language

el taco más fuerte que ha pronunciado — the worst swearword he has ever said

e) [abrazo, beso] big

un beso muy fuerte — [en cartas] lots of love

un fuerte abrazo, Carmen — best wishes, Carmen; [más cariñoso] love, Carmen

3) [bebida, medicamento] strong; [comida] (=pesada) heavy; (=indigesta) indigestible

nunca toma cosas fuertes, solo cerveza y vino — he never drinks spirits o the hard stuff *, just beer and wine

4) (=resistente) [cuerda, tela] strong; [economía, moneda, país] strong

5) (=importante) [aumento, bajada] sharp; [crisis] serious, severe; [pérdidas] large, substantial

la fuerte caída de ventas — the sharp drop in sales

6) (=impactante) [escena] shocking, disturbing

me dijo cosas muy fuertes que no podría repetir ahora — she said some harsh o nasty * things that I couldn't repeat now

-lo llamó a la oficina y lo despidió en el acto -¡qué fuerte! — * "he called him at the office and fired him there and then" - "that's outrageous o appalling!"

7)

hacerse fuerte — (=protegerse) to hole up; (=volverse fuerte) to gain strength

un comando se hizo fuerte en las montañas — a group of commandos holed up in the mountains

el fundamentalismo se hace fuerte otra vez — fundamentalism is gaining strength again

8) [terreno] rough, difficult

9) Chile (=apestoso) [persona] stinky

ser o estar fuerte a algo — to stink of sth

2. ADV

1) (=con fuerza) [golpear] hard; [abrazar] tight, tightly

pegar fuerte al enemigo — to hit the enemy hard

apostar fuerte — to bet heavily

la editorial ha apostado fuerte por los nuevos poetas — the publishing house is backing new poets in a big way

jugar fuerte — (lit) to gamble heavily; (fig) to take a gamble

2) (=en voz alta) [hablar, tocar] loud, loudly

toca muy fuerte — she plays very loud o loudly

¡más fuerte! ¡que no se le oye aquí atrás! — speak up! we can't hear at the back

poner la radio más fuerte — to turn the radio up

3) (=gran cantidad)

desayunar fuerte — to have a big breakfast

comer fuerte — to have a big lunch

3. SM

1) (Mil) fort

2) (Mús) forte

3) (=especialidad) forte, strong point

el canto no es mi fuerte — singing is not my forte o strong point

4) Chile (=bebida) hard liquor, hard stuff *

* * *
I
adjetivo

1) < persona>

a) ( físicamente) strong

de complexión fuerte — well-built

es un hombre fuertísimo or fortísimo — he's an exeptionally strong man

b) ( moralmente) strong

hacerse fuerte — to pull oneself together

c) ( en asignatura) strong

no estoy muy fuerte en ese tema/en física — I'm not very strong on that topic/in physics (colloq)

2) ( resistente) <tela/cuerda> strong

una silla bien fuerte — a good sturdy chair

3)

a) < viento> strong; < terremoto> severe; <lluvia/nevada> heavy

b) < dolor> intense, bad; < resfriado> bad

un fuerte golpe — a heavy o hard blow

c) <abrazo/beso> big

4) < ruido> loud

la música está muy fuerte — the music's too loud

5)

a) <olor/sabor> strong

b) <licor/medicina> strong

c) < comida> heavy

6) < acento> strong, thick

7) ( violento) < discusión> violent, heated

tiene escenas muy fuertes — it has some very shocking scenes

me dijo que era un inútil - qué fuerte! — (fam) he said I was useless - that's a bit much (AmE) o (BrE) a bit over the top!

8)

a) ( poderoso) <nación/empresa/equipo> strong

es más fuerte que yo — it's stronger than I am

b) < moneda> strong

c) ( importante)

una fuerte suma de dinero — a large sum of money

un fuerte contingente de la policía — a strong police contingent

un fuerte incremento de precio — a sharp price increase

una fuerte dosis de analgésicos — a heavy dose of painkillers

9) (Ling) < vocal> stressed
II
adverbio

1) <golpear/empujar> hard; <agarrar/apretar> tightly; < llover> heavily

una canción que está pegando fuerte — a song that's a big hit at the moment

2) < hablar> loudly

pon la radio más fuerte — turn the radio up

hable más fuerte — speak up

3) ( mucho)

desayunar fuerte — to have a big breakfast

4) <jugar/apostar> heavily
III
masculino

1) (Mil) fort

2) ( especialidad) strong point, forte

* * *
I
adjetivo

1) < persona>

a) ( físicamente) strong

de complexión fuerte — well-built

es un hombre fuertísimo or fortísimo — he's an exeptionally strong man

b) ( moralmente) strong

hacerse fuerte — to pull oneself together

c) ( en asignatura) strong

no estoy muy fuerte en ese tema/en física — I'm not very strong on that topic/in physics (colloq)

2) ( resistente) <tela/cuerda> strong

una silla bien fuerte — a good sturdy chair

3)

a) < viento> strong; < terremoto> severe; <lluvia/nevada> heavy

b) < dolor> intense, bad; < resfriado> bad

un fuerte golpe — a heavy o hard blow

c) <abrazo/beso> big

4) < ruido> loud

la música está muy fuerte — the music's too loud

5)

a) <olor/sabor> strong

b) <licor/medicina> strong

c) < comida> heavy

6) < acento> strong, thick

7) ( violento) < discusión> violent, heated

tiene escenas muy fuertes — it has some very shocking scenes

me dijo que era un inútil - qué fuerte! — (fam) he said I was useless - that's a bit much (AmE) o (BrE) a bit over the top!

8)

a) ( poderoso) <nación/empresa/equipo> strong

es más fuerte que yo — it's stronger than I am

b) < moneda> strong

c) ( importante)

una fuerte suma de dinero — a large sum of money

un fuerte contingente de la policía — a strong police contingent

un fuerte incremento de precio — a sharp price increase

una fuerte dosis de analgésicos — a heavy dose of painkillers

9) (Ling) < vocal> stressed
II
adverbio

1) <golpear/empujar> hard; <agarrar/apretar> tightly; < llover> heavily

una canción que está pegando fuerte — a song that's a big hit at the moment

2) < hablar> loudly

pon la radio más fuerte — turn the radio up

hable más fuerte — speak up

3) ( mucho)

desayunar fuerte — to have a big breakfast

4) <jugar/apostar> heavily
III
masculino

1) (Mil) fort

2) ( especialidad) strong point, forte

* * *

fuerte¹

¹ = fort (ft).

Ex: Had he consulted an Indian history, he would have found, for instance, that what the Britannica called the Fort Phil Kearney massacre the Indians call the 'Battle of the Hundred Slain'.

* defender el fuerte = hold + the fortress.

fuerte²

² = robust, strong [stronger -comp., strongest -sup.], sturdy [sturdier -comp., sturdiest -sup.], loud [louder -comp., loudest -sup.], hefty [heftier -comp., heftiest -sup.], tight [tighter -comp., tightest -sup.], forte, brawny [brawnier -comp., brawniest -sup.], buoyant, hard-wearing, strong point, nippy [nippier -comp., nippiest -sup.].

Nota: Generalmente referido a los sabores.

Ex: Although microcomputers are relatively robust, they do not take kindly to frequent moves from one location to another, particularly on wheeled trollies.

Ex: In fact, the 1979 index figures show a strong contrast between the hardback and paperback turnovers, with the hardback market being down and the paperback market up.

Ex: Here came every sort of human ingredient -- sturdy homesteaders, skilled craftsmen, precious scoundrels.

Ex: Visitors would be surprised by the loud creaking and groaning of the presses as the timbers gave and rubbed against each other.

Ex: This new font had increased contrast and x-height in the lower case and a hefty set of capitals = Este nuevo tipo de letra había aumentado el contraste y el ojo medio de las minúsculas y las mayúsculas eran voluminosas.

Ex: The platen was lashed up tight to the toe of the spindle by cords which connected hooks at its four corners to another set of hooks at the four lower corners of the hose.

Ex: Statistical analysis has long been a forte of sociological & social research.

Ex: This revolutionary syndicalist union consistently supported the most downtrodden & oppressed, & encouraged a cult of the unspoiled, heroic brawny proletarian with raw courage & 'natural' virtues.

Ex: The foreign relations of the Community will probably remain a buoyant area.

Ex: The manufacturers of this type of artificial turf say that while the grass is soft and springy underfoot it is extremely tough and hard-wearing.

Ex: One of the strong points of the DIALOG service is the documentation.

Ex: Blend cream cheese with prepared horseradish for a nippy taste.

* amarillo fuerte = bright yellow.

* andar pisando fuerte = go from + strength to strength, make + a big impact.

* apretar fuerte = bear down on.

* bebida alcohólica fuerte = hard drink, hard liquor.

* caja fuerte = safe, safety deposit box.

* combinación de la caja fuerte = safe code, safe combination.

* con fuertes aspiraciones profesionales = upward-mobile.

* dar fuerte = pack + a wallop.

* delgado y fuerte = wiry.

* demasiado fuerte = over-strong.

* de olor fuerte = strong-smelling.

* fuerte como un roble = as strong as an ox.

* fuerte como un toro = as strong as an ox.

* fuertes lluvias = heavy rain.

* fuerte viento = strong wind.

* golpear fuerte = wallop, whack.

* golpe fuerte = whack.

* hacer más fuerte = toughen.

* hacerse más fuerte = gain in + strength, grow in + strength.

* iluminación fuerte = task lighting.

* ley del más fuerte, la = law of the jungle, the, survival of the fittest, survival of the strongest.

* mar fuerte = heavy sea.

* más fuerte que un roble = as strong as an ox.

* más fuerte que un toro = as strong as an ox.

* naranja fuerte = bright orange.

* olor fuerte y penetrante = tang.

* pegar fuerte = pack + a wallop.

* pisar fuerte = go from + strength to strength, make + a big impact, stomp.

* plato fuerte = main dish, strong point, entrée, main entrée.

* poner más fuerte = crank up.

* punto fuerte = strength.

* sabor fuerte y penetrante = tang.

* supervivencia del más fuerte = survival of the fittest, survival of the strongest.

* tener una personalidad muy fuerte = be full of character.

* tener un carácter muy fuerte = be full of character.

* un fuerte sentimiento de = a strong sense of.

* viento fuerte = high wind.

fuerte³

³ = tangy [tangier - comp., tangiest -sup.].

Ex: The most boring meal can be pepped up with spicy and tangy herbs.

* * *

fuerte¹

adjective

A ‹persona›

1 (físicamente) strong

nunca ha sido muy fuerte he has never been very strong

es un hombre fuertísimo or fortísimo he's an exceptionally strong man

de complexión fuerte well-built

2 (moralmente) strong

hacerse fuerte to pull oneself together

3 (en una asignatura) strong

no estoy muy fuerte en ese tema I'm not very strong on o well up on that topic ( colloq)

anda muy fuerte en física he's doing very well in physics

B (resistente) ‹tela/cuerda› strong

una caja bien fuerte a good, sturdy o strong box

una valla alta y fuerte a tall, sturdy o strong fence

C

1 ‹viento› strong; ‹terremoto› severe; ‹lluvia/nevada› heavy

2 ‹dolor› intense, bad; ‹resfriado› bad

un fuerte golpe a heavy o hard blow

reinaba un fuerte nerviosismo tension was high

3 ‹abrazo/beso› big

D ‹ruido› loud

la radio está muy fuerte, bájale el volumen the radio's too loud, turn it down

E

1 ‹olor/sabor› strong

2 ‹licor› strong; ‹medicina› strong

3 ‹comida› heavy

F ‹acento› strong, thick

G

(violento): tiene escenas muy fuertes it has some very shocking o disturbing scenes

me dijo que no valía para nada — ¡qué fuerte! ( fam); he said I was absolutely useless — strong o harsh words!

tuvieron una discusión fortísima or fuertísima they had a violent o heated argument

H

1 (poderoso) ‹nación/empresa/equipo› strong

es algo más fuerte que yo, no puedo dejar de hacerlo it's stronger than I am, I can't stop o give it up

2 ‹moneda› strong

3

(importante): una fuerte suma de dinero a large sum of money

un fuerte contingente de la policía a strong police contingent

un fuerte incremento de precio a sharp price increase

le recetó una fuerte dosis de analgésicos she prescribed a heavy dose of painkillers

I ( Ling) ‹vocal› stressed

J

( Chi fam) (hediondo): ¡qué fuerte andas! you stink! ( colloq)

es fuerte de patas his feet stink ( colloq)

fuerte²

adverb

A ‹golpear/empujar› hard; ‹agarrar/apretar› tightly; ‹llover› heavily

una canción que está pegando fuerte a song that's a big hit at the moment

B ‹hablar› loudly

pon la radio más fuerte turn the radio up

hable más fuerte speak up

C

(abundantemente): desayunar fuerte to have a big breakfast

D ‹jugar/apostar› heavily

fuerte³

masculine

A ( Mil) fort

B (especialidad) strong point, forte

C ( Chi fam) (licor) hard stuff ( colloq)

* * *

fuerte adjetivo
1 ( en general) strong;
◊ un equipo/una cuerda fuerte a strong team/rope

2
a) ‹ viento› strong;

‹ terremoto› severe;
‹lluvia/nevada› heavy
b) ‹ dolor› intense, bad;

‹ golpe› heavy;
‹ resfriado› bad;
‹abrazo/beso› big
c) ‹ruido/música› loud

d) ‹olor/sabor/medicina› strong;

‹comida/dosis› heavy
e) ‹ acento› strong, thick

3 ( violento) ‹ discusión› violent, heated;
‹película/escena› shocking
■ adverbio
1 ‹golpear/empujar› hard;
‹agarrar/apretar› tightly;
‹ llover› heavily
2 ‹ hablar› loudly;
◊ pon la radio más fuerte turn the radio up;

habla más fuerte speak up
■ sustantivo masculino
a) (Mil) fort

b) ( especialidad) strong point, forte

fuerte
I adjetivo
1 strong
2 (intenso) (dolor) severe
(color) intense
3 (excesivo) strong
(comida) heavy: el café es muy fuerte para la niña, coffee is too strong for the child
4 (volumen) loud
5 (impactante) (escenas) violent, grisly
(comentarios) serious
II sustantivo masculino
1 (fortificación) fort
2 (punto fuerte) forte, strong point
III adv (con fuerza, con violencia) hard: el viento sopla fuerte, the wind is blowing hard
(con intensidad, apretadamente) tight: ¡agárrate fuerte!, hold on tight!
(en cantidad) tienes que desayunar fuerte, you have to have a good breakfast
(más alto) louder: ¡habla más fuerte!, speak up!
' fuerte' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
A
- acento
- agarrarse
- animal
- caja
- campeonato
- conmoción
- débil
- diezmar
- dirigir
- espanto
- estirón
- férrea
- férreo
- frágil
- fulminante
- grande
- hacer
- opresión
- pisar
- plato
- relumbrón
- resistente
- reventar
- sacudida
- suave
- sujetar
- tirón
- torta
- tortazo
- trompazo
- viento
- abrazar
- agarrar
- apariencia
- bajón
- caer
- carácter
- codazo
- combinación
- comida
- constitución
- crecida
- dispositivo
- estridente
- fortín
- golpe
- impulso
- indignación
- indignado
English:
A
- agony
- ale
- aloud
- backbone
- bad
- balance
- bang
- bash
- beat down
- best
- blare
- bond
- boo
- break into
- burly
- crack
- dish
- fluid
- forte
- fresh
- fuck
- great
- grip
- hard
- hard currency
- heady
- heavy
- high
- highlight
- hold
- hold on
- hug
- iron
- keen
- liaison
- loud
- lung
- must
- point
- potent
- powerful
- press
- resilient
- robust
- rugged
- safe
- sing up
- slight
- slog

* * *

fuerte

♦ adj

1. [persona] [físicamente] strong;

Comp

estar fuerte como un roble to be as strong as an ox

2. [persona] [psicológicamente] strong;

tiene un carácter muy fuerte she has a strong character

3.
hacerse fuerte en Mil to make one's stronghold in;
Fig
el equipo se hizo fuerte en su área the team fell back into their own half

4. [material] strong;

necesito un tejido fuerte I need a strong material

5. [viento] strong;
[lluvia] heavy
6. [intenso] [frío, dolor, color] intense;
[golpe, pelea] hard
7. [medicamento] powerful

8. [influyente, sólido] strong;

es una empresa fuerte en el sector the company's strong in this sector;

una moneda fuerte a strong currency;

fuertes razones powerful reasons

9. [violento, impactante] powerful, shocking;

lenguaje fuerte strong language;

un chiste fuerte a crude joke;

algunas de las escenas son muy fuertes some of the scenes are very shocking

10. [grande] large, considerable;

una fuerte cantidad de dinero a large o considerable amount of money;

una fuerte presencia de artistas caribeños a large contingent of Caribbean artists

11. [comida] [pesado] heavy;
[picante] hot
12. [nudo] tight

13. [sílaba] accented, stressed

14. [vocal] strong

15. [versado]
estoy fuerte en idiomas I'm good at languages

16. [alto] [sonido] loud;

la televisión está demasiado fuerte the television is on too loud

17. Fam [increíble] astonishing, amazing;

¡qué fuerte! [fabuloso] wow!, amazing!;
[terrible] how awful!, oh no!;
…y después me insultó – ¡qué fuerte! …and then he insulted me – that's awful o terrible!

♦ adv

1. [intensamente] hard;
[abrazar, agarrar] tight;
está nevando fuerte it's snowing hard o heavily;

lo ató bien fuerte she tied it tight;

chuta fuerte he has a powerful kick

2. [abundantemente] a lot;

en España se suele almorzar fuerte in Spain, people usually have a big meal at lunchtime

3. [en voz alta] loudly;

¿podría hablar más fuerte? could you speak louder?

♦ nm

1. [fortificación] fort

2. [especialidad] strong point, forte;

su fuerte son las matemáticas mathematics is his forte

* * *

fuerte

I adj

1 strong

2 dolor intense; lluvia heavy

3 aumento sharp

4 ruido loud

5

:

estoy fuerte en idiomas I’m good at languages

6 fig pop

incredible fam ;

¡qué fuerte!, ¡esto es muy fuerte! fam God, this is awful! fam

II adv hard;

hablar fuerte speak loudly;

jugar fuerte bet heavily

III m MIL fort;

hacerse fuerte dig o.s. in

* * *

fuerte adv

1) : strongly, tightly, hard

2) : loudly

3) : abundantly

fuerte adj

1) : strong

2) : intense

un fuerte dolor: an intense pain

3) : loud

4) : extreme, excessive

fuerte nm

1) : fort, stronghold

2) : forte, strong point

* * *

fuerte¹ adj

1. (en general) strong

una persona fuerte a strong person

un sabor muy fuerte a very strong taste

2. (dolor) severe

sentí un fuerte dolor en el costado I felt a severe pain in my side

3. (voz, ruido) loud

4. (golpe) hard

5. (comida) heavy [comp. heavier; superl. heaviest]

6. (imágenes) violent

estar fuerte en algo to be good at something

¡qué fuerte! how awful!

fuerte² adv

1. (con fuerza) hard

le pegó fuerte he hit him hard

está lloviendo fuerte it's raining hard

2. (hablar) loud / loudly

no hables tan fuerte don't talk so loud

3. (sujetar) tight

abrázame fuerte hold me tight

4. (comer)

desayuna fuerte antes de salir have a good breakfast before you leave

fuerte³ n

1. (fortificación) fort

2. (punto sobresaliente) strong point

su fuerte son las mates maths are her strong point

Spanish-English dictionary > fuerte
2 affinity

affinity [ə'fɪnətɪ] (pl affinities)

noun

(a) (connection, link) lien m, affinité f;

∎ the affinities between the English and German languages la ressemblance ou la parenté entre l'anglais et l'allemand;

∎ the artist's work shows a clear affinity with that of his former teacher on voit clairement le lien entre l'œuvre de cet artiste et celle de son maître;

∎ there are many affinities between the two regions les deux régions ont énormément de choses en commun

(b) (attraction) affinité f, attraction f;

∎ to have an affinity with sb/sth avoir des affinités avec qn/qch;

∎ he has little affinity for or with modern art il est peu attiré par l'art moderne;

∎ she feels a strong sense of affinity with or for him elle se sent beaucoup d'affinités avec lui;

∎ there is a strong affinity between them ils ont beaucoup de choses en commun ou d'affinités

(c) Biology affinité f, parenté f; Chemistry affinité f

(d) Law (relation) affinité f

►► affinity card

(a) British Commerce & Finance = carte de crédit émise en collaboration avec une association caritative, afin qu'une part de chaque transaction revienne à ladite association, French Canadian carte f d'affinité

(b) American Commerce & Finance = carte de crédit résultant de la collaboration entre un organisme de crédit et une entreprise commerciale

Un panorama unique de l'anglais et du français > affinity
3 unir

v.

1 to join (juntar) (pedazos, habitaciones).

unió los dos palos con una cuerda he joined o tied the two sticks together with a piece of string

Ellos unieron las telas They joined the fabrics.

Ellos unieron los equipos They merged the teams.

2 to connect, to link (comunicar) (ciudades, terminales, aparatos).

El cable une la tubería The wire connects the tubing.

3 to combine.

en su obra une belleza y técnica her work combines beauty with technique

unir algo a algo to add something to something

4 to draw together, to assemble, to unify.

El amor une a las personas Love draws people together.

* * *

unir

► verbo transitivo

1 (juntar) to unite, join, join together

2 (combinar) to combine (a, with)

3 (enlazar) to link (a, to)

\

FRASEOLOGÍA

unirse en matrimonio formal to unite in marriage

* * *

verb

to unite, join, link

- unirse
- unirse a
* * *

1. VT

1) (=acercar)

a) [+ grupos, tendencias, pueblos] to unite

es la persona perfecta para unir al partido — he is the ideal person to unite the party

b) [sentimientos] to unite

los une el mismo amor a la verdad — they are united in their love of the truth

a nuestros dos países los unen muchas más cosas de las que los dividen — there are far more things that unite our two countries than divide them

nos une el interés por la ciencia — we share an interest in science

me une a él una estrecha amistad — I have a very close friendship with him

c) [lazos] to link, bind

los lazos que unen ambos países — the ties that bind o link both countries

2) (=atar) [contrato] to bind

con el periódico me unía un mero contrato — I was bound to the newspaper by nothing more than a simple contract

el jugador ha rescindido el contrato que lo unía al club — the player has terminated the contract binding him to the club

unir a dos personas en matrimonio — to join together two people in matrimony

3) (=asociar, agrupar) to combine

uniendo los dos nombres resulta un nuevo concepto — a new concept is created by combining the two nouns

el esquí de fondo une dos actividades: montañismo y esquí — cross-country skiing combines two activities: mountaineering and skiing

decidieron unir sus fuerzas para luchar contra el crimen — they decided to join forces in the fight against crime

ha logrado unir su nombre al de los grandes deportistas de este siglo — he has won a place among the great sporting names of this century

4) (=conectar) [carretera, vuelo, ferrocarril] to link ( con with)

la autopista une las dos poblaciones — the motorway links the two towns

5) [+ objetos, piezas] [gen] to join, join together; [con pegamento, celo] to stick together; [con clavos, puntas] to fasten together

unir los bordes con cinta adhesiva — stick the edges together with adhesive tape

van a tirar el tabique para unir el salón a la cocina — they are going to knock together the lounge and the kitchen

6) (Culin) [+ líquidos] to mix; [+ salsa] to blend

7) (Com) [+ compañías, intereses] to merge

2.

See:

unirse

* * *
1.
verbo transitivo

1)

a) < cables> to join; (con cola, pegamento) to stick... together; < esfuerzos> to combine

unió los trozos con un pegamento — she glued the pieces together

los unió en matrimonio — (frml) he joined them in matrimony (frml)

b) sentimientos/intereses to unite

unida sentimentalmente a... — (period) romantically involved with...

c) <características/cualidades/estilos> to combine

unir algo a algo — to combine something with something

2) ( comunicar) < lugares> to link

3) ( fusionar) <empresas/organizaciones> to merge

4) < salsa> to mix
2.
unirse v pron

1)

a) ( aliarse) personas/colectividades to join together

se unieron para hacer un frente común — they joined forces o united in a common cause

unirse en matrimonio — to be joined in matrimony (frml)

se unió a nuestra causa — he joined our cause

b) características/cualidades to combine

a su belleza se une una gran simpatía — she combines beauty and a very pleasant personality

2) ( juntarse) caminos to converge, meet

3) ( fusionarse) empresas/organizaciones to merge

* * *

= aggregate, bridge, connect, join together, link, marry, string, unite, confound, piece together, weld into/together, splice, bundle, pool, band, bind + Nombre + together, knit, knit, federate, conjoin, cement.

Ex. You have attempted to aggregate the UDC class number incorrectly.

Ex. BLAISE offers a variety of services bridging the cataloguing and information retrieval functions.

Ex. Plainly, it is not always the case that there is a connection between farming and spelling, and many other documents can be identified where these subjects are not connected.

Ex. A portfolio is a container for holding loose materials, e.g. paintings, drawings, papers, unbound sections of a book, and similar materials, consisting of two covers joined together at the back.

Ex. These references operate in a similar fashion whether they are used to link authors' names or subject headings.

Ex. At that time OCLC was already going strong, and we tried to find some backing from the State of New York and possibly from the federal government to marry those two systems.

Ex. There is no question of stringing together simple concepts in a preferred citation order to produce a single index description of the summarized subject content of a document.

Ex. It has become increasingly difficult to unite both categories in one union and demands for a trade union of library employees have been raised.

Ex. The confounding of opposites is also common though, again, care has to be taken to see that we do not confound two subjects on which extensive literature exists.

Ex. During his stay in Laputa, Captain Gulliver was very impressed by a book-writing machine which produced fragments of sentences which were dictated to scribes and later pieced together.

Ex. The Department of Trade and Industry has undergone many changes over the years; it has been split into two separate departments and welded together again.

Ex. A filmloop is a short length of film enclosed in a cassette and with the end of the film spliced on to the beginning so that it requires no rewinding.

Ex. CD-ROM products that combine, or bundle, related information services will be at the forefront because of their usefulness to end-users.

Ex. The results of two studies of the way reference librarians work were pooled to provide an understanding of the important features necessary in software for computerized reference work.

Ex. The author advises banding retention policies to focus on a few clear options.

Ex. People value the public library highly as an educational and community resource and the library acts as an 'information junction' to bind the community together.

Ex. I want to knit that to another Internet format, which is the Web log -- the 'blog'.

Ex. I want to knit that to another Internet format, which is the Web log -- the 'blog'.

Ex. The usefulness of the many online periodicals and scientific digital libraries that exist today is limited by the inability to federate these resources through a unified interface.

Ex. The grotesque is an effect achieved by conjoining disparate framents which do not realistically belong together.

Ex. An in-house bulletin may serve to cement firm relationships with the library's personnel.

----

* conseguir unir = rally.

* unir a = tie (to), couple with.

* unir esfuerzos = join + hands.

* unir fuerzas = join + forces, pool + forces.

* unir inextricablemente = interweave.

* unir mediante espigas = tenon.

* unir mediante hiperenlaces = hotlink [hot-link].

* unir mediante mortaja = mortise.

* unirse = come together, partner, bond, stand up as + one.

* unirse a = ally with, join, hop on, join + Posesivo + ranks.

* unirse a una conversación = chime in.

* unirse en matrimonio = tie + the knot.

* unir sin solapar = butt together.

* volverse a unir a = rejoin.

* * *
1.
verbo transitivo

1)

a) < cables> to join; (con cola, pegamento) to stick... together; < esfuerzos> to combine

unió los trozos con un pegamento — she glued the pieces together

los unió en matrimonio — (frml) he joined them in matrimony (frml)

b) sentimientos/intereses to unite

unida sentimentalmente a... — (period) romantically involved with...

c) <características/cualidades/estilos> to combine

unir algo a algo — to combine something with something

2) ( comunicar) < lugares> to link

3) ( fusionar) <empresas/organizaciones> to merge

4) < salsa> to mix
2.
unirse v pron

1)

a) ( aliarse) personas/colectividades to join together

se unieron para hacer un frente común — they joined forces o united in a common cause

unirse en matrimonio — to be joined in matrimony (frml)

se unió a nuestra causa — he joined our cause

b) características/cualidades to combine

a su belleza se une una gran simpatía — she combines beauty and a very pleasant personality

2) ( juntarse) caminos to converge, meet

3) ( fusionarse) empresas/organizaciones to merge

* * *

= aggregate, bridge, connect, join together, link, marry, string, unite, confound, piece together, weld into/together, splice, bundle, pool, band, bind + Nombre + together, knit, knit, federate, conjoin, cement.

Ex: You have attempted to aggregate the UDC class number incorrectly.

Ex: BLAISE offers a variety of services bridging the cataloguing and information retrieval functions.

Ex: Plainly, it is not always the case that there is a connection between farming and spelling, and many other documents can be identified where these subjects are not connected.

Ex: A portfolio is a container for holding loose materials, e.g. paintings, drawings, papers, unbound sections of a book, and similar materials, consisting of two covers joined together at the back.

Ex: These references operate in a similar fashion whether they are used to link authors' names or subject headings.

Ex: At that time OCLC was already going strong, and we tried to find some backing from the State of New York and possibly from the federal government to marry those two systems.

Ex: There is no question of stringing together simple concepts in a preferred citation order to produce a single index description of the summarized subject content of a document.

Ex: It has become increasingly difficult to unite both categories in one union and demands for a trade union of library employees have been raised.

Ex: The confounding of opposites is also common though, again, care has to be taken to see that we do not confound two subjects on which extensive literature exists.

Ex: During his stay in Laputa, Captain Gulliver was very impressed by a book-writing machine which produced fragments of sentences which were dictated to scribes and later pieced together.

Ex: The Department of Trade and Industry has undergone many changes over the years; it has been split into two separate departments and welded together again.

Ex: A filmloop is a short length of film enclosed in a cassette and with the end of the film spliced on to the beginning so that it requires no rewinding.

Ex: CD-ROM products that combine, or bundle, related information services will be at the forefront because of their usefulness to end-users.

Ex: The results of two studies of the way reference librarians work were pooled to provide an understanding of the important features necessary in software for computerized reference work.

Ex: The author advises banding retention policies to focus on a few clear options.

Ex: People value the public library highly as an educational and community resource and the library acts as an 'information junction' to bind the community together.

Ex: I want to knit that to another Internet format, which is the Web log -- the 'blog'.

Ex: I want to knit that to another Internet format, which is the Web log -- the 'blog'.

Ex: The usefulness of the many online periodicals and scientific digital libraries that exist today is limited by the inability to federate these resources through a unified interface.

Ex: The grotesque is an effect achieved by conjoining disparate framents which do not realistically belong together.

Ex: An in-house bulletin may serve to cement firm relationships with the library's personnel.

* conseguir unir = rally.

* unir a = tie (to), couple with.

* unir esfuerzos = join + hands.

* unir fuerzas = join + forces, pool + forces.

* unir inextricablemente = interweave.

* unir mediante espigas = tenon.

* unir mediante hiperenlaces = hotlink [hot-link].

* unir mediante mortaja = mortise.

* unirse = come together, partner, bond, stand up as + one.

* unirse a = ally with, join, hop on, join + Posesivo + ranks.

* unirse a una conversación = chime in.

* unirse en matrimonio = tie + the knot.

* unir sin solapar = butt together.

* volverse a unir a = rejoin.

* * *

unir [I1 ]

vt

A

1

«persona»: unió los trozos con un pegamento she stuck the pieces together with glue

unió los cables con cinta aislante he joined the wires with insulating tape

ha unido dos estilos muy diferentes he has combined two very different styles

el sacerdote los unió en matrimonio ( frml); the priest joined them in matrimony ( frml)

unamos nuestros esfuerzos let us combine our efforts

2 «sentimientos/intereses» to unite

los unía el deseo de … they were united by their desire to …

los une su afición al deporte their love of sport binds them together o acts as a bond between them o unites them

el amor que nos une the love which unites us

unida sentimentalmente a … ( period); romantically involved with …

3 ‹características/cualidades› unir algo A algo to combine sth WITH sth

une a su inteligencia una gran madurez he combines intelligence with great maturity

B (comunicar) to link

la nueva carretera une los dos pueblos the new road links the two towns

el puente aéreo que une las dos ciudades the shuttle service which runs between o links the two cities

C ‹salsa› to mix

■ unirse

v pron

A

1 (aliarse) «personas/colectividades» to join together

se unieron para hacer un frente común they joined forces o united in a common cause

los dos países se unieron en una federación the two countries joined together to form a federation

se unieron en matrimonio they were married, they were joined in matrimony ( frml)

varias empresas se unieron para formar un consorcio several companies joined together o came together o combined to form a consortium

unirse A algo:

se unió a nuestra causa he joined our cause

2 «características/cualidades» to combine

en él se unen la ambición y el orgullo ambition and pride come together o combine in him, he combines ambition with pride

a su belleza se une una gran simpatía her beauty is combined with a very likable personality

B (juntarse) «caminos» to converge, meet

donde el tráfico del oeste se une con el del norte where traffic from the west converges with o meets traffic from the north

* * *

unir ( conjugate unir) verbo transitivo
1
a) ‹ cables› to join;

(con cola, pegamento) to stick … together;
‹ esfuerzos› to combine
b) [sentimientos/intereses] to unite

c) ‹características/cualidades/estilos› to combine;

unir algo a algo to combine sth with sth
2 ( comunicar) ‹ lugares› to link
3 ( fusionar) ‹empresas/organizaciones› to merge
unirse verbo pronominal
1 ( aliarse) [personas/colectividades] to join together;
◊ se unió a nuestra causa he joined our cause

2 ( juntarse) [ caminos] to converge, meet
3 ( fusionarse) [empresas/organizaciones] to merge
unir verbo transitivo
1 (cables, conexiones) to join, unite
2 (esfuerzos, intereses) to join
(asociar, fusionar) unieron sus empresas, they merged their companies
3 (comunicar) to link: ese camino une las dos aldeas, that path links the two villages
' unir' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
acercar
- casar
- empalmar
- fundir
- juntar
- ligar
- remachar
- vincular
English:
bond
- cement
- connect
- couple
- join
- join up
- link
- neither
- screw together
- stick together
- unite
- yoke
- amalgamate
- bring
- marry
- reunite
- splice
- unify

* * *

unir

♦ vt

1. [juntar] [pedazos, piezas, habitaciones] to join;
[empresas, estados, facciones] to unite; Informát [archivos] to merge;
unió los dos palos con una cuerda he joined o tied the two sticks with a piece of string;

debemos unir fuerzas we must combine forces

2. [relacionar] [personas]
aquella experiencia les unió mucho that experience made them very close;

les une una fuerte amistad they are very close friends, they share a very close friendship;

les une su pasión por la música they share a passion for music;

los lazos que nos unen the ties that bind us;
Formal
unir a dos personas en (santo) matrimonio to join two people in (holy) matrimony

3. [comunicar] [ciudades, terminales, aparatos] to connect, to link;

la línea férrea que une la capital a o [m5] con la costa the railway o US railroad between o which links the capital and the coast

4. [combinar] to combine;

en su obra une belleza y técnica her work combines beauty with technique;

unir algo a algo [añadir] to add sth to sth;

a la desinformación hay que unir también el desinterés de la gente in addition to the lack of information, we have to take into account people's lack of interest

5. [mezclar] to mix o blend in;

una la mantequilla con el azúcar cream together the butter and the sugar

♦ See also the pronominal verb unirse

* * *

unir

v/t

1 join

2 personas unite

3 características combine ( con with)

4 ciudades link

* * *

unir vt

1) juntar: to unite, to join, to link

2) combinar: to combine, to blend

♦ See also the reflexive verb unirse

* * *

unir vb

1. (juntar) to join

he unido todas las piezas del rompecabezas I've joined all the pieces of the jigsaw together

2. (comunicar) to link

la línea férrea une las dos ciudades the railway line links the two cities

3. (relacionar) to unite

les une la afición por la música they are united by their love of music

Spanish-English dictionary > unir
4 tener

v.

1 to have.

tengo un hermano I have o I've got a brother

tener fiebre to have a temperature

tuvieron una pelea they had a fight

tener un niño to have a baby

¡que tengan buen viaje! have a good journey!

tengo las vacaciones en agosto my holidays are in August

Yo tengo una casa I have a house.

El carro tuvo un accidente The car had an accident.

Esto tiene azúcar This has=is made of sugar.

Yo tengo dos hijos I have=am the parent of two sons.

Tengo un primo I have a cousin,

Ella tuvo una gran idea She had a great idea.

Yo tengo paperas I have=suffer from the mumps.

Tengo un ataque de nervios I am having a nervous fit.

Ella tiene su aprobación She has=meets with his approval.

2 to be.

tiene 3 metros de ancho it's 3 meters wide

¿cuántos años tienes? how old are you?

tiene diez años she's ten (years old)

tengo tres años aquí I've been here for three years (Am)

tener hambre/miedo to be hungry/afraid

tener mal humor to be bad-tempered

le tiene lástima he feels sorry for her

3 to get (recibir) (mensaje, regalo, visita, sensación).

tuve un verdadero desengaño I was really disappointed

tendrá una sorpresa he'll get a surprise

4 to hold.

tenlo por el asa hold it by the handle

Ella tiene su bolso She holds her purse.

5 to offer, to have.

* * *

TENER

CONJUGACIÓN

Present Indicative

tengo, tienes, tiene, tenemos, tenéis, tienen.

Past Indicative

tuve, tuviste, tuvo, tuvimos, tuvisteis, tuvieron.

Future Indicative

tendré, tendrás, tendrá, tendremos, tendréis, tendrán.

Conditional

tendría, tendrías, tendría, tendríamos, tendríais, tendrían.

Present Subjunctive

tenga, tengas, tenga, tengamos, tengáis, tengan.

Imperfect Subjunctive

tuviera, tuvieras, tuviera, tuviéramos, tuvierais, tuvieran;

tuviese, tuvieses, tuviese, tuviésemos, tuvieseis, tuviesen.

Future Subjunctive

tuviere, tuvieres, tuviere, tuviéremos, tuviereis, tuvieren.

Imperative

ten (tú), tenga (él/Vd.), tengamos (nos.), tened (vos.), tengan (ellos/Vds.).

* * *

verb

1) to have

2) hold

3) own, possess

4) feel

•

- tener en cuenta
- tener que
- tenerse por
* * *
Para las expresiones como tener cuidado, tener ganas, tener suerte, tener de particular, tener en cuenta, ver la otra entrada.
1. VERBO TRANSITIVO
El uso de got con el verbo have es más frecuente en inglés británico, pero solo se usa en el presente.
1) (=poseer, disponer de) to have, have got

¿tienes dinero? — do you have {o} have you got any money?

¿tienes un bolígrafo? — do you have {o} have you got a pen?

¿tiene usted permiso para esto? — do you have {o} have you got permission for this?

tiene un tío en Venezuela — he has an uncle in Venezuela, he's got an uncle in Venezuela

ahora no tengo tiempo — I don't have {o} I haven't got time now

2) [referido a aspecto, carácter] to have, have got

tiene el pelo rubio — he has blond hair, he's got blond hair

tenía una sonrisa preciosa — she had a lovely smile

tiene la nariz aguileña — she has an aquiline nose, she's got an aquiline nose

tenía el pelo mojado — his hair was wet

3) [referido a edad] to be

tiene siete años — he's seven (years old)

¿cuántos años tienes? — how old are you?

al menos debe de tener 55 años — she must be at least 55

4) [referido a ocupaciones] to have, have got

tenemos clase de inglés a las 11 — we have an English class at 11, we've got an English class at 11

el lunes tenemos una reunión — we're having a meeting on Monday, we've got a meeting on Monday

mañana tengo una fiesta — I'm going to a party tomorrow

5) (=parir) to have

va a tener un niño — she's going to have a baby

6) (=medir) to be

tener 5cm de ancho — to be 5cm wide

7) (=sentir) + sustantivo to be + adj

tener hambre/sed/calor/frío — to be hungry/thirsty/hot/cold

no tengas tantos celos — don't be so jealous

hemos tenido mucho miedo — we have been very frightened

le tengo mucho cariño — I'm very fond of him

he tenido un presentimiento — I've had a premonition

8) (=padecer, sufrir) to have

han tenido un accidente — they have had an accident

hemos tenido muchas dificultades — we have had a lot of difficulties

Luis tiene la gripe — Luis has {o} has got flu

tengo fiebre — I have {o} I've got a (high) temperature

¿qué tienes? — what's the matter with you?, what's wrong with you?

9) (=sostener) to hold

tenía el pasaporte en la mano — he had his passport in his hand, he was holding his passport in his hand

tenme el vaso un momento, por favor — hold my glass for me for a moment, please

¡ten!, ¡aquí tienes! — here you are!

10) (=recibir) to have

aún no he tenido carta — I haven't had a letter yet

¿has tenido noticias suyas? — have you heard from her?

11) (=pensar, considerar)

• tener [a bien] hacer algo — to see fit to do sth

• tener a algn [en] algo, te tendrán en más estima — they will hold you in higher esteem

• tener a algn [por] — + adj to consider sb (to be) + adj

le tengo por poco honrado — I consider him (to be) rather dishonest

• ten por [seguro] que... — rest assured that...

12) tener algo que ({+ infin})

tengo trabajo que hacer — I have {o} I've got work to do

no tengo nada que hacer — I have {o} I've got nothing to do

eso no tiene nada que ver — that has {o} that's got nothing to do with it

13) [locuciones]

ya saben dónde me tienen — you always know where you can find me

• ¡[ahí] lo tienes! — there you are!, there you have it!

• tener algo [de] + adj —

de bueno no tiene nada — there's nothing good about it

no tiene nada de particular — it's nothing special

¿qué tiene de malo? — what's wrong with that?

• tenerlo [difícil] — to find it difficult

• tenerlo [fácil] — to have it easy

- ¿conque esas tenemos?

- no tenerlas todas consigo

no las tengo todas conmigo de que lo haga — I'm none too sure that he'll do it, I'm not entirely sure that he'll do it

- tener todas las de ganar

- tener todas las de perder

- quien tuvo retuvo

2. VERBO AUXILIAR

1) tener que ({+ infin})

a) [indicando obligación]

tengo que comprarlo — I have to {o} I've got to buy it, I must buy it

tenemos que marcharnos — we have to {o} we've got to go, we must be going

tienen que aumentarte el sueldo — they have to {o} they've got to give you a rise

tuvo que devolver todo el dinero — he had to pay all the money back

tiene que ser así — it has to be this way

b) [indicando suposición, probabilidad]

¡tienes que estar cansadísima! — you must be really tired!

tiene que dolerte mucho ¿no? — it must hurt a lot, doesn't it?

tiene que estar en tu despacho — it must be in your office

tiene que haberte dolido mucho — it must have hurt a lot

c) [en reproches]

¡tendrías que haberlo dicho antes! — you should have said so before!

¡tendría que darte vergüenza! — you should be ashamed of yourself!

¡tú tenías que ser! — it would be you!, it had to be you!

d) [en sugerencias, recomendaciones]

tendrías que comer más — you should eat more

tendríamos que pedirle perdón — we should apologize to him

2) + participio

tenía puesto el sombrero — he had his hat on

nos tenían preparada una sorpresa — they had prepared a surprise for us

tenía pensado llamarte — I had been thinking of phoning you

te lo tengo dicho muchas veces — I've told you hundreds of times

yo no le tengo visto — I've never set eyes on him

3) + adj

procura tener contentos a todos — he tries to keep everybody happy

me tiene perplejo la falta de noticias — the lack of news is puzzling, I am puzzled by the lack of news

4) esp Méx (=llevar)

tienen tres meses de no cobrar — they haven't been paid for three months, it's three months since they've been paid

tengo cuatro años aquí — I've been here for four years

3.

See:

tenerse

* * *
1.
verbo transitivo [El uso de 'got' en frases como 'I've got a new dress' está mucho más extendido en el inglés británico que en el americano. Éste prefiere la forma 'I have a new dress']

Sentido I

1) (poseer, disponer de) <dinero/trabajo/tiempo> to have

¿tienen hijos? — do they have any children?, have they got any children?

no tenemos pan — we don't have any bread, we haven't got any bread

no tengo a quién recurrir — I have nobody to turn to

tú no tienes idea de lo que fue — you've no idea what it was like

aquí tienes al culpable — here's o this is the culprit

ahí tienes! yo te lo dije — there you are! I told you so

¿conque ésas tenemos? — so that's the way things are, is it?

2)

a) ( llevar encima) to have

¿tiene hora? — have you got the time?

b) ( llevar puesto) to be wearing

qué traje más elegante tienes! — that's a smart suit you're wearing!

3) (hablando de actividades, obligaciones) to have

tengo invitados a cenar — I have o I've got some people coming to dinner

tenemos clases mañana — we've got school tomorrow

tener... que + inf — to have... to + inf

tengo cosas que hacer — I have o I've got things to do

4)

a) (señalando características, atributos) to have

tiene el pelo largo — she has o she's got long hair

tiene mucho tacto — he's very tactful

la casa tiene mucha luz — the house is very light o gets a lot of light

tiene un metro de largo — it is one meter long

tiene mucho de su padre — he's very much like his father

¿y eso qué tiene de malo? — and what's so bad about that?

no tiene nada de extraño — there's nothing strange about it

le lleva 15 años - ¿y eso qué tiene? — (AmL fam) she's 15 years older than he is - so what does that matter?

b) ( expresando edad)

¿cuántos años tienes? — how old are you?

tengo veinte años — I'm twenty (years old)

c) ( con idea de posibilidad)

no creo que tenga arreglo — I don't think it can be fixed

el problema tiene solución — there is a solution to the problem

5) ( dar a luz) <bebé/gemelos> to have

Sentido II

6) (sujetar, sostener) to hold

tenlo derecho — hold it upright

7) ( tomar)

ten la llave — take o here's the key

Sentido III

8) ( recibir) to have

no hemos tenido noticias de él — we haven't heard from him

la propuesta tuvo una acogida favorable — the proposal was favorably received

9)

a) ( sentir)

tengo hambre/sueño/frío — I'm hungry/tired/cold

tiene celos de su hermano — she's jealous of her brother

no tiene interés por nada — she's not interested in anything

le tengo mucho cariño — I'm very fond of him

tengo el placer de... — it gives me great pleasure to...

¿qué tienes? — what's wrong?, what's the matter?

b) (refiriéndose a síntomas, enfermedades) to have

tengo dolor de cabeza — I have o I've got a headache

no saben lo que tiene — they don't know what's wrong with him

c) (refiriéndose a experiencias, sucesos) to have

que tengas buen viaje — have a good trip

tener una discusión con alguien — to have an argument with somebody

10) ( refiriéndose a actitudes)

ten más respeto — have a little more respect

ten paciencia/cuidado — be patient/careful

Sentido IV

11) (indicando estado, situación) (+ compl)

la mesa tiene una pata rota — one of the table legs is broken

tengo las manos sucias — my hands are dirty

tienes el cinturón desabrochado — your belt's undone

lo tiene dominado — she has him under her thumb

lo tengo terminado — I've already finished it

me tiene muy preocupada — I'm very worried about it

nos tuvo allí esperando — he kept us waiting there

me tienen de sirvienta — they treat me like a maid

tengo a la niña enferma — my little girl's sick

12) ( considerar)

tener algo/a alguien por algo: se lo tiene por el mejor he/it is considered (to be) the best; siempre lo tuve por tímido I always thought he was shy; ten por seguro que lo hará — you can be sure he'll do it
2.
tener v aux

Sentido I

1)

a) (expresando obligación, necesidad)

tener que + inf — to have (got) to + inf

tengo que estudiar hoy — I have to o I must study today

no tienes más que apretar este botón — all you have to do is press this button

no tengo por qué darte cuentas a ti — I don't have to explain anything to you

tienes que comer más — you ought to eat more

b) (expresando propósito, recomendación)

tener que + inf: tenemos que ir a verla we must go and see her; tengo que hacer ejercicio I must get some exercise; tendrías que llamarlo — you should ring him

2) ( expresando certeza)

tener que + inf: tiene que estar en este cajón it must be in this drawer; tiene que haber sido él it must have been him; tú tenías que ser! — it had to be you!

Sentido II

3) ( con participio pasado)

¿tiene previsto asistir? — do you plan to attend?

tengo entendido que sí viene — I understand he is coming

te tengo dicho que eso no me gusta — I've told you before I don't like that

teníamos pensado irnos hoy — we intended leaving today

tiene bastante dinero ahorrado — she has quite a lot of money saved up

4) (AmL) ( en expresiones de tiempo)

tienen tres años de casados — they've been married for three years

tenía un año sin verlo — she hadn't seen him for a year
3.
tenerse v pron

1) ( sostenerse)

no podía tenerse en pie — he couldn't stand

no tenerse de sueño — to be dead o asleep on one's feet

2) (refl) ( considerarse)

tenerse por algo: se tiene por muy inteligente — he considers himself to be very intelligent

* * *

= bear, contain, have, hold, own, carry, have got, have + in place, live with, have at + Posesivo + disposal, possess.

Ex. Use a uniform title for an entry if the item bears a title proper that differs from the uniform title.

Ex. The label contains information about the record, indicating, for instance, its length, status, for example, new, amended, type and class.

Ex. Many of the aspects of the indexing process including, in particular, term selection and search logic have common features.

Ex. If the search is made with a call number, a summary of copies with that call number which are held by the library is first displayed.

Ex. For example, a person can consult the system holdings files to find out whether a library in the network owns a copy of the document.

Ex. Europe Environment carries useful reports on the activities of the lobby groups in the environmental, consumer protection and research fields.

Ex. Typical examples of enquiries of this kind that could be satisfied within minutes in any decently stocked library are ' Have you got anything on organising weddings?' 'Can you find me something on the history of paddle-steamers?'.

Ex. The first country to have in place an operational domestic geostationary satellite communications system was Canada.

Ex. Medical advances are improving the lives of people living with HIV/AIDS, while prevention remains the key to stopping the spread of this disease.

Ex. But this would require time and competencies, which not all policy makers have at their disposal.

Ex. Not every index necessarily exhibits all the features of either of these types of indexing systems, and indeed, some will possess elements of both types of systems.

----

* acabar teniendo = end up with.

* acontecimiento + tener lugar = occurrence + take place.

* a mí también me gustaría tener la misma oportunidad = turnabout is fair play.

* aquí tiene(s) = here is/are.

* a tener en cuenta en el futuro = for future reference.

* cambio + tener lugar = change + take place.

* curso que tiene lugar fuera de la universidad = extension course, off-campus course.

* dar gracias por lo que Uno tiene = count + Posesivo + blessings.

* del que se tiene constancia = recorded.

* demostrar que se tiene razón = prove + Posesivo + point.

* el cliente siempre tiene la razón = the customer is always right.

* empezar a tener dudas = get + cold feet.

* empezar a tener sentido = become + meaningful.

* estudiar + Nombre + teniendo en cuenta + Nombre = place + Nombre + against the background of + Nombre.

* hacer que tenga más valor = put + a premium on.

* hombre que tiene mucho mundo = a man of the world.

* lo que tenga que pasar, que pase = que sera sera, what's meant to be, will be, whatever will be, will be.

* lo que tenga que ser, será = que sera sera, whatever will be, will be, what's meant to be, will be.

* mujer que tiene mucho mundo = a woman of the world.

* necesitarse tener en cuenta = need + consideration.

* negar tener relación con = disclaim + connection with.

* no querer tener nada que ver con = want + nothing to do with.

* no tener alternativa = have + no choice.

* no tener apetito = be off + Posesivo + food, be off + Posesivo + oats.

* no tener constancia de Algo = unrecorded.

* no tener donde caerse muerto = not have two pennies to rub together.

* no tener dos dedos de frente = as thick as a brick, as thick as two (short) planks, as daft as a brush.

* no tener dos dedos de frnete = knucklehead.

* no tener en cuenta = disregard, overlook, skip over, be oblivious of/to, close + the door on, leave + Nombre + out of the picture, fly in + the face of, drop + Nombre + out of the picture.

* no tener errores = be error-free.

* no tener éxito = come up with + nothing, prove + unsuccessful, be unsuccessful.

* no tener fin = there + be + no end to.

* no tener fronteras = have + no boundaries.

* no tener fundamento = be unfounded.

* no tener ganas = can't/couldn't be bothered, can't/couldn't be bothered.

* no tener ganas de comer = be off + Posesivo + food, be off + Posesivo + oats.

* no tener hijos = be childless.

* no tener hogar = be homeless.

* no tener idea = have + no clue, have + no idea.

* no tener idea de = be clueless about, have + no understanding of.

* no tener importancia = be of no importance, make + no difference, be of no consequence.

* no tener información = be undocumented.

* no tener la más mínima idea sobre Algo = Negativo + have + the foggiest idea.

* no tener la menor importancia = be of no particular concern.

* no tener la necesidad de usar Algo = have + no use for.

* no tener la obligación de = be under no obligation.

* no tener la preparación = be untrained.

* no tener límite = have + no limit.

* no tener límites = be boundless.

* no tener lugar = fall through.

* no tener más alternativa que = have + no other option but.

* no tener más opción que = have + little choice but, have + no other option but.

* no tener más remedio que = be stuck with, be left with the need to, get + stuck with.

* no tener nada en contra de = have + no quarrel with, have + nothing against.

* no tener nada en contra de Algo = have + no quarrel about + Nombre.

* no tener nada que perder = have + nothing to lose.

* no tener nada que ver con = be irrelevant to.

* no tener ni idea sobre Algo = not know the first thing about.

* no tener ni la más mínima posibilidad = not to have a prayer.

* no tener ni la más remota posibilidad = not to have a prayer.

* no tener ningún escrúpulo en = have + no qualms about.

* no tener ningún fundamento = not have a leg to stand on.

* no tener ningún interés = can't/couldn't be bothered.

* no tener ningún problema con = be okay with.

* no tener ningún remilgo en = have + no qualms about.

* no tener ningún reparo = have + no qualms about.

* no tener ni pies ni cabeza = be pointless.

* no tener ni punto de comparación = be in a different league.

* no tener ni puta idea = not get + Posesivo + shit together.

* no tener ni puta idea sobre Algo = not know the first thing about.

* no tener ni un pelo de tonto = there are no flies (on/about) + Pronombre.

* no tener ni voz ni voto en = have + no say in.

* no tener noticias es buena señal = no news is good news.

* no tener opción = have + no choice.

* no tener otra alternativa = have + no choice.

* no tener otra alternativa que = have + no other option but.

* no tener otra opción = have + no choice.

* no tener otra opción que = have + no other option but.

* no tener otro objetivo que el de = have + no other purpose than.

* no tener otro sitio donde recurrir = have + nowhere else to turn.

* no tener parangón = be unequalled, be without peer.

* no tener pelos en la lengua = call + a spade a spade.

* no tener posibilidades = be dead meat.

* no tener prejuicios = be open-minded.

* no tener presente = be oblivious of/to.

* no tener que ir muy lejos = not have to look far.

* no tener razón = be wrong.

* no tener razón de ser + Infinitivo = there + be + no sense in + Gerundio.

* no tener reparos = make + no bones about + Algo.

* no tener reparos en admitir que = make + no bones about + Algo.

* no tener representación = be unrepresented.

* no tener respuesta = be unanswerable.

* no tener rival = be second to none.

* no tener rumbo = lose + Posesivo + way.

* no tener salida = be stuck, get + stuck.

* no tenerse en pie = Negativo + hold + water.

* no tener sentido = be meaningless, be pointless, be senseless.

* no tener sentido el + Infinitivo = there + be + no point in + Gerundio.

* no tener sentido + Infinitivo = there + be + little point in + Gerundio, there + be + no sense in + Gerundio.

* no tener suerte = be out of luck.

* no tener tiempo de nada = have + not a moment to spare.

* no tener trabajo = be unemployed.

* no tener trascendencia = be of no consequence.

* no tener un duro = not have a bean.

* no tener valor = be valueless.

* no tener vida privada = like being in a (gold)fish bowl.

* no terminar nunca de tener problemas con = have + no end of problems with.

* ¡Ojalá tuviera...! = I wish I had....

* ¡Ojalá tuviese...! = I wish I had....

* parece tener poco sentido que = there + seem + little point in.

* por si + tener + suerte = on spec.

* que no tiene compensación = non-compensatory [noncompensatory].

* que no tiene precio = priceless.

* que pase lo que tenga que pasar = que sera sera, whatever will be, will be, what's meant to be, will be.

* que tiene lugar una vez a la semana = once-weekly.

* que tiene precio = priced.

* que tiene sentido = meaningful.

* que tiene solución = solvable.

* revista que tiene una gran demanda popular = mass-market journal.

* sin tener = in the absence of.

* sin tener en cuenta = never mind, without regard to, independently of, disregarding, not including.

* sin tener en cuenta el hecho de que = overlook + the fact that.

* sin tener que recurrir a = without recourse to.

* tenemos intereses en ambas partes = our feet are in both worlds.

* tener a Alguien metido en un puño = have + Nombre + under + Posesivo + thumb.

* tener a cargo de uno = have + as + Posesivo + charge.

* tener acceso a información confidencial = be on the inside.

* tener acuerdos con = have + deals with.

* tener afinidades = share + common ground.

* tener aire acondiconado = be air-conditioned.

* tener a la disposición de Uno = have at + Posesivo + disposal.

* tener al alcance = have at + Posesivo + touch.

* tener Algo al alcance = have + Nombre + at + Posesivo + fingertips.

* tener algo a mano = have + Nombre + at + Posesivo + fingertips.

* tener + Algo + a + Posesivo + entera disposición = have + the run of the + Nombre.

* tener Algo bajo el control de Uno = have + Nombre + at + Posesivo + command.

* tener Algo claro = clarify + Posesivo + mind.

* tener Algo en común = have + Nombre + in common, share + Nombre + in common.

* tener algo en contra de = have + something against.

* tener Algo fácilmente accesible = have + Nombre + at + Posesivo + fingertips.

* tener Algo hecho a la medida de uno = have + Nombre + cut out.

* tener algo muy vivo en la mente de uno = be strong in + mind.

* tener algo que decir sobre = have + a say in.

* tener algo que ver con = have + something to do with.

* tener algo reservado = have + something up + Posesivo + sleeve.

* tener alguna incidencia en = have + some bearing on.

* tener alguna posibilidad = have + a fighting chance.

* tener alguna posibilidad de triunfar = have + a fighting chance.

* tener alguna relevancia para = have + some bearing on.

* tener alucinaciones = hallucinate.

* tener a mano = have at + Posesivo + touch, have + on call, have + to hand, keep within + reach, be to hand.

* tener ansias de = crave, crave for.

* tener antecedentes de = have + a track record of.

* tener antojo de = crave, crave for.

* tener a + Posesivo + cargo = have + in + Posesivo + charge.

* tener aspecto = look.

* tener atrasos = be in arrears.

* tener aversión a = have + aversion to.

* tener beneficios = have + benefits.

* tener buena mano con las plantas = have + a green thumb, have + green fingers.

* tener buen apetito = have + a good appetite.

* tener buenas intenciones = be well-intentioned, mean + well.

* tener buenas perspectivas para = be well-placed to.

* tener buen ojo para juzgar a la gente = be a good judge of character.

* tener bulla = be in a hurry.

* tener cabida para = hold, accommodate, include, take.

* tener calentura = have + a temperature, have + a fever.

* tener características en común = share + similarities.

* tener cara de muerto = look like + death warmed (over/up).

* tener carencias = find + wanting.

* tener carta blanca = have + carte-blanche.

* tener causa justificada = have + good cause.

* tener cautela = proceed + with caution.

* tener celos = feel + jealous.

* tener claro = be clear in your mind.

* tener coherencia = cohere.

* tener cólicos = be colicky.

* tener como consecuencia = result (in).

* tener como equivalente = have + counterpart.

* tener como motivo central = plan around + Nombre.

* tener como objetivo = have + as + Posesivo + objective, be in business for.

* tener como sede = headquarter (at/in).

* tener compasión de = have + compassion for.

* tener conocimiento de = be privy to, be aware of.

* tener consecuencias = have + consequences.

* tener consecuencias en = have + implication for.

* tener consecuencias negativas = backfire.

* tener contacto = have + contact.

* tener contactos = liaise (with/between).

* tener controlado a Alguien = have + Nombre + on the run.

* tener control sobre = have + hold on.

* tener coraje = pluck up + courage, gather up + courage.

* tener correlación con = bear + correlation with.

* tener correspondencia = bear + correspondence (to).

* tener cosas en común = share + common ground.

* tener cualidades + Adjetivo = be of + Adjetivo + quality.

* tener cuidado = exercise + care, exercise + caution, proceed + with caution, watch out, take + caution.

* tener cuidado con = watch for, beware (of/that), look out for, be wary of.

* tener cuidado con lo que se dice = say + the right thing.

* tener cuidado con lo que Uno dice = watch + Posesivo + mouth, watch what + say.

* tener cuidado de = be careful, be chary of, take + (great) pains to.

* tener cuidado (de que) = take + care (that).

* tener cultivos = grow + crops.

* tener debilidad por = have + a soft spot for.

* tener delante = have + before.

* tener demasiada prisa = be in too much of a hurry, be in too much of a rush.

* tener derecho a = be entitled to, have + a right to, entitle to, have + the right to, have + a say in.

* tener derecho a expresar + Posesivo + opinión = be entitled to + Posesivo + own opinion.

* tener derecho de paso = have + the right of way.

* tener dificultad = struggle, experience + difficulty, be hard pressed.

* tener dificultad de + Infinitivo = have + difficulty + Gerundio, have + difficulty in + Gerundio.

* tener dificultad en + Verbo = be at pains to + Infinitivo.

* tener dificultades = have + a hard time, have + a tough time.

* tener dinero a punta pala = roll in + Dinero.

* tener dominado a Alguien = have + Nombre + on the run.

* tener dudas = be doubtful, have + misgivings, have + reservations (about), be suspicious.

* tener dudas sobre = be ambivalent about.

* tener efecto = take + effect, have + effect.

* tener efecto sobre = impinge on/upon.

* tener el atrevimiento de = have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.

* tener el corazón de un león = have + the heart of a lion.

* tener el deber de = have + a responsibility to.

* tener el derecho de = have + the right to.

* tener el descaro de = have + the gall to, have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.

* tener el destino de = suffer + the fate of.

* tener el estatus profesional de + Nombre = have + Nombre + status.

* tener el gusto de = take + pleasure.

* tener el hábito de = have + the habit of.

* tener el honor de = have + the honour of.

* tener el lujo = have + luxury.

* tener el mando = rule + the roost.

* tener el mejor aspecto posible = look + Posesivo + best.

* tener el mismo destino = suffer + the same fate.

* tener el mono = suffer from + withdrawal symptoms.

* tener el placer de = take + pleasure.

* tener el plazo cumplido = be due.

* tener el plazo vencido = be overdue.

* tener el poder = be the boss, call + the shots, call + the tune, rule + the roost.

* tener el poder de = have + the power to.

* tener el toque mágico = have + the magic touch.

* tener el valor = have + the courage.

* tener el valor de = have + the guts to, have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.

* tener en común = hold in + common, tread + common ground.

* tener en común con = partake (in/of).

* tener en consideración = take into + consideration, take into + consideration.

* tener en cuenta = allow for, bear in + mind, cater for/to, consider (as), heed, make + allowances, take + account of, take + cognisance of, take + cognition of, take into + account, take into + consideration, make + provision for, bring into + play, give + an ear to, factor, have + regard for, factor in, be aware of, note, keep in + mind.

* tener en cuenta las posibilidades de Algo = consider + possibilities.

* tener en cuenta un punto de vista = take into + account + viewpoint, contemplate + view.

* tener en funcionamiento = have + in effect.

* tener en gran estima = have + a very high regard for.

* tener en mente = bear in + mind, have + in mind, keep in + mind.

* tener en observación = hold under + observation, keep under + observation.

* tener en reserva = hold in + reserve.

* tener entre manos = be up to.

* tener envidia de = envy.

* tener errores = be flawed.

* tener éxito = achieve + success, be successful, get + anywhere, meet + success, prove + successful, succeed, attain + appeal, be a success, find + success, come up + trumps, prove + trumps, take off, meet with + success, hit + the big time, be popular, go + strong.

* tener éxito en el mundo = succeed in + the world.

* tener éxito en la vida = succeed in + life, get on in + life.

* tener expectativas = hold + expectations, have + expectations.

* tener experiencia = have + experience.

* tener fácilmente accesible = have at + Posesivo + touch.

* tener fallos = be flawed.

* tener fe = have + faith (in).

* tener fe en = have + faith (in).

* tener fiebre = have + a temperature, have + a fever.

* tener fijación por = be hipped (on/to), get hipped (on/to).

* tener flatulencia = pass + gas, break + wind, pass + wind.

* tener forma + Adjetivo = be + Adjetivo + in shape.

* tener frenillo = lisp.

* tener fundamento para pensar que = have + reason to believe that.

* tener futuro = have + potential, there + be + a future for/in, have + a future.

* tener ganada la mitad de la batalla = be half the battle.

* tener ganada sólo la mitad de la batalla = be only half the battle.

* tener ganas de = be keen to, have + an/the inclination to.

* tener ganas de + Infinitivo = feel like + Gerundio.

* tener gancho = be engaging.

* tener gastos = incur + costs.

* tener gastos generales = incur + overheads.

* tener gran éxito = hit + a home run, hit it out of + the park, knock it out of + the park.

* tener gran importancia = be of high significance.

* tener gran repercusión = be far reaching.

* tener hambre = be hungry, feel + hungry.

* tener hambre después del esfuerzo = work up + an appetite.

* tener hijos = father + children, have + children.

* tener hipo = hiccup.

* tener horario ajustado = be under time constraint.

* tener horror a = loathe, hate.

* tener idea = have + a clue.

* tener impacto = make + impact.

* tener impacto (sobre) = have + impact (on).

* tener implicaciones para = have + implication for.

* tener importancia = carry + weight, have + high profile, be of consequence.

* tener indigestión = have + indigestion.

* tener influencias = have + pull.

* tener influencia sobre = have + hold on.

* tener iniciativa = be proactive.

* tener intereses en = have + a stake in.

* tener intereses en juego = have + invested.

* tener interés por = have + an interest in.

* tener interés por/en = be interested in.

* tener inventiva = be inventive.

* tener jurisdicción = have + jurisdiction (over).

* tener la autoridad = have + mandate.

* tener la bragueta abierta = fly + be undone.

* tener la capacidad de = have + the potential (to/for).

* tener la cara de = have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.

* tener la cara descompuesta = look like + death warmed (over/up).

* tener la categoría profesional de + Nombre = hold + Nombre + rank, have + Nombre + rank, enjoy + Nombre + rank.

* tener la certeza de = feel + confident.

* tener la certeza de que = rest + assured that.

* tener la conciencia limpia = have + a clear conscience.

* tener la conciencia tranquila = have + a clear conscience.

* tener la convicción = it + be + Posesivo + understanding.

* tener la costumbre de = have + a habit of, have + the habit of.

* tener la costumbre de + Infinitivo = be in the habit of + Gerundio.

* tener la cuenta bancaria = bank.

* tener la culpa (por/de) = be at fault (for/to).

* tener la culpa de Algo que se ha causado Uno mismo = be of + Posesivo + own making.

* tener la desfachatez de = have + the gall to, have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.

* tener la desvergüenza de = have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.

* tener la doble función = double as, double up as.

* tener la facultad de = have + powers to.

* tener la fama de = have + a good record for.

* tener la fecha de + Fecha = be dated + Fecha.

* tener la frescura de = have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.

* tener la función de = be in the business of.

* tener la impresión = have + the impression, get + the impression.

* tener la impresión de que = get + the feeling that.

* tener la intención de = be intended to, intend, mean.

* tener la intención de + Infinitivo = set out to + Infinitivo.

* tener la libertad de = be at liberty to, feel + free to.

* tener la libertard de/para = have + the latitude to.

* tener la malafortuna de = have + the misfortune to.

* tener la mirada perdida = stare into + space, gaze into + space.

* tener la misma importancia = carry + equal weight.

* tener la obligación de = be under the obligation to.

* tener la ocasión de = have + opportunity to.

* tener la oficina central en = headquarter (at/in).

* tener la opinión = it + be + Posesivo + understanding.

* tener la oportunidad = have + the opportunity.

* tener la oportunidad de = get + (a/the) + chance to, have + opportunity to, get + a chance to.

* tener la osadía de = have + the gall to, have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.

* tener la paciencia del santo Job = have + the patience of Job.

* tener la paciencia de un santo = have + the patience of a saint.

* tener la posibilidad de = have + chance.

* tener la potestad = have + mandate.

* tener la potestad de = have + the power to, have + the right to.

* tener lapsus = have + lapses.

* tener la reputación de ser = be well known for.

* tener la responsabilidad = charge, undertake + burden.

* tener la responsabilidad de = have + the responsibility of.

* tener la sartén por el mango = call + the shots, be the boss, call + the tune, rule + the roost.

* tener la seguridad de = have + the security of.

* tener la seguridad de que = rest + assured that.

* tener la sensación de que = have + a gut feeling that.

* tener las mismas prerrogativas = have + an equal voice in.

* tener las riendas de = hold + the reins of.

* tener las riendas del poder = hold + the reins of power.

* tener lástima = pity.

* tener lástima de = take + pity on.

* tener la tentación de = be tempted to.

* tener la última palabra = have + the ultimate say, have + the final say, call + the shots, be the boss, call + the tune, rule + the roost.

* tener la vista cansada = need + reading glasses.

* tenerle manía a Alguien = have + it in for + Nombre.

* tenerle rabia a Alguien = have + it in for + Nombre.

* tenerle tirria a Alguien = have + it in for + Nombre.

* tener libertad = have + freedom.

* tener libertad sobre = have + wide discretion over.

* tenerlo crudo = not be easy.

* tenerlo difícil = not be easy, not be easy.

* tenerlo duro = not be easy.

* tenerlo fácil = have + an easy ride.

* tener lo mejor de ambos mundos = have + the best of both worlds.

* tener lo mejor de los dos mundos = have + the best of both worlds.

* tener lo que hace falta = have + what it takes.

* tener lo que hay que tener = have + what it takes.

* tener lo que se necesita = have + what it takes.

* tener los días contados = day + be + numbered, be doomed, doomed, be dead meat, the (hand)writing + be + on the wall, see it + coming.

* tener los nervios de punta = have + butterflies in + Posesivo + stomach.

* tener los nervios en el estómago = have + butterflies in + Posesivo + stomach.

* tener los pies firmemente en el suelo = feet + be + firmly planted on the ground.

* tenerlo todo = have + the best of both worlds.

* tenerlo todo hecho = have + an easy ride.

* tener lugar = take + place, go on, come to + pass.

* tener madera de = be cut out for.

* tener mala fama por = hold in + disrepute, be infamous for.

* tener malas conexiones con = have + poor connections with.

* tener malas intenciones = be up to no good, get up to + no good.

* tener mal de amores = be lovesick.

* tener mal ojo para juzgar a la gente = be a bad judge of character.

* tener más paciencia que el santo Job = have + the patience of Job.

* tener más paciencia que un santo = have + the patience of a saint.

* tener mérito = be meritorious.

* tener miedo = be afraid, be in fear, frighten.

* tener miedo a = be scared of.

* tener miedo a Alguien = regard + Nombre + with fear.

* tener motivo = be right.

* tener motivo justificado = have + good cause.

* tener motivo para = have + cause to.

* tener movilidad = be mobile.

* tener mucha distancia que recorrer = have + a long way to go.

* tener mucha ilusión = be thrilled.

* tener mucha personalidad = be full of character.

* tener mucho camino que recorrer = have + a long way to go.

* tener mucho carácter = be full of character.

* tener mucho cuidado = be extra vigilant.

* tener mucho éxito = hit + a home run, hit it out of + the park, knock it out of + the park.

* tener mucho interés en = have + a high stake in.

* tener mucho interés por = be keen to.

* tener mucho que ver con = have + a great deal to do with.

* tener mucho tiempo libre = have + plenty of time to spare.

* tener muy mala cara = look like + death warmed (over/up).

* tener niños = have + children.

* tener + Nombre = be not without + Nombre.

* tener noticias de = hear from.

* tener + Número + Período de Tiempo = be + Período de Tiempo + old.

* tener obligación = have + obligation.

* tener obsesión con = be hipped (on/to), get hipped (on/to).

* tener ojeras = have + bags under + Posesivo + eyes.

* tener ojos en la nuca = have + eyes in the back of + Posesivo + head.

* tener opinión = take + view.

* tener paciencia = be patient.

* tener paciencia con = bear with + Pronombre.

* tener palabra = keep + Posesivo + word, live up to + Posesivo + word.

* tener paralelo = have + parallel.

* tener pelos en la lengua = mince + words.

* tener pérdidas = make + a loss.

* tener perplejo = stump.

* tener plena conciencia de = be fully aware of.

* tener poca información = be information poor.

* tener pocas luces = as thick as a brick, as thick as two (short) planks, as daft as a brush, knucklehead.

* tener pocas posibilidades de = have + little recourse.

* tener poco que ver = have + little to do.

* tener poco valor = be of little value.

* tener por costumbre + Infinitivo = be in the habit of + Gerundio.

* tener por término medio = average.

* tener posibilidades = stand + chance, be in with a chance.

* tener potencial = have + potential.

* tener precaución de = be chary of.

* tener precedencia = take + priority.

* tener preferencia = be preferential, have + the right of way.

* tener preferencia (sobre) = take + precedence (over).

* tener presente = be mindful of/that, bear in + mind, consider (as), keep in + focus, keep in + mind, make + consideration, mind, make + provision for, have + regard for, be aware of.

* tener presente las posibilidades de Algo = consider + possibilities.

* tener prioridad = trump.

* tener prisa = be in a hurry.

* tener problema con Algo = experience + trouble with.

* tener problemas = have + problems.

* tener problemas con = fall + foul of, run + afoul of problems, run + afoul of, fall + afoul of.

* tener problemas con la ley = fall + foul of the law, go + afoul of the law, fall + afoul of the law.

* tener programado su comienzo = be scheduled to start.

* tener programado su finalización = be scheduled for completion.

* tener pros y contras = be a mixed blessing.

* tener que = have to, hafta [have to].

* tener que aguantar Algo = be stuck with, get + stuck with.

* tener que arreglárselas solo = leave (up) to + Posesivo + own resources, leave to + Posesivo + own devices.

* tener que cargar con = be stuck with, saddle with, get + stuck with.

* tener que cargar con el peso de = be burdened with.

* tener que cargar con el peso de la tradición = be burdened with + tradition.

* tener que competir con = face + competition from.

* tener + que felicitar a Alguien = have to hand it to + Nombre.

* tener que ocurrir = be boun.

* * *
1.
verbo transitivo [El uso de 'got' en frases como 'I've got a new dress' está mucho más extendido en el inglés británico que en el americano. Éste prefiere la forma 'I have a new dress']

Sentido I

1) (poseer, disponer de) <dinero/trabajo/tiempo> to have

¿tienen hijos? — do they have any children?, have they got any children?

no tenemos pan — we don't have any bread, we haven't got any bread

no tengo a quién recurrir — I have nobody to turn to

tú no tienes idea de lo que fue — you've no idea what it was like

aquí tienes al culpable — here's o this is the culprit

ahí tienes! yo te lo dije — there you are! I told you so

¿conque ésas tenemos? — so that's the way things are, is it?

2)

a) ( llevar encima) to have

¿tiene hora? — have you got the time?

b) ( llevar puesto) to be wearing

qué traje más elegante tienes! — that's a smart suit you're wearing!

3) (hablando de actividades, obligaciones) to have

tengo invitados a cenar — I have o I've got some people coming to dinner

tenemos clases mañana — we've got school tomorrow

tener... que + inf — to have... to + inf

tengo cosas que hacer — I have o I've got things to do

4)

a) (señalando características, atributos) to have

tiene el pelo largo — she has o she's got long hair

tiene mucho tacto — he's very tactful

la casa tiene mucha luz — the house is very light o gets a lot of light

tiene un metro de largo — it is one meter long

tiene mucho de su padre — he's very much like his father

¿y eso qué tiene de malo? — and what's so bad about that?

no tiene nada de extraño — there's nothing strange about it

le lleva 15 años - ¿y eso qué tiene? — (AmL fam) she's 15 years older than he is - so what does that matter?

b) ( expresando edad)

¿cuántos años tienes? — how old are you?

tengo veinte años — I'm twenty (years old)

c) ( con idea de posibilidad)

no creo que tenga arreglo — I don't think it can be fixed

el problema tiene solución — there is a solution to the problem

5) ( dar a luz) <bebé/gemelos> to have

Sentido II

6) (sujetar, sostener) to hold

tenlo derecho — hold it upright

7) ( tomar)

ten la llave — take o here's the key

Sentido III

8) ( recibir) to have

no hemos tenido noticias de él — we haven't heard from him

la propuesta tuvo una acogida favorable — the proposal was favorably received

9)

a) ( sentir)

tengo hambre/sueño/frío — I'm hungry/tired/cold

tiene celos de su hermano — she's jealous of her brother

no tiene interés por nada — she's not interested in anything

le tengo mucho cariño — I'm very fond of him

tengo el placer de... — it gives me great pleasure to...

¿qué tienes? — what's wrong?, what's the matter?

b) (refiriéndose a síntomas, enfermedades) to have

tengo dolor de cabeza — I have o I've got a headache

no saben lo que tiene — they don't know what's wrong with him

c) (refiriéndose a experiencias, sucesos) to have

que tengas buen viaje — have a good trip

tener una discusión con alguien — to have an argument with somebody

10) ( refiriéndose a actitudes)

ten más respeto — have a little more respect

ten paciencia/cuidado — be patient/careful

Sentido IV

11) (indicando estado, situación) (+ compl)

la mesa tiene una pata rota — one of the table legs is broken

tengo las manos sucias — my hands are dirty

tienes el cinturón desabrochado — your belt's undone

lo tiene dominado — she has him under her thumb

lo tengo terminado — I've already finished it

me tiene muy preocupada — I'm very worried about it

nos tuvo allí esperando — he kept us waiting there

me tienen de sirvienta — they treat me like a maid

tengo a la niña enferma — my little girl's sick

12) ( considerar)

tener algo/a alguien por algo: se lo tiene por el mejor he/it is considered (to be) the best; siempre lo tuve por tímido I always thought he was shy; ten por seguro que lo hará — you can be sure he'll do it
2.
tener v aux

Sentido I

1)

a) (expresando obligación, necesidad)

tener que + inf — to have (got) to + inf

tengo que estudiar hoy — I have to o I must study today

no tienes más que apretar este botón — all you have to do is press this button

no tengo por qué darte cuentas a ti — I don't have to explain anything to you

tienes que comer más — you ought to eat more

b) (expresando propósito, recomendación)

tener que + inf: tenemos que ir a verla we must go and see her; tengo que hacer ejercicio I must get some exercise; tendrías que llamarlo — you should ring him

2) ( expresando certeza)

tener que + inf: tiene que estar en este cajón it must be in this drawer; tiene que haber sido él it must have been him; tú tenías que ser! — it had to be you!

Sentido II

3) ( con participio pasado)

¿tiene previsto asistir? — do you plan to attend?

tengo entendido que sí viene — I understand he is coming

te tengo dicho que eso no me gusta — I've told you before I don't like that

teníamos pensado irnos hoy — we intended leaving today

tiene bastante dinero ahorrado — she has quite a lot of money saved up

4) (AmL) ( en expresiones de tiempo)

tienen tres años de casados — they've been married for three years

tenía un año sin verlo — she hadn't seen him for a year
3.
tenerse v pron

1) ( sostenerse)

no podía tenerse en pie — he couldn't stand

no tenerse de sueño — to be dead o asleep on one's feet

2) (refl) ( considerarse)

tenerse por algo: se tiene por muy inteligente — he considers himself to be very intelligent

* * *

= bear, contain, have, hold, own, carry, have got, have + in place, live with, have at + Posesivo + disposal, possess.

Ex: Use a uniform title for an entry if the item bears a title proper that differs from the uniform title.

Ex: The label contains information about the record, indicating, for instance, its length, status, for example, new, amended, type and class.

Ex: Many of the aspects of the indexing process including, in particular, term selection and search logic have common features.

Ex: If the search is made with a call number, a summary of copies with that call number which are held by the library is first displayed.

Ex: For example, a person can consult the system holdings files to find out whether a library in the network owns a copy of the document.

Ex: Europe Environment carries useful reports on the activities of the lobby groups in the environmental, consumer protection and research fields.

Ex: Typical examples of enquiries of this kind that could be satisfied within minutes in any decently stocked library are ' Have you got anything on organising weddings?' 'Can you find me something on the history of paddle-steamers?'.

Ex: The first country to have in place an operational domestic geostationary satellite communications system was Canada.

Ex: Medical advances are improving the lives of people living with HIV/AIDS, while prevention remains the key to stopping the spread of this disease.

Ex: But this would require time and competencies, which not all policy makers have at their disposal.

Ex: Not every index necessarily exhibits all the features of either of these types of indexing systems, and indeed, some will possess elements of both types of systems.

* acabar teniendo = end up with.

* acontecimiento + tener lugar = occurrence + take place.

* a mí también me gustaría tener la misma oportunidad = turnabout is fair play.

* aquí tiene(s) = here is/are.

* a tener en cuenta en el futuro = for future reference.

* cambio + tener lugar = change + take place.

* curso que tiene lugar fuera de la universidad = extension course, off-campus course.

* dar gracias por lo que Uno tiene = count + Posesivo + blessings.

* del que se tiene constancia = recorded.

* demostrar que se tiene razón = prove + Posesivo + point.

* el cliente siempre tiene la razón = the customer is always right.

* empezar a tener dudas = get + cold feet.

* empezar a tener sentido = become + meaningful.

* estudiar + Nombre + teniendo en cuenta + Nombre = place + Nombre + against the background of + Nombre.

* hacer que tenga más valor = put + a premium on.

* hombre que tiene mucho mundo = a man of the world.

* lo que tenga que pasar, que pase = que sera sera, what's meant to be, will be, whatever will be, will be.

* lo que tenga que ser, será = que sera sera, whatever will be, will be, what's meant to be, will be.

* mujer que tiene mucho mundo = a woman of the world.

* necesitarse tener en cuenta = need + consideration.

* negar tener relación con = disclaim + connection with.

* no querer tener nada que ver con = want + nothing to do with.

* no tener alternativa = have + no choice.

* no tener apetito = be off + Posesivo + food, be off + Posesivo + oats.

* no tener constancia de Algo = unrecorded.

* no tener donde caerse muerto = not have two pennies to rub together.

* no tener dos dedos de frente = as thick as a brick, as thick as two (short) planks, as daft as a brush.

* no tener dos dedos de frnete = knucklehead.

* no tener en cuenta = disregard, overlook, skip over, be oblivious of/to, close + the door on, leave + Nombre + out of the picture, fly in + the face of, drop + Nombre + out of the picture.

* no tener errores = be error-free.

* no tener éxito = come up with + nothing, prove + unsuccessful, be unsuccessful.

* no tener fin = there + be + no end to.

* no tener fronteras = have + no boundaries.

* no tener fundamento = be unfounded.

* no tener ganas = can't/couldn't be bothered, can't/couldn't be bothered.

* no tener ganas de comer = be off + Posesivo + food, be off + Posesivo + oats.

* no tener hijos = be childless.

* no tener hogar = be homeless.

* no tener idea = have + no clue, have + no idea.

* no tener idea de = be clueless about, have + no understanding of.

* no tener importancia = be of no importance, make + no difference, be of no consequence.

* no tener información = be undocumented.

* no tener la más mínima idea sobre Algo = Negativo + have + the foggiest idea.

* no tener la menor importancia = be of no particular concern.

* no tener la necesidad de usar Algo = have + no use for.

* no tener la obligación de = be under no obligation.

* no tener la preparación = be untrained.

* no tener límite = have + no limit.

* no tener límites = be boundless.

* no tener lugar = fall through.

* no tener más alternativa que = have + no other option but.

* no tener más opción que = have + little choice but, have + no other option but.

* no tener más remedio que = be stuck with, be left with the need to, get + stuck with.

* no tener nada en contra de = have + no quarrel with, have + nothing against.

* no tener nada en contra de Algo = have + no quarrel about + Nombre.

* no tener nada que perder = have + nothing to lose.

* no tener nada que ver con = be irrelevant to.

* no tener ni idea sobre Algo = not know the first thing about.

* no tener ni la más mínima posibilidad = not to have a prayer.

* no tener ni la más remota posibilidad = not to have a prayer.

* no tener ningún escrúpulo en = have + no qualms about.

* no tener ningún fundamento = not have a leg to stand on.

* no tener ningún interés = can't/couldn't be bothered.

* no tener ningún problema con = be okay with.

* no tener ningún remilgo en = have + no qualms about.

* no tener ningún reparo = have + no qualms about.

* no tener ni pies ni cabeza = be pointless.

* no tener ni punto de comparación = be in a different league.

* no tener ni puta idea = not get + Posesivo + shit together.

* no tener ni puta idea sobre Algo = not know the first thing about.

* no tener ni un pelo de tonto = there are no flies (on/about) + Pronombre.

* no tener ni voz ni voto en = have + no say in.

* no tener noticias es buena señal = no news is good news.

* no tener opción = have + no choice.

* no tener otra alternativa = have + no choice.

* no tener otra alternativa que = have + no other option but.

* no tener otra opción = have + no choice.

* no tener otra opción que = have + no other option but.

* no tener otro objetivo que el de = have + no other purpose than.

* no tener otro sitio donde recurrir = have + nowhere else to turn.

* no tener parangón = be unequalled, be without peer.

* no tener pelos en la lengua = call + a spade a spade.

* no tener posibilidades = be dead meat.

* no tener prejuicios = be open-minded.

* no tener presente = be oblivious of/to.

* no tener que ir muy lejos = not have to look far.

* no tener razón = be wrong.

* no tener razón de ser + Infinitivo = there + be + no sense in + Gerundio.

* no tener reparos = make + no bones about + Algo.

* no tener reparos en admitir que = make + no bones about + Algo.

* no tener representación = be unrepresented.

* no tener respuesta = be unanswerable.

* no tener rival = be second to none.

* no tener rumbo = lose + Posesivo + way.

* no tener salida = be stuck, get + stuck.

* no tenerse en pie = Negativo + hold + water.

* no tener sentido = be meaningless, be pointless, be senseless.

* no tener sentido el + Infinitivo = there + be + no point in + Gerundio.

* no tener sentido + Infinitivo = there + be + little point in + Gerundio, there + be + no sense in + Gerundio.

* no tener suerte = be out of luck.

* no tener tiempo de nada = have + not a moment to spare.

* no tener trabajo = be unemployed.

* no tener trascendencia = be of no consequence.

* no tener un duro = not have a bean.

* no tener valor = be valueless.

* no tener vida privada = like being in a (gold)fish bowl.

* no terminar nunca de tener problemas con = have + no end of problems with.

* ¡Ojalá tuviera...! = I wish I had....

* ¡Ojalá tuviese...! = I wish I had....

* parece tener poco sentido que = there + seem + little point in.

* por si + tener + suerte = on spec.

* que no tiene compensación = non-compensatory [noncompensatory].

* que no tiene precio = priceless.

* que pase lo que tenga que pasar = que sera sera, whatever will be, will be, what's meant to be, will be.

* que tiene lugar una vez a la semana = once-weekly.

* que tiene precio = priced.

* que tiene sentido = meaningful.

* que tiene solución = solvable.

* revista que tiene una gran demanda popular = mass-market journal.

* sin tener = in the absence of.

* sin tener en cuenta = never mind, without regard to, independently of, disregarding, not including.

* sin tener en cuenta el hecho de que = overlook + the fact that.

* sin tener que recurrir a = without recourse to.

* tenemos intereses en ambas partes = our feet are in both worlds.

* tener a Alguien metido en un puño = have + Nombre + under + Posesivo + thumb.

* tener a cargo de uno = have + as + Posesivo + charge.

* tener acceso a información confidencial = be on the inside.

* tener acuerdos con = have + deals with.

* tener afinidades = share + common ground.

* tener aire acondiconado = be air-conditioned.

* tener a la disposición de Uno = have at + Posesivo + disposal.

* tener al alcance = have at + Posesivo + touch.

* tener Algo al alcance = have + Nombre + at + Posesivo + fingertips.

* tener algo a mano = have + Nombre + at + Posesivo + fingertips.

* tener + Algo + a + Posesivo + entera disposición = have + the run of the + Nombre.

* tener Algo bajo el control de Uno = have + Nombre + at + Posesivo + command.

* tener Algo claro = clarify + Posesivo + mind.

* tener Algo en común = have + Nombre + in common, share + Nombre + in common.

* tener algo en contra de = have + something against.

* tener Algo fácilmente accesible = have + Nombre + at + Posesivo + fingertips.

* tener Algo hecho a la medida de uno = have + Nombre + cut out.

* tener algo muy vivo en la mente de uno = be strong in + mind.

* tener algo que decir sobre = have + a say in.

* tener algo que ver con = have + something to do with.

* tener algo reservado = have + something up + Posesivo + sleeve.

* tener alguna incidencia en = have + some bearing on.

* tener alguna posibilidad = have + a fighting chance.

* tener alguna posibilidad de triunfar = have + a fighting chance.

* tener alguna relevancia para = have + some bearing on.

* tener alucinaciones = hallucinate.

* tener a mano = have at + Posesivo + touch, have + on call, have + to hand, keep within + reach, be to hand.

* tener ansias de = crave, crave for.

* tener antecedentes de = have + a track record of.

* tener antojo de = crave, crave for.

* tener a + Posesivo + cargo = have + in + Posesivo + charge.

* tener aspecto = look.

* tener atrasos = be in arrears.

* tener aversión a = have + aversion to.

* tener beneficios = have + benefits.

* tener buena mano con las plantas = have + a green thumb, have + green fingers.

* tener buen apetito = have + a good appetite.

* tener buenas intenciones = be well-intentioned, mean + well.

* tener buenas perspectivas para = be well-placed to.

* tener buen ojo para juzgar a la gente = be a good judge of character.

* tener bulla = be in a hurry.

* tener cabida para = hold, accommodate, include, take.

* tener calentura = have + a temperature, have + a fever.

* tener características en común = share + similarities.

* tener cara de muerto = look like + death warmed (over/up).

* tener carencias = find + wanting.

* tener carta blanca = have + carte-blanche.

* tener causa justificada = have + good cause.

* tener cautela = proceed + with caution.

* tener celos = feel + jealous.

* tener claro = be clear in your mind.

* tener coherencia = cohere.

* tener cólicos = be colicky.

* tener como consecuencia = result (in).

* tener como equivalente = have + counterpart.

* tener como motivo central = plan around + Nombre.

* tener como objetivo = have + as + Posesivo + objective, be in business for.

* tener como sede = headquarter (at/in).

* tener compasión de = have + compassion for.

* tener conocimiento de = be privy to, be aware of.

* tener consecuencias = have + consequences.

* tener consecuencias en = have + implication for.

* tener consecuencias negativas = backfire.

* tener contacto = have + contact.

* tener contactos = liaise (with/between).

* tener controlado a Alguien = have + Nombre + on the run.

* tener control sobre = have + hold on.

* tener coraje = pluck up + courage, gather up + courage.

* tener correlación con = bear + correlation with.

* tener correspondencia = bear + correspondence (to).

* tener cosas en común = share + common ground.

* tener cualidades + Adjetivo = be of + Adjetivo + quality.

* tener cuidado = exercise + care, exercise + caution, proceed + with caution, watch out, take + caution.

* tener cuidado con = watch for, beware (of/that), look out for, be wary of.

* tener cuidado con lo que se dice = say + the right thing.

* tener cuidado con lo que Uno dice = watch + Posesivo + mouth, watch what + say.

* tener cuidado de = be careful, be chary of, take + (great) pains to.

* tener cuidado (de que) = take + care (that).

* tener cultivos = grow + crops.

* tener debilidad por = have + a soft spot for.

* tener delante = have + before.

* tener demasiada prisa = be in too much of a hurry, be in too much of a rush.

* tener derecho a = be entitled to, have + a right to, entitle to, have + the right to, have + a say in.

* tener derecho a expresar + Posesivo + opinión = be entitled to + Posesivo + own opinion.

* tener derecho de paso = have + the right of way.

* tener dificultad = struggle, experience + difficulty, be hard pressed.

* tener dificultad de + Infinitivo = have + difficulty + Gerundio, have + difficulty in + Gerundio.

* tener dificultad en + Verbo = be at pains to + Infinitivo.

* tener dificultades = have + a hard time, have + a tough time.

* tener dinero a punta pala = roll in + Dinero.

* tener dominado a Alguien = have + Nombre + on the run.

* tener dudas = be doubtful, have + misgivings, have + reservations (about), be suspicious.

* tener dudas sobre = be ambivalent about.

* tener efecto = take + effect, have + effect.

* tener efecto sobre = impinge on/upon.

* tener el atrevimiento de = have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.

* tener el corazón de un león = have + the heart of a lion.

* tener el deber de = have + a responsibility to.

* tener el derecho de = have + the right to.

* tener el descaro de = have + the gall to, have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.

* tener el destino de = suffer + the fate of.

* tener el estatus profesional de + Nombre = have + Nombre + status.

* tener el gusto de = take + pleasure.

* tener el hábito de = have + the habit of.

* tener el honor de = have + the honour of.

* tener el lujo = have + luxury.

* tener el mando = rule + the roost.

* tener el mejor aspecto posible = look + Posesivo + best.

* tener el mismo destino = suffer + the same fate.

* tener el mono = suffer from + withdrawal symptoms.

* tener el placer de = take + pleasure.

* tener el plazo cumplido = be due.

* tener el plazo vencido = be overdue.

* tener el poder = be the boss, call + the shots, call + the tune, rule + the roost.

* tener el poder de = have + the power to.

* tener el toque mágico = have + the magic touch.

* tener el valor = have + the courage.

* tener el valor de = have + the guts to, have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.

* tener en común = hold in + common, tread + common ground.

* tener en común con = partake (in/of).

* tener en consideración = take into + consideration, take into + consideration.

* tener en cuenta = allow for, bear in + mind, cater for/to, consider (as), heed, make + allowances, take + account of, take + cognisance of, take + cognition of, take into + account, take into + consideration, make + provision for, bring into + play, give + an ear to, factor, have + regard for, factor in, be aware of, note, keep in + mind.

* tener en cuenta las posibilidades de Algo = consider + possibilities.

* tener en cuenta un punto de vista = take into + account + viewpoint, contemplate + view.

* tener en funcionamiento = have + in effect.

* tener en gran estima = have + a very high regard for.

* tener en mente = bear in + mind, have + in mind, keep in + mind.

* tener en observación = hold under + observation, keep under + observation.

* tener en reserva = hold in + reserve.

* tener entre manos = be up to.

* tener envidia de = envy.

* tener errores = be flawed.

* tener éxito = achieve + success, be successful, get + anywhere, meet + success, prove + successful, succeed, attain + appeal, be a success, find + success, come up + trumps, prove + trumps, take off, meet with + success, hit + the big time, be popular, go + strong.

* tener éxito en el mundo = succeed in + the world.

* tener éxito en la vida = succeed in + life, get on in + life.

* tener expectativas = hold + expectations, have + expectations.

* tener experiencia = have + experience.

* tener fácilmente accesible = have at + Posesivo + touch.

* tener fallos = be flawed.

* tener fe = have + faith (in).

* tener fe en = have + faith (in).

* tener fiebre = have + a temperature, have + a fever.

* tener fijación por = be hipped (on/to), get hipped (on/to).

* tener flatulencia = pass + gas, break + wind, pass + wind.

* tener forma + Adjetivo = be + Adjetivo + in shape.

* tener frenillo = lisp.

* tener fundamento para pensar que = have + reason to believe that.

* tener futuro = have + potential, there + be + a future for/in, have + a future.

* tener ganada la mitad de la batalla = be half the battle.

* tener ganada sólo la mitad de la batalla = be only half the battle.

* tener ganas de = be keen to, have + an/the inclination to.

* tener ganas de + Infinitivo = feel like + Gerundio.

* tener gancho = be engaging.

* tener gastos = incur + costs.

* tener gastos generales = incur + overheads.

* tener gran éxito = hit + a home run, hit it out of + the park, knock it out of + the park.

* tener gran importancia = be of high significance.

* tener gran repercusión = be far reaching.

* tener hambre = be hungry, feel + hungry.

* tener hambre después del esfuerzo = work up + an appetite.

* tener hijos = father + children, have + children.

* tener hipo = hiccup.

* tener horario ajustado = be under time constraint.

* tener horror a = loathe, hate.

* tener idea = have + a clue.

* tener impacto = make + impact.

* tener impacto (sobre) = have + impact (on).

* tener implicaciones para = have + implication for.

* tener importancia = carry + weight, have + high profile, be of consequence.

* tener indigestión = have + indigestion.

* tener influencias = have + pull.

* tener influencia sobre = have + hold on.

* tener iniciativa = be proactive.

* tener intereses en = have + a stake in.

* tener intereses en juego = have + invested.

* tener interés por = have + an interest in.

* tener interés por/en = be interested in.

* tener inventiva = be inventive.

* tener jurisdicción = have + jurisdiction (over).

* tener la autoridad = have + mandate.

* tener la bragueta abierta = fly + be undone.

* tener la capacidad de = have + the potential (to/for).

* tener la cara de = have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.

* tener la cara descompuesta = look like + death warmed (over/up).

* tener la categoría profesional de + Nombre = hold + Nombre + rank, have + Nombre + rank, enjoy + Nombre + rank.

* tener la certeza de = feel + confident.

* tener la certeza de que = rest + assured that.

* tener la conciencia limpia = have + a clear conscience.

* tener la conciencia tranquila = have + a clear conscience.

* tener la convicción = it + be + Posesivo + understanding.

* tener la costumbre de = have + a habit of, have + the habit of.

* tener la costumbre de + Infinitivo = be in the habit of + Gerundio.

* tener la cuenta bancaria = bank.

* tener la culpa (por/de) = be at fault (for/to).

* tener la culpa de Algo que se ha causado Uno mismo = be of + Posesivo + own making.

* tener la desfachatez de = have + the gall to, have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.

* tener la desvergüenza de = have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.

* tener la doble función = double as, double up as.

* tener la facultad de = have + powers to.

* tener la fama de = have + a good record for.

* tener la fecha de + Fecha = be dated + Fecha.

* tener la frescura de = have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.

* tener la función de = be in the business of.

* tener la impresión = have + the impression, get + the impression.

* tener la impresión de que = get + the feeling that.

* tener la intención de = be intended to, intend, mean.

* tener la intención de + Infinitivo = set out to + Infinitivo.

* tener la libertad de = be at liberty to, feel + free to.

* tener la libertard de/para = have + the latitude to.

* tener la malafortuna de = have + the misfortune to.

* tener la mirada perdida = stare into + space, gaze into + space.

* tener la misma importancia = carry + equal weight.

* tener la obligación de = be under the obligation to.

* tener la ocasión de = have + opportunity to.

* tener la oficina central en = headquarter (at/in).

* tener la opinión = it + be + Posesivo + understanding.

* tener la oportunidad = have + the opportunity.

* tener la oportunidad de = get + (a/the) + chance to, have + opportunity to, get + a chance to.

* tener la osadía de = have + the gall to, have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.

* tener la paciencia del santo Job = have + the patience of Job.

* tener la paciencia de un santo = have + the patience of a saint.

* tener la posibilidad de = have + chance.

* tener la potestad = have + mandate.

* tener la potestad de = have + the power to, have + the right to.

* tener lapsus = have + lapses.

* tener la reputación de ser = be well known for.

* tener la responsabilidad = charge, undertake + burden.

* tener la responsabilidad de = have + the responsibility of.

* tener la sartén por el mango = call + the shots, be the boss, call + the tune, rule + the roost.

* tener la seguridad de = have + the security of.

* tener la seguridad de que = rest + assured that.

* tener la sensación de que = have + a gut feeling that.

* tener las mismas prerrogativas = have + an equal voice in.

* tener las riendas de = hold + the reins of.

* tener las riendas del poder = hold + the reins of power.

* tener lástima = pity.

* tener lástima de = take + pity on.

* tener la tentación de = be tempted to.

* tener la última palabra = have + the ultimate say, have + the final say, call + the shots, be the boss, call + the tune, rule + the roost.

* tener la vista cansada = need + reading glasses.

* tenerle manía a Alguien = have + it in for + Nombre.

* tenerle rabia a Alguien = have + it in for + Nombre.

* tenerle tirria a Alguien = have + it in for + Nombre.

* tener libertad = have + freedom.

* tener libertad sobre = have + wide discretion over.

* tenerlo crudo = not be easy.

* tenerlo difícil = not be easy, not be easy.

* tenerlo duro = not be easy.

* tenerlo fácil = have + an easy ride.

* tener lo mejor de ambos mundos = have + the best of both worlds.

* tener lo mejor de los dos mundos = have + the best of both worlds.

* tener lo que hace falta = have + what it takes.

* tener lo que hay que tener = have + what it takes.

* tener lo que se necesita = have + what it takes.

* tener los días contados = day + be + numbered, be doomed, doomed, be dead meat, the (hand)writing + be + on the wall, see it + coming.

* tener los nervios de punta = have + butterflies in + Posesivo + stomach.

* tener los nervios en el estómago = have + butterflies in + Posesivo + stomach.

* tener los pies firmemente en el suelo = feet + be + firmly planted on the ground.

* tenerlo todo = have + the best of both worlds.

* tenerlo todo hecho = have + an easy ride.

* tener lugar = take + place, go on, come to + pass.

* tener madera de = be cut out for.

* tener mala fama por = hold in + disrepute, be infamous for.

* tener malas conexiones con = have + poor connections with.

* tener malas intenciones = be up to no good, get up to + no good.

* tener mal de amores = be lovesick.

* tener mal ojo para juzgar a la gente = be a bad judge of character.

* tener más paciencia que el santo Job = have + the patience of Job.

* tener más paciencia que un santo = have + the patience of a saint.

* tener mérito = be meritorious.

* tener miedo = be afraid, be in fear, frighten.

* tener miedo a = be scared of.

* tener miedo a Alguien = regard + Nombre + with fear.

* tener motivo = be right.

* tener motivo justificado = have + good cause.

* tener motivo para = have + cause to.

* tener movilidad = be mobile.

* tener mucha distancia que recorrer = have + a long way to go.

* tener mucha ilusión = be thrilled.

* tener mucha personalidad = be full of character.

* tener mucho camino que recorrer = have + a long way to go.

* tener mucho carácter = be full of character.

* tener mucho cuidado = be extra vigilant.

* tener mucho éxito = hit + a home run, hit it out of + the park, knock it out of + the park.

* tener mucho interés en = have + a high stake in.

* tener mucho interés por = be keen to.

* tener mucho que ver con = have + a great deal to do with.

* tener mucho tiempo libre = have + plenty of time to spare.

* tener muy mala cara = look like + death warmed (over/up).

* tener niños = have + children.

* tener + Nombre = be not without + Nombre.

* tener noticias de = hear from.

* tener + Número + Período de Tiempo = be + Período de Tiempo + old.

* tener obligación = have + obligation.

* tener obsesión con = be hipped (on/to), get hipped (on/to).

* tener ojeras = have + bags under + Posesivo + eyes.

* tener ojos en la nuca = have + eyes in the back of + Posesivo + head.

* tener opinión = take + view.

* tener paciencia = be patient.

* tener paciencia con = bear with + Pronombre.

* tener palabra = keep + Posesivo + word, live up to + Posesivo + word.

* tener paralelo = have + parallel.

* tener pelos en la lengua = mince + words.

* tener pérdidas = make + a loss.

* tener perplejo = stump.

* tener plena conciencia de = be fully aware of.

* tener poca información = be information poor.

* tener pocas luces = as thick as a brick, as thick as two (short) planks, as daft as a brush, knucklehead.

* tener pocas posibilidades de = have + little recourse.

* tener poco que ver = have + little to do.

* tener poco valor = be of little value.

* tener por costumbre + Infinitivo = be in the habit of + Gerundio.

* tener por término medio = average.

* tener posibilidades = stand + chance, be in with a chance.

* tener potencial = have + potential.

* tener precaución de = be chary of.

* tener precedencia = take + priority.

* tener preferencia = be preferential, have + the right of way.

* tener preferencia (sobre) = take + precedence (over).

* tener presente = be mindful of/that, bear in + mind, consider (as), keep in + focus, keep in + mind, make + consideration, mind, make + provision for, have + regard for, be aware of.

* tener presente las posibilidades de Algo = consider + possibilities.

* tener prioridad = trump.

* tener prisa = be in a hurry.

* tener problema con Algo = experience + trouble with.

* tener problemas = have + problems.

* tener problemas con = fall + foul of, run + afoul of problems, run + afoul of, fall + afoul of.

* tener problemas con la ley = fall + foul of the law, go + afoul of the law, fall + afoul of the law.

* tener programado su comienzo = be scheduled to start.

* tener programado su finalización = be scheduled for completion.

* tener pros y contras = be a mixed blessing.

* tener que = have to, hafta [have to].

* tener que aguantar Algo = be stuck with, get + stuck with.

* tener que arreglárselas solo = leave (up) to + Posesivo + own resources, leave to + Posesivo + own devices.

* tener que cargar con = be stuck with, saddle with, get + stuck with.

* tener que cargar con el peso de = be burdened with.

* tener que cargar con el peso de la tradición = be burdened with + tradition.

* tener que competir con = face + competition from.

* tener + que felicitar a Alguien = have to hand it to + Nombre.

* tener que ocurrir = be boun

* * *

tener [ E27 ]

GUIA DE BUSQUEDA

■ tener (verbo transitivo)

Sentido I

A poseer, disponer de

B

1 llevar encima

2 llevar puesto

C actividades, obligaciones

D

1 señalando características

2 expresando edad

3 con idea de posibilidad

E dar a luz

Sentido II

A sujetar, sostener

B tomar

Sentido III

A recibir

B

1 sentir

2 refiriéndose a síntomas

3 refiriéndose a sucesos

C refiriéndose a actitudes

Sentido IV

A indicando estado, situación

B tener algo/a alguien por algo

■ tener (verbo auxiliar)

Sentido I

A

1 tener que: obligación

2 tener que: propósito

B tener que: certeza

Sentido II

A con participio pasado

B en expresiones de tiempo

■ tenerse (verbo pronominal)

A sostenerse

B tenerse por algo

vt

[El uso de `got' en frases como `I've got a new dress' está mucho más extendido en el inglés británico que en el americano. Éste prefiere la forma `I have a new dress']

Sentido I

A (poseer, disponer de) ‹dinero/trabajo/tiempo› to have

ése ya lo tengo I already have that one, I've already got that one

¿tienen hijos? do they have any children?, have they got any children?

tiene un sueldo muy bueno she earns a very good salary, she is on a very good salary

no tenemos aceitunas we don't have any olives, we haven't got any olives

no tenía bastante dinero I didn't have enough money

no tengo a quién recurrir I have o I've got nobody to turn to

tú no tienes idea de lo que fue you've no idea o you can't imagine what it was like

aquí tienes al autor del delito here's o this is the culprit

¡ahí tienes! ¿ves cómo no se los puede dejar solos? there you are! you see how they can't be left on their own?

¿conque ésas tenemos? so that's the way things are, is it?

no tenerlas todas consigo ( fam): no sé, no las tengo todas conmigo I don't know, I'm not entirely sure o I'm not a hundred percent sure o I'm not at all sure

tenerla con algn (CS fam); to have it in for sb ( colloq)

tenerla con algo (CS fam); to keep o go on about sth ( colloq)

B

1 (llevar encima) to have

¿tienes cambio de $100? do you have change for $100?

no tengo un lápiz I don't have a pencil (on me), I haven't got a pencil (on me)

¿tiene hora? have you got the time?, could you tell me the time?

2 (llevar puesto) to be wearing, have on

¡qué traje más elegante tienes! that's a smart suit you're wearing o you have on!

C (hablando de actividades, obligaciones) to have

esta noche tengo una fiesta I'm going to o I have a party tonight

los viernes tenemos gimnasia we have keep-fit on Fridays

tenemos invitados a cenar we have o we've got some people coming to dinner

tengo un par de camisas que planchar I have o I've got a couple of shirts to iron

D

1 [ Vocabulary notes (Spanish) ] (señalando características, atributos) to have

tiene los ojos castaños/el pelo largo she has o she's got brown eyes/long hair

tiene mucho tacto/valor he's very tactful/brave

tiene habilidad para esas cosas he's very good at that sort of thing

tiene sus defectos he has o he's got his faults

la habitación tiene mucha luz the room is very light o gets a lot of light

tiene cuatro metros de largo por tres de ancho it is four meters long and three meters wide

¿cuánto tienes de cintura? what's your waist measurement?

tiene mucho de su padre he's very much like his father, he takes after his father

tener algo DE algo:

¿y eso qué tiene de malo? and what's (so) bad about that?

no tiene nada de extraño there's nothing strange about it

le lleva 15 años — ¿y eso qué tiene? ( AmL fam); she's 15 years older than he is — so what does that matter?

2 [ Vocabulary notes (Spanish) ]

(expresando edad): ¿cuántos años tienes? how old are you?

tengo cuarenta años I'm forty (years old)

tengo edad para ser tu padre I'm old enough to be your father

el televisor ya tiene muchos años the television set is very old

3

(con idea de posibilidad): no creo que tenga arreglo I don't think it can be fixed, I think it's beyond repair

el problema no tiene solución there is no solution to the problem, the problem is insoluble

E (dar a luz) to have

tener un niño or hijo or bebé to have a child o baby

Sentido II

A (sujetar, sostener) to hold

sube, que yo te tengo la escalera go on up, I'll hold the ladder for you

¿me tienes esto un minuto? could you hold this for a minute?

tenlo derecho hold it upright

B

(tomar): ten la llave take the key, here's the key

Sentido III

A (recibir) to have

hace un mes que no tenemos noticias de él we haven't heard from him for a month

la propuesta tuvo una acogida favorable the proposal was favorably received

tuvo una gran decepción/sorpresa it was a terrible disappointment/a big surprise for her

B

1

(sentir): tengo hambre/sueño/frío I'm hungry/tired/cold

tiene celos de su hermano she's jealous of her brother

no tiene interés por nada she's not interested in anything

le tengo mucho cariño a esta casa I'm very fond of this house

tengo el placer/honor de anunciar … it gives me great pleasure/I have the honor to announce …

¿qué tienes? ¿por qué lloras? what's wrong? o what's the matter? why are you crying?

2 (refiriéndose a síntomas, enfermedades) to have

tengo un dolor de cabeza horrible I have o I've got a terrible headache

¿has tenido las paperas? have you had mumps?

está enfermo, pero no saben qué tiene he's ill, but they don't know what it is o what he's got o what's wrong with him

3 (refiriéndose a sucesos, experiencias) to have

tuvimos un verano muy bueno we had a very good summer

tuve un sueño espantoso I had a terrible dream

que tengas buen viaje have a good trip

tuve una discusión con él I had an argument with him

C

(refiriéndose a actitudes): ten un poco más de respeto have a little more respect

ten paciencia/cuidado be patient/careful

tuvo la gentileza de prestármelo she was kind enough to lend it to me

tuvo la precaución de llamar antes de ir she had the foresight to phone before she went

bien² adv G. (↑ bien (2))

Sentido IV

A (indicando estado, situación) (+ compl):

el sofá tiene el tapizado sucio the upholstery on the sofa is dirty

la mesa tiene una pata rota one of the table legs is broken

tenía el suéter puesto al revés he had his sweater on back to front

tengo las manos sucias my hands are dirty

tenía los ojos cerrados she had her eyes closed

tienes el cinturón desabrochado your belt's undone

lo tengo escondido I have it hidden away

ya lo tiene roto it's already broken o he's broken it already

la tuvo engañada mucho tiempo he was cheating on her for a long time

lo tiene dominado she has him under her thumb

eso me tiene muy preocupada I'm very worried about that

me tuvo escribiendo a máquina toda la tarde she had me typing all afternoon

nos tuvo allí esperando una hora he kept us waiting there for an hour

a la pobre la tienen de sirvienta they treat the poor girl like a maid

tengo a la niña enferma my little girl's sick

¿en qué mano lo tengo? which hand is it in?

B (considerar) tener algo/a algn POR algo:

se lo tiene por el mejor hospital del país it is supposed to be o it is considered (to be) the best hospital in the country

lo tienen por buen cirujano he's held to be o he's considered (to be) a good surgeon

siempre lo tuve por tímido I always thought he was shy

ten por seguro que lo hará rest assured o you can be sure he'll do it

■

v aux

Sentido I

A

1 (expresando obligación, necesidad) tener QUE + INF:

tengo que terminarlo hoy I have to o I must finish it today

tienes que comer más, estás muy delgada you must eat more, you're very thin

no tienes más que apretar este botón all you have to do is press this button

no tienes que estar allí hasta las nueve you don't have to be there until nine

no tengo por qué darte cuentas a ti I don't have to explain anything to you, I don't owe you any explanations

no tienes que comer tanto (no debes) you mustn't eat so much; (no hace falta) you don't have to eat that much, there's no need to eat that much

tendría que cambiarme, no puedo ir así I'd have to o I ought to o I should change, I can't go like this

2 (expresando propósito, recomendación) tener QUE + INF:

tenemos que ir a ver esa película we must go and see that movie

tengo que hacer ejercicio I must get some exercise

tienes que leerlo, es buenísimo you must read it, it's really good

B (expresando certeza) tener QUE + INF:

tiene que estar en este cajón it must be in this drawer

tiene que haber sido él it must have been him

tengo que haberlo dejado en casa I must have left it at home

¡tú tenías que ser! it had to be you, didn't it?

ver² vt I. (↑ ver (2))

Sentido II

A

(con participio pasado): ¿tiene previsto asistir al congreso? do you plan to attend the conference?

ya tenían planeada su estrategia they already had their strategy worked out

tengo entendido que llega mañana I understand he's arriving tomorrow

tiene ganado el afecto del público she has won the public's affection

te tengo dicho que eso no me gusta I've told you before I don't like that

teníamos pensado irnos el jueves we intended leaving on Thursday

tiene bastante dinero ahorrado she has quite a lot of money saved up

B

( AmL) (en expresiones de tiempo): cuatro años tenía sin verlo she hadn't seen him for four years

tienen tres años de casados they've been married for three years

■ tenerse

v pron

A

(sostenerse): no podía tenerse en pie he couldn't stand

tiene un sueño que no se tiene ( fam); he's out o dead on his feet ( colloq)

B ( refl) (considerarse) tenerse POR algo:

se tiene por muy inteligente he considers himself to be o he thinks he is very intelligent

* * *

Multiple Entries:
tener
tener algo
tener ( conjugate tener) verbo transitivo El uso de `got' en frases como `I've got a new dress' está mucho más extendido en el inglés británico que en el americano. Este prefiere la forma `I have a new dress'
1
a) (poseer, disponer de) ‹dinero/trabajo/tiempo› to have;

◊ ¿tienen hijos? do they have any children?, have they got any children?;

no tenemos pan we don't have any bread, we haven't got any bread;
tiene el pelo largo she has o she's got long hair
b) ( llevar encima) ‹lápiz/cambio› to have;

◊ ¿tiene hora? have you got the time?

c) (hablando de actividades, obligaciones) to have;

◊ tengo invitados a cenar I have o I've got some people coming to dinner;

tengo cosas que hacer I have o I've got things to do
d) ( dar a luz) ‹bebé/gemelos› to have

2
a) (señalando características, tamaño) to be;

◊ la casa tiene mucha luz the house is very light;

tiene un metro de largo it is one meter long;
le lleva 15 años — ¿y eso qué tiene? (AmL fam) she's 15 years older than he is — so what does that matter?
b) ( señalando edad) to be;

◊ ¿cuántos años tienes? how old are you?;

tengo veinte años I'm twenty (years old)
3
a) (sujetar, sostener) to hold;

◊ tenlo derecho hold it upright

b) ( tomar):

◊ ten la llave take o here's the key

4
a) ( sentir):

◊ tengo hambre/frío I'm hungry/cold;

le tengo mucho cariño I'm very fond of him;
tengo el placer de … it gives me great pleasure to …
b) ( refiriéndose a enfermedades) ‹gripe/cáncer› to have;

◊ tengo dolor de cabeza I have o I've got a headache

c) ( refiriéndose a experiencias) ‹discusión/accidente› to have;

◊ que tengas buen viaje have a good trip

5 ( refiriéndose a actitudes):
◊ ten más respeto have a little more respect;

ten paciencia/cuidado be patient/careful;
tiene mucho tacto he's very tactful
6 (indicando estado, situación):
◊ la mesa tiene una pata rota one of the table legs is broken;

tengo las manos sucias my hands are dirty;
tienes el cinturón desabrochado your belt's undone;
me tiene muy preocupada I'm very worried about it
tener v aux
1 tener que hacer algo
a) (expresando obligación, necesidad) to have (got) to do sth;

◊ tengo que estudiar hoy I have to o I must study today;

tienes que comer más you ought to eat more
b) (expresando propósito, recomendación):

◊ tenemos que ir a ver esa película we must go and see that movie;

tendrías que llamarlo you should ring him
c) ( expresando certeza):

◊ tiene que estar en este cajón it must be in this drawer;

¡tú tenías que ser! it had to be you!
2 ( con participio pasado):
◊ tengo entendido que sí viene I understand he is coming;

te tengo dicho que … I've told you before (that) …;
teníamos pensado irnos hoy we intended leaving today
3 (AmL) ( en expresiones de tiempo):
◊ tienen tres años de casados they've been married for three years;

tenía un año sin verlo she hadn't seen him for a year
tenerse verbo pronominal ( sostenerse):
◊ no podía tenerse en pie he couldn't stand;

no tenerse de sueño to be dead on one's feet
tener
I verbo transitivo
1 (poseer, disfrutar) to have, have got: tengo muy buena memoria, I have a very good memory
no tiene coche, he hasn't got a car
tiene dos hermanas, he has two sisters
tiene mucho talento, he's very talented
no tenemos suficiente dinero, we don't have enough money
(ser dueño de) to own: tiene una cadena de hoteles, he owns a chain of hotels ➣ Ver nota en have 2 (contener) to contain: esta bebida no tiene alcohol, this drink doesn't contain alcohol
3 (asir, sujetar) to hold: la tenía en brazos, she was carrying her in her arms
4 (hospedar) tiene a su suegra en casa, his mother-in-law is staying with them
5 (juzgar, considerar) la tengo por imposible, I regard her as a hopeless case
nos tienen por tontos, they think we are stupid
tenlo por seguro, you can be sure
6 (pasar el tiempo de cierta manera) to have: he tenido un día espantoso, I've had a dreadful day
7 (padecer, sentir) tiene celos, he's jealous
tengo hambre/sed, I'm hungry/thirsty
ten paciencia conmigo, be patient with me
tengo un dolor de cabeza terrible, I have a terrible headache
8 (profesar) to have: me tiene cariño, he is very fond of me
no le tengo ningún respeto, I have no respect for him
9 (años, tiempo) to be: el bebé tiene ocho días, the baby is eight days old
(medidas) la cama tiene metro y medio de ancho, the bed is one and a half metres wide
10 (mantener) to keep: no sabe tener la boca cerrada, she can't keep her mouth shut
nos tuvo dos horas esperando, he kept us waiting for two hours
tiene su habitación muy ordenada, he keeps his room very tidy
me tiene preocupada, I'm worried about him
11 ( tener que + infinitivo) tengo que hacerlo, I must do it
tienes que tomarte las pastillas, you have to take your pills
tendrías que habérselo dicho, you ought to have told her ➣ Ver nota en must
II verbo aux to have: mira que te lo tengo dicho veces, I've told you time and time again
Tener tiene dos traducciones básicas: to have o to have got. Esta segunda se usa casi únicamente para expresar posesión y solo en el presente: Tengo un coche nuevo. I have got a new car.
La primera se usa en sentido más general: Va a tener un problema. He's going to have a problem. Recuerda que la forma interrogativa de I have got es have I got?, mientras que la forma interrogativa de I have es do I have?
Cuando tener significa sentir, se traduce por el verbo to be: Tengo hambre. I am hungry.

' tener' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
abrigar
- abuela
- abundar
- acarrear
- accidente
- acostumbrar
- admirar
- adolecer
- agobiarse
- añorar
- antena
- apetecer
- apremiar
- aptitud
- arcada
- arte
- banco
- bombera
- bombero
- burbuja
- cabida
- cabronada
- cacao
- caer
- cagalera
- calor
- cantar
- capaz
- carácter
- carrete
- celebrarse
- céntimo
- certeza
- certidumbre
- ciega
- ciego
- conciencia
- conllevar
- consecuencia
- constar
- contingente
- corazón
- correa
- correrse
- cosa
- cosquillas
- costar
- creer
- cruda
- crudo
English:
access
- accommodate
- act
- add up
- afraid
- agree
- aim to
- allow for
- allowance
- approve of
- around
- associate
- attached
- augment
- authoritarian
- ax
- axe
- barrel
- be
- bear
- bear with
- bearing
- begrudge
- believe in
- belong
- beware
- boast
- bone
- boomerang
- breathing space
- broody
- brush
- butterfly
- calculate
- careful
- celebrate
- clash
- clever
- come off
- command
- connected
- conscience
- consider
- consideration
- count
- crash
- date
- daunt
- debt
- depend

* * *

tener

♦ vt

1. [poseer, disfrutar de] [objeto, cualidad, elemento, parentesco] to have;

no tengo televisor/amigos I haven't got o I don't have a television/any friends;

¿tienes un bolígrafo? have you got o do you have a pen?;

¿tiene usted hora? have you got the time?;

tenemos un mes para terminarlo we've got a month in which to finish it;

tiene el pelo corto, ojos azules y gafas she has (got) short hair, blue eyes and she wears glasses;

muchos no tienen trabajo o [m5] empleo a lot of people are out of work;

el documental no tiene mucho interés the documentary is not very interesting;

¿cuántas habitaciones tiene? how many rooms has it got o does it have?;

¿tienes hermanos? have you got o do you have any brothers or sisters?;

tengo un hermano I've got o I have a brother;

tener un niño to have a baby;

no tienen hijos they haven't got o don't have any children;
RP Fam
tener algo a bocha [en gran cantidad] to have tons o loads of sth;

Comp

¿conque ésas tenemos?, ¿ahora no quieres ayudar? so that's the deal, is it? you don't want to help now, then;

Comp

no las tiene todas consigo he is not too sure about it;

Comp
muy Fam
tenerlos bien puestos to have guts;

Prov

tanto tienes, tanto vales you are what you own

2. [padecer, realizar, experimentar] to have;

tener fiebre to have a temperature;

tiene cáncer/el sida she has (got) cancer/AIDS;

doctor, ¿qué tengo? what's wrong with me, doctor?;

no tienes nada (grave) it's nothing (serious), there's nothing (seriously) wrong with you;

tuvieron una pelea/reunión they had a fight/meeting;

tengo las vacaciones en agosto my holidays are in August;

mañana no tenemos clase we don't have to go to school tomorrow, there's no school tomorrow;

¡que tengan buen viaje! have a good journey!;

no he tenido un buen día I haven't had a good day;

tiene lo que se merece she's got what she deserves

3. [medida, años, sensación, sentimiento] to be;

tiene 3 metros de ancho it's 3 metres wide;

¿cuántos años tienes? how old are you?;

tiene diez años she's ten (years old);
Am
tengo tres años aquí I've been here for three years;

tener hambre/miedo to be hungry/afraid;

tener suerte/mal humor to be lucky/bad-tempered;

tengo un dolor de espalda terrible I have a terrible backache;

tengo alergia al polvo I'm allergic to dust;

me tienen cariño/envidia they're fond/jealous of me;

le tiene lástima he feels sorry for her;

tengo ganas de llorar I feel like crying

4. [hallarse o hacer estar en cierto estado]
tenía la cara pálida her face was pale;

tienes una rueda pinchada you've got a Br puncture o US flat;

tienes la corbata torcida your tie isn't straight;

me tuvo despierto it kept me awake;

eso la tiene despistada/preocupada that has her confused/worried;

esto la tendrá ocupada un rato this will keep her busy for a while;

un psicópata tiene atemorizada a la población a psychopath is terrorizing the population;

nos tuvieron una hora en comisaría they kept us at the police station for an hour;

me tuvo esperando una hora she kept me waiting an hour;

nos tuvieron toda la noche viendo vídeos they made us watch videos all night;

la tienen como o [m5] de encargada en un restaurante she's employed as a manageress in a restaurant

5. [sujetar] to hold;

tenlo por el asa hold it by the handle;

¿puedes tenerme esto un momento? could you hold this for me a minute?;

ten los brazos en alto hold your arms up high

6. [tomar]
ten el libro que me pediste here's the book you asked me for;

¡aquí tienes!, ¡ten! here you are!;

ahí tienes la respuesta there's your answer

7. [recibir] [mensaje, regalo, visita, sensación] to get;

tuve una carta suya I got o had a letter from her;

el que llegue primero tendrá un premio whoever arrives first will get a prize;

tendrás noticias mías you'll hear from me;

tenemos invitados/a la familia a cenar we've got guests/the family over for dinner;

tendrá una sorpresa he'll get a surprise;

tenía/tuve la impresión de que… I had/got the impression that…;

tuve una verdadera desilusión I was really disappointed

8. [valorar, estimar]
tener en mucho/poco a alguien to think a lot/not to think very much of sb;

me tienen por tonto they think I'm stupid;
Formal
tener a bien hacer algo to be kind enough to do sth;

les ruego tengan a bien considerar mi candidatura para el puesto de… I would be grateful if you would consider my application for the post of…

9. [guardar, contener] to keep;

¿dónde tienes las joyas/el dinero? where do you keep the jewels/money?;

¿dónde tendré las gafas? where can my glasses be?;

la botella tenía un mensaje the bottle had a message inside;

esta cuenta no tiene fondos there are no funds in this account

10. RP Fam
tenerla con algo/alguien to go on about sth/sb;

¡cómo la tenés con tu vecino! you're always going on about your neighbour!;

¡cómo la tiene con el auto que se va a comprar! he's always going on about the car he's going to buy!;

¡cómo la tiene el jefe contigo! the boss really has it in for you!

♦ v aux

1. [antes de participio] [haber]
teníamos pensado ir al teatro we had thought of going to the theatre, we had intended to go to the theatre;

¿cuánto tienes hecho de la tesis? how much of your thesis have you (got) done?;

te tengo dicho que no pises los charcos I've told you before not to step in puddles;

tengo entendido que se van a casar I understand (that) they are going to get married

2.
tener que: [indica obligación] [m5] tener que hacer algo to have to do sth;

tenía/tuve que hacerlo I had to do it;

¿tienes que irte? do you have to go?, have you got to go?;

tienes que esforzarte más you must try harder;

tiene que ser así it has to be this way;

tenemos que salir de aquí we have (got) to o need to get out of here, we must get out of here;

teníamos que haber hecho esto antes we should have o ought to have done this before;

no tienes que disculparte you needn't apologize, you don't need to apologize;

si quieres algo, no tienes más que pedirlo if you want something, all you have to do is ask;

no tienes por qué venir, si no quieres you don't have to come if you don't want to

3.
tener que: [indica propósito, consejo] [m5] tenemos que ir a cenar un día we ought to o should go for dinner some time;

tienes que ir a ver esa película you must see that movie;

tenías que haber visto cómo corría you should have seen him run;

tendrías que dejar de fumar you ought to give up smoking

4.
tener que: [indica probabilidad] [m5] ya tienen que haber llegado they must have o should have arrived by now;

las llaves tienen que andar por aquí the keys must be round here somewhere;

tendría que haber terminado hace rato she should have o ought to have finished some time ago;

tenía que ser él, no podía ser otro it had to be him, it couldn't have been anyone else

5.
tener que ver: tener que ver con algo/alguien to have to do with sth/sb;

actitudes que tienen que ver con la falta de educación attitudes which are related to a lack of education;

se apellida Siqueiros, pero no tiene que ver con el pintor his surname is Siqueiros, but he's got nothing to do with the painter;

¿qué tiene eso que ver conmigo? what has that got to do with me?;

no tener nada que ver con algo/alguien to have nothing to do with sth/sb;

lo que digo no tiene nada que ver con eso what I'm saying has nothing to do with that;

aunque los dos vinos sean Rioja, no tienen nada que ver even if both wines are Riojas, there's no comparison between them;

¿qué tiene que ver que sea mujer para que haga bien su trabajo? what's her being a woman got to do with whether or not she does a good job?;

es un poco tarde, ¿no? – ¿y qué tiene que ver? it's a bit late, isn't it? – so what?;

tener que ver en algo to be involved in sth;

dicen que la CIA tuvo que ver en ello rumour has it the CIA were involved;

¿has tenido tú algo que ver en esto? have you had something to do with this?

♦ See also the pronominal verb tenerse

* * *

tener

v/t

1 have;

tener 10 años be 10 (years old);

tener un metro de ancho/largo be one meter wide/long o in width/length

2

:

ha tenido un niño she’s had a little boy

3

:

tener a alguien por algo regard s.o. as sth, consider s.o. to be sth

4

:

tengo que madrugar I must get up early, I have to o I’ve got to get up early;

tuve que madrugar I had to get up early

5

:

conque ¿esas tenemos? so that’s how it is o things stand, eh?;

no tuvo a bien saludarme he did not see fit to greet me;

no las tengo todas conmigo fam I’m not one hundred per cent sure;

eso me tiene nervioso that makes me nervous

* * *

tener {80} vt

1) : to have

tiene ojos verdes: she has green eyes

tengo mucho que hacer: I have a lot to do

tiene veinte años: he's twenty years old

tiene un metro de largo: it's one meter long

2) : to hold

ten esto un momento: hold this for a moment

3) : to feel, to make

tengo frío: I'm cold

eso nos tiene contentos: that makes us happy

4)

tener por : to think, to consider

me tienes por loco: you think I'm crazy

tener v aux

1)

tener que : to have to

tengo que salir: I have to leave

tiene que estar aquí: it has to be here, it must be here

2) (with past participle)

tenía pensado escribirte: I've been thinking of writing to you

♦ See also the reflexive verb tenerse

* * *

tener vb

1. (en general) to have

¿tienes hermanos? have you any brothers or sisters?

tiene el pelo largo she has long hair

tenía dolor de cabeza I had a headache

tuve un sueño I had a dream

En el presente, sobre todo en inglés hablado, se puede emplear have got en vez de have, por ejemplo, have you got any brothers or sisters?

2. (edad, tamaño) to be

tiene quince años she's fifteen years old

la habitación tiene cuatro metros de largo the room is four metres long

Muchas veces se utiliza el verbo to be y el sustantivo se traduce con un adjetivo

tengo calor I'm hot

tengo hambre I'm hungry

tengo miedo I'm afraid

tengo sed I'm thirsty

aquí tienes here you are

tener pensado hacer algo to intend doing something

tener que to have to

tengo que ir a trabajar I have to go to work

tienes que estudiar más you have to study more

tener que ver to have to do with / to concern

no tiene nada que ver contigo it's got nothing to do with you / it doesn't concern you

Spanish-English dictionary > tener
5 ligar

v.

1 to bind.

Ellos ligaron las cuerdas They bound the ropes.

2 to slur (Music).

3 to score (informal) (encontrar pareja).

ligar con alguien to get off with somebody (entablar relaciones) (British), to make out with somebody (United States)

4 to alloy, to combine, to mix.

Ellos ligaron los metales They alloyed the metals.

5 to league, to unite, to confederate, to join.

Ellos ligaron a los bandos They leagued the parties.

6 to associate, to bind together, to link.

Ellos ligaron las empresas They associated the companies.

7 to pair up, to mix well, to pull.

8 to take a beating.

9 to ligate.

* * *

ligar

► verbo transitivo

1 (atar) to tie, bind

■ lo ligaron de manos y pies they bound him hand and foot

2 (unir) to link, connect

■ un hombre estrechamente ligado a la historia española a man closely linked with Spanish history

3 (metales) to alloy

■ ligan cinc y cobre para hacer latón they alloy zinc and copper to make brass

4 COCINA to bind

■ liga la carne picada con huevo bind the mince with egg

► verbo intransitivo

1 familiar (conquistar) to score

■ con esa pinta no me sorprende que no ligues I'm not surprised you never score looking like that

■ ligó con una italiana he picked up an Italian girl, he got off with an Italian girl

\

FRASEOLOGÍA

estar ligado,-a a to be linked to, be connected

ir ligado,-a a→ link=estar estar ligado,-a

ligarse a alguien familiar to pick somebody up, get off with somebody

* * *

1. VT

1) (=atar) [gen] to tie, bind; (Med) to bind up, put a ligature on

2) (=mezclar) [+ metales] to alloy, mix; [+ bebidas] to mix; [+ salsa] to thicken

3) (=unir) to join, bind together

estar ligado por contrato a — to be bound by contract to

4) * (=conquistar) to pick up *, get off with *, pull *

5) * (=birlar) to pinch *

6) * (=conseguir) to get hold of, lay one's hands on

7) * (=comprar) to buy

8) * (=detener) to nick *

9) Caribe (=contratar) to contract in advance for

2. VI

1) (=ir juntos) to mix well, blend well, go well together

2) * (=conquistar) to pull *

salieron dispuestas a ligar — they went out to try to pick up a man o to pull *

Pepe y Ana han ligado — Pepe and Ana have paired up

3) Caribe, Méx * (=tener suerte) to have a bit of luck, be lucky

la cosa le ligó — And, CAm the affair went well for him

4) Caribe, Méx (=mirar) to look, stare

5)

le ligó su deseo — And, Caribe * her wish came true

3.

See:

ligarse

* * *
1.
verbo transitivo

1) (unir, vincular) to bind

2) ( atar)

le ligaron las manos — they tied his hands together

un fajo de billetes ligados con una gomita — a bundle of bills held together with a rubber band

3) < metales> to alloy; < salsa> to bind
2.
ligar vi (fam) ( con el sexo opuesto)

salieron a ligar — they went out on the make o (BrE) pull (colloq)

ligar con alguien — to make out with somebody (AmE), to get off with somebody (BrE)
3.
ligarse v pron

1) (fam) ( conquistar) to make out with (AmE colloq), to get off with (colloq BrE)

2) salsa to bind

* * *

= attach, connect, intertwine, bind + Nombre + together, entwine, chat up.

Ex. In fixed location notation was physically attached to certain places on the shelves and books were always filed in the same place.

Ex. Plainly, it is not always the case that there is a connection between farming and spelling, and many other documents can be identified where these subjects are not connected.

Ex. Traditional and emerging markets for library school graduates are likely to intertwine rather than exist as parallel trends in the future.

Ex. People value the public library highly as an educational and community resource and the library acts as an 'information junction' to bind the community together.

Ex. The Zimbabwe Library Association history is entwined with library development in Zimbabwe (Rhodesia).

Ex. She was 15 kilograms too heavy, rudderless, half-lost to drinking and chatting up other girls' boyfriends.

----

* frase usada para ligar = chat-up line.

* intentar ligar = chat up.

* tratar de ligar = chat up.

* truco para ligar = chat-up line.

* * *
1.
verbo transitivo

1) (unir, vincular) to bind

2) ( atar)

le ligaron las manos — they tied his hands together

un fajo de billetes ligados con una gomita — a bundle of bills held together with a rubber band

3) < metales> to alloy; < salsa> to bind
2.
ligar vi (fam) ( con el sexo opuesto)

salieron a ligar — they went out on the make o (BrE) pull (colloq)

ligar con alguien — to make out with somebody (AmE), to get off with somebody (BrE)
3.
ligarse v pron

1) (fam) ( conquistar) to make out with (AmE colloq), to get off with (colloq BrE)

2) salsa to bind

* * *

= attach, connect, intertwine, bind + Nombre + together, entwine, chat up.

Ex: In fixed location notation was physically attached to certain places on the shelves and books were always filed in the same place.

Ex: Plainly, it is not always the case that there is a connection between farming and spelling, and many other documents can be identified where these subjects are not connected.

Ex: Traditional and emerging markets for library school graduates are likely to intertwine rather than exist as parallel trends in the future.

Ex: People value the public library highly as an educational and community resource and the library acts as an 'information junction' to bind the community together.

Ex: The Zimbabwe Library Association history is entwined with library development in Zimbabwe (Rhodesia).

Ex: She was 15 kilograms too heavy, rudderless, half-lost to drinking and chatting up other girls' boyfriends.

* frase usada para ligar = chat-up line.

* intentar ligar = chat up.

* tratar de ligar = chat up.

* truco para ligar = chat-up line.

* * *

ligar [A3 ]

vt

A (unir, vincular) to bind

el contrato que la ligaba a la empresa the contract which bound her to the company

los ligaba una larga amistad they were bound together by a long-standing friendship

B

(atar): le ligaron las manos con una cuerda they tied his hands together o they bound his hands with a rope

un fajo de billetes ligados con una goma elástica a bundle of bills held together with a rubber band

C

1 ‹metales› to alloy

2 ‹salsa› to bind

D

1 ( fam)

(en naipes): ligar un full to get a full house

2 ( RPl fam) (conseguir, obtener) to get

van a visitarlos sólo para ver si ligan algo they only go to visit them to see what they can get out of them

3 ( Esp arg) ‹hachís/coca› to score (sl)

4 ( Esp arg) (apresar) to bust (sl), to nick ( BrE sl)

■ ligar

vi

A ( fam)

(conquistar): los sábados salían a ligar on Saturdays they went out trying to pick up girls/boys ( colloq), on Saturdays they went out on the pick-up o ( AmE) on the make (sl)

ligar CON algn to make out WITH sb ( AmE), to get off WITH sb ( BrE)

B ( Chi fam) (flirtear con) to give … the come-on ( colloq), to give … the eye ( BrE colloq)

C

( Chi fam) (tocar) (+ me/te/le etc): a mí siempre me liga lavar los platos it's always me who gets landed with washing o who has to wash the dishes ( colloq)

ligarle ( Per fam); to pull it off ( colloq)

■ ligarse

v pron

A ( fam) (conquistar) to make out with ( AmE colloq), to get off with ( colloq BrE)

B «salsa» to bind

C ( RPl fam) ‹reto/cachetada› to get

se ligó tres meses a la sombra he got three months in prison o ( colloq) inside

ligársela ( RPl fam); to get a hiding o clobbering ( colloq)

D

(Arg, Ven) ( Telec): la línea se ligó I got a crossed line

* * *

ligar ( conjugate ligar) verbo transitivo
a) ( unir) to bind;

◊ los ligaba una gran amistad they were bound together by a strong friendship

b) ( atar):

◊ le ligaron las manos they tied his hands together;

un fajo de billetes ligados con una goma elástica a bundle of bills held together with a rubber band
c) ‹ metales› to alloy;

‹ salsa› to bind
verbo intransitivo (fam) ( con el sexo opuesto):
◊ salieron a ligar they went out on the make o (BrE) pull (colloq);

ligar con algn to make out with sb (AmE), to get off with sb (BrE)
ligarse verbo pronominal (fam) ( conquistar) to make out with (AmE colloq), to get off with (colloq BrE)
ligar
I verbo transitivo
1 (unir) to join
figurado mis recuerdos me ligan a esta ciudad, my memories bind me to this town
2 (relacionar) to link
3 fam (coger) to get
II vi fam (seducir, cortejar) to make advances: estaba ligando con mi primo, she was making advances to my cousin

' ligar' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
bronce
- pinchar
English:
advance
- chat up
- pass
- pick up
- score
- screw around
- strong
- bind
- slur

* * *

ligar

♦ vt

1. [atar] to tie (up);

liga bien los paquetes tie the packages up tightly;

les ligaron las manos they tied their hands

2. [unir] to bind;

los ligan muchos lazos afectivos they are bound together by a lot of emotional ties;

un contrato lo liga con la empresa he is contractually bound to the company

3. [salsa] to thicken

4. Med to put a ligature on

5. Mús to slur

6. [en naipes] to get;

ligué un póquer de ases I got four aces

7. [metales] to alloy

8. Fam [droga] to score, to get hold of

9. RP [conseguir] to get;

siempre viene a ver si liga algo he always comes along to see what he can get

10. Comp
Fam
ligar bronce to catch some rays

11. Cuba [cosecha] to contract in advance for

12. Ven Dep [béisbol] to hit;

ligó un cuadrangular he hit a home run

♦ vi

1. Fam [encontrar pareja] to score, Br to pull;

en esta ciudad no se liga nada it's a nightmare trying to score o Br pull in this town;

esta noche vamos a salir a ligar we're going out to score with someone tonight, Br we're going out on the pull tonight

2. [salsa] to bind

3. RP, Ven Fam [tener suerte] to be damn lucky, Br to be jammy

4. Carib, Guat, Perú [deseo] to be fulfilled

5. Ven Dep [en béisbol] to go into the wind-up

♦ See also the pronominal verb ligarse

* * *

ligar

I v/t

1 bind

2 ( atar) tie

3 GASTR blend

II v/i

:

ligar con fam pick up

* * *

ligar {52} vt

: to bind, to tie (up)

* * *

ligar vb

1. (unir) to bind [pt. & pp. bound]

nos liga una estrecha amistad we are bound by a close friendship

2. (atar) to tie

ligó la carga en la parte trasera he tied the load onto the back

3. (establecer una relación) to get off

siempre liga con la chica más guapa he always gets off with the prettiest girl

Spanish-English dictionary > ligar
6 line

line [laɪn]

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

1. noun

2. transitive verb

3. compounds

4. Phrasal Verbs

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

1. noun

   a. ( = mark) ligne f ; ( = pen stroke) trait m

• to put a line through sth barrer qch

• to draw a line under sth (in exercise book) tirer un trait sous qch

• line by line ligne par ligne

   b. ( = boundary) frontière f

• there's a fine line between genius and madness il n'y a qu'un pas du génie à la folie

   c. ( = wrinkle) ride f

   d. ( = shape) the rounded lines of this car les lignes fpl arrondies de cette voiture

• clothes that follow the lines of the body des vêtements qui épousent les formes fpl du corps

   e. ( = rope) corde f ; (Fishing) ligne f ; ( = washing line) corde f à linge

   f. (for phone) ligne f

• it's a bad line la ligne est mauvaise

• the line's gone dead (during conversation) on a été coupé

• the lines are down les lignes ont été coupées

• the line is engaged la ligne est occupée

• Mr Smith is on the line j'ai M. Smith en ligne

   g. [of writing] ligne f ; [of poem] vers m ; ( = letter) (inf) mot m

• new line (in dictation) à la ligne

• a six-line stanza une strophe de six vers

• drop me a line (inf) envoyez-moi un petit mot

• to read between the lines lire entre les lignes

• lines (as school punishment) lignes fpl à copier

• to learn one's lines [actor] apprendre son texte

   h. (US = queue) file f (d'attente)

• to form a line faire la queue

• to wait in line faire la queue

   i. ( = row) [of trees, parked cars, hills] rangée f ; [of cars in traffic jam] file f ; [of people] (side by side) rang m ; (one behind another) file f ; ( = assembly line) chaîne f

• they sat in a line in front of him ils se sont assis en rang devant lui

• to fall into line s'aligner

• to fall into line with sb ( = conform) se ranger à l'avis de qn

   j. ( = succession) série f ; ( = descent) lignée f

• the latest in a long line of tragedies la dernière d'une longue série de tragédies

• in a direct line from en droite ligne de

   k. ( = route) ligne f

• the Cunard Line la compagnie Cunard

• the New York-Southampton line la ligne New York-Southampton

   l. ( = track) voie f

• the line was blocked for several hours la voie a été bloquée plusieurs heures

• cross the line by the footbridge empruntez la passerelle pour traverser la voie

   m. ( = direction) the broad lines [of story, plan] les grandes lignes fpl

• line of argument raisonnement m

• line of research axe m de recherche

• you're on the right lines vous êtes sur la bonne voie

• on ethnic lines selon des critères ethniques

   n. ( = stance) position f ; ( = argument) argument m

• they voted against the government line ils ont voté contre la position adoptée par le gouvernement

• they came out with their usual line (inf) ils ont sorti leur argument habituel

• to take a strong line on... se montrer ferme sur...

   o. ( = field) (inf) line of business secteur m d'activité

• it's a profitable line of business c'est un secteur d'activité très rentable

• you must be very aware of that in your line of business vous devez en être très conscient dans votre métier

• what's your line of business? que faites-vous dans la vie ?

• we're in the same line of business nous sommes dans la même branche

• cocktail parties are not my line les cocktails, ce n'est pas mon truc (inf)

• he's got a nice line in rude jokes il connaît plein d'histoires cochonnes (inf)

   p. ( = product) this lager is the shop's best selling line cette bière blonde est ce qui se vend le mieux

   q. ( = course) in the line of duty dans l'exercice de ses (or mes etc) fonctions

• it's all in the line of duty (inf) ça fait partie du boulot (inf)

   r. ( = spiel) to give sb a line (inf) baratiner (inf) qn

   s. (in battle) ligne f

• in the front line en première ligne

• behind (the) enemy lines derrière les lignes ennemies

   t. (set structures)

► along the line

• all along the line ( = constantly) toujours ; ( = everywhere) partout

• didn't I tell you that all along the line? c'est ce que je n'ai pas arrêté de te dire

• they've been involved all along the line ils y participent depuis le début

• somewhere along the line he got an engineering degree je ne sais pas exactement quand, il a décroché son diplôme d'ingénieur► along... lines

• he'd already said something along those lines il avait déjà dit quelque chose du même genre

• we are all thinking along the same lines nous sommes tous du même avis

• I hope we'll continue along the same lines j'espère que nous continuerons sur cette lancée

• along political/racial lines selon des critères politiques/raciaux► in line

• to keep sb in line faire tenir qn tranquille

• if the Prime Minister fails to keep the rebels in line si le Premier ministre ne réussit pas à maîtriser les éléments rebelles

• to be in line for a job être sur les rangs pour un emploi

• our system is broadly in line with that of other countries notre système correspond plus ou moins à celui des autres pays► into line

• to come into line [person, group] se conformer ( with à)

• to bring sth into line with sth aligner qch sur qch► on line ( = on computer) en ligne

• to come on line [power station, machine] entrer en service► on the line ( = at stake) (inf) en jeu

• my job is on the line mon emploi est en jeu

• to put one's reputation on the line mettre sa réputation en jeu

• to put o.s. on the line prendre de gros risques► out of line (inf)

he was completely out of line to suggest that... ( = unreasonable) il n'aurait vraiment pas dû suggérer que...

• he is out of line with his party ( = in conflict) il est en décalage par rapport à son parti

• their debts are completely out of line with their incomes leur endettement est tout à fait disproportionné par rapport à leurs revenus

2. transitive verb

   a. ( = mark) [+ face] marquer

• his face was lined with exhaustion il avait le visage marqué par la fatigue

• lined paper papier m réglé

   b. ( = put lining in) [+ clothes, box] doubler ( with de ) ; [+ inside of tank, container] revêtir

• to line one's pockets se remplir les poches

• eat something to line your stomach ne reste pas l'estomac vide

• cheering crowds lined the route une foule enthousiaste faisait la haie tout le long du parcours

• the road was lined with trees la route était bordée d'arbres

3. compounds

► line dancing noun sorte de danse country

► line judge noun juge m de ligne

► line manager noun (British) supérieur m hiérarchique

► line of attack noun plan m d'attaque ; (figurative) plan m d'action

► line of communication noun ligne f de communication

• to keep the lines of communication open with sb ne pas rompre le dialogue avec qn ► line of fire noun ligne f de tir

• right in the line of fire en plein dans la ligne de tir ► line of vision noun champ m de vision

► line-out noun touche f

► line-up noun [of people] file f ; ( = identity parade) séance f d'identification (d'un suspect) ; (Football) composition f de l'équipe f

• the new line-up la nouvelle équipe

4. Phrasal Verbs

► line up

1. intransitive verb

   a. ( = stand in row) se mettre en rang(s) ; ( = stand in queue) faire la queue

   b. ( = align o.s.) to line up against sb/sth se liguer contre qn/qch

• to line up behind sth défendre qch

• most senators lined up in support of the president la plupart des sénateurs ont soutenu le président

• to line up with sb se ranger du côté de qn

2. separable transitive verb

   a. [+ people, objects] aligner

• line them up against the wall alignez-les contre le mur

• they were lined up and shot on les a alignés pour les fusiller

   b. ( = find) (inf)

trouver

• we must line up a chairman for the meeting il faut que nous trouvions un président pour la réunion

• have you got something lined up for this evening? est-ce que tu as prévu quelque chose pour ce soir ?

• have you got someone lined up? avez-vous quelqu'un en vue ?

• I wonder what he's got lined up for us je me demande ce qu'il nous prépare

* * *
[laɪn] 1.
noun

1) gen, Sport ligne f; (shorter, thicker) trait m; Art trait m

a straight/curved line — une ligne droite/courbe

to put a line through something — barrer quelque chose

the line AB — ( in geometry) la droite AB

2) (of people, cars) file f; ( of trees) rangée f

in straight lines — [plant, arrange] en lignes droites

to be in line — [buildings] être dans l'alignement

put the desks in line — alignez les bureaux

3) fig

to be in line for promotion — avoir des chances d'être promu

you're next in line — ça va être ton tour

in line for — bien placé pour obtenir

4) ( queue) file f

to stand in ou wait in line — faire la queue

to form a line — [people] faire la queue

please form a line — mettez-vous en file s'il vous plaît

5) ( on face) ride f

6) Architecture ( outline shape) ligne f (of de)

7) ( boundary) frontière f

there's a fine line between knowledge and pedantry — de la culture à la pédanterie il n'y a qu'un pas

8) ( rope) corde f; ( for fishing) ligne f

to put the washing on the line — étendre le linge

9) ( cable) Electricity ligne f (électrique)

10) Telecommunications ( connection) ligne f

to be on the line to somebody — être en ligne avec quelqu'un

to get off the line — (colloq) raccrocher

at the other end of the line — au bout du fil

the line is dead — il n'y a pas de tonalité

the line went dead — la ligne a été coupée

11) ( rail route) ligne f ( between entre); ( rails) voie f; (shipping company, airline) compagnie f

12) ( in genealogy) lignée f

the male line — la lignée par les hommes

the Tudor line — la maison des Tudor

to trace one's line back to somebody — retracer son ascendance jusqu'à quelqu'un

she is second in line to the throne — elle est la deuxième dans l'ordre de succession au trône

13) ( in prose) ligne f; ( in poetry) vers m; ( of music) ligne f

100 lines — 100 lignes

to start a new line — aller à la ligne

a line from — une citation de [poem etc]

he has all the best lines — il a les meilleures répliques

to learn one's lines — Theatre apprendre son texte

14) ( conformity)

to fall into line with — s'aligner sur

to bring somebody into line — ramener quelqu'un dans le rang

to bring regional laws into line with federal laws — harmoniser les lois régionales et les lois fédérales

to keep somebody in line — tenir quelqu'un en main

our prices are out of line with those of our competitors — nos prix ne s'accordent pas avec ceux de nos concurrents

you're way out of line! — (colloq) franchement, tu exagères!

15) (colloq) ( piece of information)

to have a line on something — avoir des informations sur quelque chose

don't give me that line! — ne me raconte pas ces histoires!

16) ( stance)

the official line — la position officielle

something along these lines — quelque chose dans le même genre

to be on the right lines — être sur la bonne voie

to take a firm line with somebody — se montrer ferme avec quelqu'un

I don't know what line to take — je ne sais pas quelle ligne de conduite adopter

17) ( type of product) gamme f

18) Military

enemy lines — lignes fpl ennemies

19) ( equator)

the line — la ligne

20) (colloq) ( of cocaine) ligne (colloq) f (of de)
2.
in line with prepositional phrase en accord avec [policy, trend]

to increase in line with — augmenter proportionnellement à

to vary in line with — varier parallèlement à
3.
transitive verb doubler [garment] ( with avec); tapisser [box, shelf] ( with de); [spectators] border [route]

Phrasal Verbs:

- line up

••

all along the line —

right down the line — sur toute la ligne

somewhere along the line — ( at point in time) à un certain moment; ( at stage) quelque part

English-French dictionary > line
7 związ|ek

m (G związku) 1. (zależność) connection (z czymś with sth); (między dwoma elementami) link; (powiązanie) relation (z czymś to sth); (między dwoma, wieloma elementami) relationship, interrelation(ship)
- związek między pracą a płacą the relationship between work and pay

- ścisły/luźny związek teorii z praktyką a close/loose relationship between theory and practice

- wypowiedź mająca związek z dyskusją a statement pertinent a. relevant to the discussion

- nie widzę związku między bezrobociem a przyrostem naturalnym I can’t see any relationship between unemployment and the birth rate

- przekład pozostaje w bardzo luźnym związku z oryginałem it’s a very free a. loose translation (of the original)

- wykazano niewątpliwy związek między paleniem tytoniu a zachorowalnością na raka the link between smoking and cancer has been established beyond all doubt

- teoria jest zupełnie bez związku z rzeczywistością the theory bears no relation whatsoever to reality
2. zw. pl (więź) (oparty na uczuciu, wspólnocie zainteresowań) bond przen.; (rodzinny, uczuciowy) tie zw. pl przen.
- związki krwi blood ties

- związki przyjaźni the bonds of friendship

- umacniać związki rodzinne to strengthen family ties

- łączyły ich silne związki duchowe there was a strong spiritual bond between them
3. (wspólnota) relationship
- związek monogamiczny a pair bond

- wszystkie jej związki kończyły się wzajemnymi oskarżeniami all her relationships ended in bitter recriminations

- nie potrafił wytrwać w jednym związku he could never make a relationship last

- dziecko wniosło do ich związku wiele radości the baby brought a lot of joy into their relationship

- żyć w wolnym związku to live together; to cohabit książk.

- związek małżeński marital union

- kobieta i mężczyzna połączeni związkiem małżeńskim a man and a woman joined in matrimony

- zawrzeć związek małżeński to enter into marriage, to marry
4. (organizacja) union, association
- związek zawodowy (trade) union GB, trades union GB, labor union US

- robotnicy zrzeszeni w związkach zawodowych organized labour a. labor US
5. Chem. compound
- związki węgla compounds of carbon, carbon compounds

- trujące związki rtęci toxic mercury compounds

- □ związek acykliczny a. alifatyczny Chem. acyclic a. aliphatic compound

- związek cywilny civil marriage

- związek frazeologiczny Jęz. idiom

- związek nieorganiczny Chem. inorganic compound

- związek nitrowy Chem. nitro compound

- związek organiczny Chem. organic compound

- związek paradygmatyczny Jęz. paradigmatic relationship

- związek pitagorejski Filoz. the Pythagoreans

- związek przyczynowy causality

- Związek Radziecki Hist. the Soviet Union

- związek rządu Jęz. government

- związek syntagmatyczny Jęz. syntagmatic relationship

- związek taktyczny Wojsk. tactical unit

- związek zgody Jęz. agreement

- związki aromatyczne Chem. aromatics, aromatic compounds

- związki kompleksowe a. koordynacyjne Chem. coordination compounds, complexes

- związki nasycone Chem. saturated compounds

- związki proste Chem. simple compounds

■ bez związku [mówić, gadać] disconnectedly; [zdania, sceny, myśli] disconnected

- pleciesz bez związku you’re talking gibberish pot.

- w związku z czymś (z powodu) because of sth, on account of sth; by reason of sth książk.; (w wyniku) owing to sth, due to sth

The New English-Polish, Polish-English Kościuszko foundation dictionary > związ|ek
8 Historical Portugal

   Before Romans described western Iberia or Hispania as "Lusitania," ancient Iberians inhabited the land. Phoenician and Greek trading settlements grew up in the Tagus estuary area and nearby coasts. Beginning around 202 BCE, Romans invaded what is today southern Portugal. With Rome's defeat of Carthage, Romans proceeded to conquer and rule the western region north of the Tagus, which they named Roman "Lusitania." In the fourth century CE, as Rome's rule weakened, the area experienced yet another invasion—Germanic tribes, principally the Suevi, who eventually were Christianized. During the sixth century CE, the Suevi kingdom was superseded by yet another Germanic tribe—the Christian Visigoths.

   A major turning point in Portugal's history came in 711, as Muslim armies from North Africa, consisting of both Arab and Berber elements, invaded the Iberian Peninsula from across the Straits of Gibraltar. They entered what is now Portugal in 714, and proceeded to conquer most of the country except for the far north. For the next half a millennium, Islam and Muslim presence in Portugal left a significant mark upon the politics, government, language, and culture of the country.

   Islam, Reconquest, and Portugal Created, 714-1140

   The long frontier struggle between Muslim invaders and Christian communities in the north of the Iberian peninsula was called the Reconquista (Reconquest). It was during this struggle that the first dynasty of Portuguese kings (Burgundian) emerged and the independent monarchy of Portugal was established. Christian forces moved south from what is now the extreme north of Portugal and gradually defeated Muslim forces, besieging and capturing towns under Muslim sway. In the ninth century, as Christian forces slowly made their way southward, Christian elements were dominant only in the area between Minho province and the Douro River; this region became known as "territorium Portu-calense."

   In the 11th century, the advance of the Reconquest quickened as local Christian armies were reinforced by crusading knights from what is now France and England. Christian forces took Montemor (1034), at the Mondego River; Lamego (1058); Viseu (1058); and Coimbra (1064). In 1095, the king of Castile and Léon granted the country of "Portu-cale," what became northern Portugal, to a Burgundian count who had emigrated from France. This was the foundation of Portugal. In 1139, a descendant of this count, Afonso Henriques, proclaimed himself "King of Portugal." He was Portugal's first monarch, the "Founder," and the first of the Burgundian dynasty, which ruled until 1385.

   The emergence of Portugal in the 12th century as a separate monarchy in Iberia occurred before the Christian Reconquest of the peninsula. In the 1140s, the pope in Rome recognized Afonso Henriques as king of Portugal. In 1147, after a long, bloody siege, Muslim-occupied Lisbon fell to Afonso Henriques's army. Lisbon was the greatest prize of the 500-year war. Assisting this effort were English crusaders on their way to the Holy Land; the first bishop of Lisbon was an Englishman. When the Portuguese captured Faro and Silves in the Algarve province in 1248-50, the Reconquest of the extreme western portion of the Iberian peninsula was complete—significantly, more than two centuries before the Spanish crown completed the Reconquest of the eastern portion by capturing Granada in 1492.

   Consolidation and Independence of Burgundian Portugal, 1140-1385

   Two main themes of Portugal's early existence as a monarchy are the consolidation of control over the realm and the defeat of a Castil-ian threat from the east to its independence. At the end of this period came the birth of a new royal dynasty (Aviz), which prepared to carry the Christian Reconquest beyond continental Portugal across the straits of Gibraltar to North Africa. There was a variety of motives behind these developments. Portugal's independent existence was imperiled by threats from neighboring Iberian kingdoms to the north and east. Politics were dominated not only by efforts against the Muslims in

   Portugal (until 1250) and in nearby southern Spain (until 1492), but also by internecine warfare among the kingdoms of Castile, Léon, Aragon, and Portugal. A final comeback of Muslim forces was defeated at the battle of Salado (1340) by allied Castilian and Portuguese forces. In the emerging Kingdom of Portugal, the monarch gradually gained power over and neutralized the nobility and the Church.

   The historic and commonplace Portuguese saying "From Spain, neither a good wind nor a good marriage" was literally played out in diplomacy and war in the late 14th-century struggles for mastery in the peninsula. Larger, more populous Castile was pitted against smaller Portugal. Castile's Juan I intended to force a union between Castile and Portugal during this era of confusion and conflict. In late 1383, Portugal's King Fernando, the last king of the Burgundian dynasty, suddenly died prematurely at age 38, and the Master of Aviz, Portugal's most powerful nobleman, took up the cause of independence and resistance against Castile's invasion. The Master of Aviz, who became King João I of Portugal, was able to obtain foreign assistance. With the aid of English archers, Joao's armies defeated the Castilians in the crucial battle of Aljubarrota, on 14 August 1385, a victory that assured the independence of the Portuguese monarchy from its Castilian nemesis for several centuries.

   Aviz Dynasty and Portugal's First Overseas Empire, 1385-1580

   The results of the victory at Aljubarrota, much celebrated in Portugal's art and monuments, and the rise of the Aviz dynasty also helped to establish a new merchant class in Lisbon and Oporto, Portugal's second city. This group supported King João I's program of carrying the Reconquest to North Africa, since it was interested in expanding Portugal's foreign commerce and tapping into Muslim trade routes and resources in Africa. With the Reconquest against the Muslims completed in Portugal and the threat from Castile thwarted for the moment, the Aviz dynasty launched an era of overseas conquest, exploration, and trade. These efforts dominated Portugal's 15th and 16th centuries.

   The overseas empire and age of Discoveries began with Portugal's bold conquest in 1415 of the Moroccan city of Ceuta. One royal member of the 1415 expedition was young, 21-year-old Prince Henry, later known in history as "Prince Henry the Navigator." His part in the capture of Ceuta won Henry his knighthood and began Portugal's "Marvelous Century," during which the small kingdom was counted as a European and world power of consequence. Henry was the son of King João I and his English queen, Philippa of Lancaster, but he did not inherit the throne. Instead, he spent most of his life and his fortune, and that of the wealthy military Order of Christ, on various imperial ventures and on voyages of exploration down the African coast and into the Atlantic. While mythology has surrounded Henry's controversial role in the Discoveries, and this role has been exaggerated, there is no doubt that he played a vital part in the initiation of Portugal's first overseas empire and in encouraging exploration. He was naturally curious, had a sense of mission for Portugal, and was a strong leader. He also had wealth to expend; at least a third of the African voyages of the time were under his sponsorship. If Prince Henry himself knew little science, significant scientific advances in navigation were made in his day.

   What were Portugal's motives for this new imperial effort? The well-worn historical cliche of "God, Glory, and Gold" can only partly explain the motivation of a small kingdom with few natural resources and barely 1 million people, which was greatly outnumbered by the other powers it confronted. Among Portuguese objectives were the desire to exploit known North African trade routes and resources (gold, wheat, leather, weaponry, and other goods that were scarce in Iberia); the need to outflank the Muslim world in the Mediterranean by sailing around Africa, attacking Muslims en route; and the wish to ally with Christian kingdoms beyond Africa. This enterprise also involved a strategy of breaking the Venetian spice monopoly by trading directly with the East by means of discovering and exploiting a sea route around Africa to Asia. Besides the commercial motives, Portugal nurtured a strong crusading sense of Christian mission, and various classes in the kingdom saw an opportunity for fame and gain.

   By the time of Prince Henry's death in 1460, Portugal had gained control of the Atlantic archipelagos of the Azores and Madeiras, begun to colonize the Cape Verde Islands, failed to conquer the Canary Islands from Castile, captured various cities on Morocco's coast, and explored as far as Senegal, West Africa, down the African coast. By 1488, Bar-tolomeu Dias had rounded the Cape of Good Hope in South Africa and thereby discovered the way to the Indian Ocean.

   Portugal's largely coastal African empire and later its fragile Asian empire brought unexpected wealth but were purchased at a high price. Costs included wars of conquest and defense against rival powers, manning the far-flung navel and trade fleets and scattered castle-fortresses, and staffing its small but fierce armies, all of which entailed a loss of skills and population to maintain a scattered empire. Always short of capital, the monarchy became indebted to bankers. There were many defeats beginning in the 16th century at the hands of the larger imperial European monarchies (Spain, France, England, and Holland) and many attacks on Portugal and its strung-out empire. Typically, there was also the conflict that arose when a tenuously held world empire that rarely if ever paid its way demanded finance and manpower Portugal itself lacked.

   The first 80 years of the glorious imperial era, the golden age of Portugal's imperial power and world influence, was an African phase. During 1415-88, Portuguese navigators and explorers in small ships, some of them caravelas (caravels), explored the treacherous, disease-ridden coasts of Africa from Morocco to South Africa beyond the Cape of Good Hope. By the 1470s, the Portuguese had reached the Gulf of Guinea and, in the early 1480s, what is now Angola. Bartolomeu Dias's extraordinary voyage of 1487-88 to South Africa's coast and the edge of the Indian Ocean convinced Portugal that the best route to Asia's spices and Christians lay south, around the tip of southern Africa. Between 1488 and 1495, there was a hiatus caused in part by domestic conflict in Portugal, discussion of resources available for further conquests beyond Africa in Asia, and serious questions as to Portugal's capacity to reach beyond Africa. In 1495, King Manuel and his council decided to strike for Asia, whatever the consequences. In 1497-99, Vasco da Gama, under royal orders, made the epic two-year voyage that discovered the sea route to western India (Asia), outflanked Islam and Venice, and began Portugal's Asian empire. Within 50 years, Portugal had discovered and begun the exploitation of its largest colony, Brazil, and set up forts and trading posts from the Middle East (Aden and Ormuz), India (Calicut, Goa, etc.), Malacca, and Indonesia to Macau in China.

   By the 1550s, parts of its largely coastal, maritime trading post empire from Morocco to the Moluccas were under siege from various hostile forces, including Muslims, Christians, and Hindi. Although Moroccan forces expelled the Portuguese from the major coastal cities by 1550, the rival European monarchies of Castile (Spain), England, France, and later Holland began to seize portions of her undermanned, outgunned maritime empire.

   In 1580, Phillip II of Spain, whose mother was a Portuguese princess and who had a strong claim to the Portuguese throne, invaded Portugal, claimed the throne, and assumed control over the realm and, by extension, its African, Asian, and American empires. Phillip II filled the power vacuum that appeared in Portugal following the loss of most of Portugal's army and its young, headstrong King Sebastião in a disastrous war in Morocco. Sebastiao's death in battle (1578) and the lack of a natural heir to succeed him, as well as the weak leadership of the cardinal who briefly assumed control in Lisbon, led to a crisis that Spain's strong monarch exploited. As a result, Portugal lost its independence to Spain for a period of 60 years.

   Portugal under Spanish Rule, 1580-1640

   Despite the disastrous nature of Portugal's experience under Spanish rule, "The Babylonian Captivity" gave birth to modern Portuguese nationalism, its second overseas empire, and its modern alliance system with England. Although Spain allowed Portugal's weakened empire some autonomy, Spanish rule in Portugal became increasingly burdensome and unacceptable. Spain's ambitious imperial efforts in Europe and overseas had an impact on the Portuguese as Spain made greater and greater demands on its smaller neighbor for manpower and money. Portugal's culture underwent a controversial Castilianization, while its empire became hostage to Spain's fortunes. New rival powers England, France, and Holland attacked and took parts of Spain's empire and at the same time attacked Portugal's empire, as well as the mother country.

   Portugal's empire bore the consequences of being attacked by Spain's bitter enemies in what was a form of world war. Portuguese losses were heavy. By 1640, Portugal had lost most of its Moroccan cities as well as Ceylon, the Moluccas, and sections of India. With this, Portugal's Asian empire was gravely weakened. Only Goa, Damão, Diu, Bombay, Timor, and Macau remained and, in Brazil, Dutch forces occupied the northeast.

   On 1 December 1640, long commemorated as a national holiday, Portuguese rebels led by the duke of Braganza overthrew Spanish domination and took advantage of Spanish weakness following a more serious rebellion in Catalonia. Portugal regained independence from Spain, but at a price: dependence on foreign assistance to maintain its independence in the form of the renewal of the alliance with England.

   Restoration and Second Empire, 1640-1822

   Foreign affairs and empire dominated the restoration era and aftermath, and Portugal again briefly enjoyed greater European power and prestige. The Anglo-Portuguese Alliance was renewed and strengthened in treaties of 1642, 1654, and 1661, and Portugal's independence from Spain was underwritten by English pledges and armed assistance. In a Luso-Spanish treaty of 1668, Spain recognized Portugal's independence. Portugal's alliance with England was a marriage of convenience and necessity between two monarchies with important religious, cultural, and social differences. In return for legal, diplomatic, and trade privileges, as well as the use during war and peace of Portugal's great Lisbon harbor and colonial ports for England's navy, England pledged to protect Portugal and its scattered empire from any attack. The previously cited 17th-century alliance treaties were renewed later in the Treaty of Windsor, signed in London in 1899. On at least 10 different occasions after 1640, and during the next two centuries, England was central in helping prevent or repel foreign invasions of its ally, Portugal.

   Portugal's second empire (1640-1822) was largely Brazil-oriented. Portuguese colonization, exploitation of wealth, and emigration focused on Portuguese America, and imperial revenues came chiefly from Brazil. Between 1670 and 1740, Portugal's royalty and nobility grew wealthier on funds derived from Brazilian gold, diamonds, sugar, tobacco, and other crops, an enterprise supported by the Atlantic slave trade and the supply of African slave labor from West Africa and Angola. Visitors today can see where much of that wealth was invested: Portugal's rich legacy of monumental architecture. Meanwhile, the African slave trade took a toll in Angola and West Africa.

   In continental Portugal, absolutist monarchy dominated politics and government, and there was a struggle for position and power between the monarchy and other institutions, such as the Church and nobility. King José I's chief minister, usually known in history as the marquis of Pombal (ruled 1750-77), sharply suppressed the nobility and the

   Church (including the Inquisition, now a weak institution) and expelled the Jesuits. Pombal also made an effort to reduce economic dependence on England, Portugal's oldest ally. But his successes did not last much beyond his disputed time in office.

   Beginning in the late 18th century, the European-wide impact of the French Revolution and the rise of Napoleon placed Portugal in a vulnerable position. With the monarchy ineffectively led by an insane queen (Maria I) and her indecisive regent son (João VI), Portugal again became the focus of foreign ambition and aggression. With England unable to provide decisive assistance in time, France—with Spain's consent—invaded Portugal in 1807. As Napoleon's army under General Junot entered Lisbon meeting no resistance, Portugal's royal family fled on a British fleet to Brazil, where it remained in exile until 1821. In the meantime, Portugal's overseas empire was again under threat. There was a power vacuum as the monarch was absent, foreign armies were present, and new political notions of liberalism and constitutional monarchy were exciting various groups of citizens.

   Again England came to the rescue, this time in the form of the armies of the duke of Wellington. Three successive French invasions of Portugal were defeated and expelled, and Wellington succeeded in carrying the war against Napoleon across the Portuguese frontier into Spain. The presence of the English army, the new French-born liberal ideas, and the political vacuum combined to create revolutionary conditions. The French invasions and the peninsular wars, where Portuguese armed forces played a key role, marked the beginning of a new era in politics.

   Liberalism and Constitutional Monarchy, 1822-1910

   During 1807-22, foreign invasions, war, and civil strife over conflicting political ideas gravely damaged Portugal's commerce, economy, and novice industry. The next terrible blow was the loss of Brazil in 1822, the jewel in the imperial crown. Portugal's very independence seemed to be at risk. In vain, Portugal sought to resist Brazilian independence by force, but in 1825 it formally acknowledged Brazilian independence by treaty.

   Portugal's slow recovery from the destructive French invasions and the "war of independence" was complicated by civil strife over the form of constitutional monarchy that best suited Portugal. After struggles over these issues between 1820 and 1834, Portugal settled somewhat uncertainly into a moderate constitutional monarchy whose constitution (Charter of 1826) lent it strong political powers to exert a moderating influence between the executive and legislative branches of the government. It also featured a new upper middle class based on land ownership and commerce; a Catholic Church that, although still important, lived with reduced privileges and property; a largely African (third) empire to which Lisbon and Oporto devoted increasing spiritual and material resources, starting with the liberal imperial plans of 1836 and 1851, and continuing with the work of institutions like the Lisbon Society of Geography (established 1875); and a mass of rural peasants whose bonds to the land weakened after 1850 and who began to immigrate in increasing numbers to Brazil and North America.

   Chronic military intervention in national politics began in 19th-century Portugal. Such intervention, usually commencing with coups or pronunciamentos (military revolts), was a shortcut to the spoils of political office and could reflect popular discontent as well as the power of personalities. An early example of this was the 1817 golpe (coup) attempt of General Gomes Freire against British military rule in Portugal before the return of King João VI from Brazil. Except for a more stable period from 1851 to 1880, military intervention in politics, or the threat thereof, became a feature of the constitutional monarchy's political life, and it continued into the First Republic and the subsequent Estado Novo.

   Beginning with the Regeneration period (1851-80), Portugal experienced greater political stability and economic progress. Military intervention in politics virtually ceased; industrialization and construction of railroads, roads, and bridges proceeded; two political parties (Regenerators and Historicals) worked out a system of rotation in power; and leading intellectuals sparked a cultural revival in several fields. In 19th-century literature, there was a new golden age led by such figures as Alexandre Herculano (historian), Eça de Queirós (novelist), Almeida Garrett (playwright and essayist), Antero de Quental (poet), and Joaquim Oliveira Martins (historian and social scientist). In its third overseas empire, Portugal attempted to replace the slave trade and slavery with legitimate economic activities; to reform the administration; and to expand Portuguese holdings beyond coastal footholds deep into the African hinterlands in West, West Central, and East Africa. After 1841, to some extent, and especially after 1870, colonial affairs, combined with intense nationalism, pressures for economic profit in Africa, sentiment for national revival, and the drift of European affairs would make or break Lisbon governments.

   Beginning with the political crisis that arose out of the "English Ultimatum" affair of January 1890, the monarchy became discredtted and identified with the poorly functioning government, political parties splintered, and republicanism found more supporters. Portugal participated in the "Scramble for Africa," expanding its African holdings, but failed to annex territory connecting Angola and Mozambique. A growing foreign debt and state bankruptcy as of the early 1890s damaged the constitutional monarchy's reputation, despite the efforts of King Carlos in diplomacy, the renewal of the alliance in the Windsor Treaty of 1899, and the successful if bloody colonial wars in the empire (1880-97). Republicanism proclaimed that Portugal's weak economy and poor society were due to two historic institutions: the monarchy and the Catholic Church. A republic, its stalwarts claimed, would bring greater individual liberty; efficient, if more decentralized government; and a stronger colonial program while stripping the Church of its role in both society and education.

   As the monarchy lost support and republicans became more aggressive, violence increased in politics. King Carlos I and his heir Luís were murdered in Lisbon by anarchist-republicans on 1 February 1908. Following a military and civil insurrection and fighting between monarchist and republican forces, on 5 October 1910, King Manuel II fled Portugal and a republic was proclaimed.

   First Parliamentary Republic, 1910-26

   Portugal's first attempt at republican government was the most unstable, turbulent parliamentary republic in the history of 20th-century Western Europe. During a little under 16 years of the republic, there were 45 governments, a number of legislatures that did not complete normal terms, military coups, and only one president who completed his four-year term in office. Portuguese society was poorly prepared for this political experiment. Among the deadly legacies of the monarchy were a huge public debt; a largely rural, apolitical, and illiterate peasant population; conflict over the causes of the country's misfortunes; and lack of experience with a pluralist, democratic system.

   The republic had some talented leadership but lacked popular, institutional, and economic support. The 1911 republican constitution established only a limited democracy, as only a small portion of the adult male citizenry was eligible to vote. In a country where the majority was Catholic, the republic passed harshly anticlerical laws, and its institutions and supporters persecuted both the Church and its adherents. During its brief disjointed life, the First Republic drafted important reform plans in economic, social, and educational affairs; actively promoted development in the empire; and pursued a liberal, generous foreign policy. Following British requests for Portugal's assistance in World War I, Portugal entered the war on the Allied side in March 1916 and sent armies to Flanders and Portuguese Africa. Portugal's intervention in that conflict, however, was too costly in many respects, and the ultimate failure of the republic in part may be ascribed to Portugal's World War I activities.

   Unfortunately for the republic, its time coincided with new threats to Portugal's African possessions: World War I, social and political demands from various classes that could not be reconciled, excessive military intervention in politics, and, in particular, the worst economic and financial crisis Portugal had experienced since the 16th and 17th centuries. After the original Portuguese Republican Party (PRP, also known as the "Democrats") splintered into three warring groups in 1912, no true multiparty system emerged. The Democrats, except for only one or two elections, held an iron monopoly of electoral power, and political corruption became a major issue. As extreme right-wing dictatorships elsewhere in Europe began to take power in Italy (1922), neighboring Spain (1923), and Greece (1925), what scant popular support remained for the republic collapsed. Backed by a right-wing coalition of landowners from Alentejo, clergy, Coimbra University faculty and students, Catholic organizations, and big business, career military officers led by General Gomes da Costa executed a coup on 28 May 1926, turned out the last republican government, and established a military government.

   The Estado Novo (New State), 1926-74

   During the military phase (1926-32) of the Estado Novo, professional military officers, largely from the army, governed and administered Portugal and held key cabinet posts, but soon discovered that the military possessed no magic formula that could readily solve the problems inherited from the First Republic. Especially during the years 1926-31, the military dictatorship, even with its political repression of republican activities and institutions (military censorship of the press, political police action, and closure of the republic's rowdy parliament), was characterized by similar weaknesses: personalism and factionalism; military coups and political instability, including civil strife and loss of life; state debt and bankruptcy; and a weak economy. "Barracks parliamentarism" was not an acceptable alternative even to the "Nightmare Republic."

   Led by General Óscar Carmona, who had replaced and sent into exile General Gomes da Costa, the military dictatorship turned to a civilian expert in finance and economics to break the budget impasse and bring coherence to the disorganized system. Appointed minister of finance on 27 April 1928, the Coimbra University Law School professor of economics Antônio de Oliveira Salazar (1889-1970) first reformed finance, helped balance the budget, and then turned to other concerns as he garnered extraordinary governing powers. In 1930, he was appointed interim head of another key ministry (Colonies) and within a few years had become, in effect, a civilian dictator who, with the military hierarchy's support, provided the government with coherence, a program, and a set of policies.

   For nearly 40 years after he was appointed the first civilian prime minister in 1932, Salazar's personality dominated the government. Unlike extreme right-wing dictators elsewhere in Europe, Salazar was directly appointed by the army but was never endorsed by a popular political party, street militia, or voter base. The scholarly, reclusive former Coimbra University professor built up what became known after 1932 as the Estado Novo ("New State"), which at the time of its overthrow by another military coup in 1974, was the longest surviving authoritarian regime in Western Europe. The system of Salazar and the largely academic and technocratic ruling group he gathered in his cabinets was based on the central bureaucracy of the state, which was supported by the president of the republic—always a senior career military officer, General Óscar Carmona (1928-51), General Craveiro Lopes (1951-58), and Admiral Américo Tómaz (1958-74)—and the complicity of various institutions. These included a rubber-stamp legislature called the National Assembly (1935-74) and a political police known under various names: PVDE (1932-45), PIDE (1945-69),

   and DGS (1969-74). Other defenders of the Estado Novo security were paramilitary organizations such as the National Republican Guard (GNR); the Portuguese Legion (PL); and the Portuguese Youth [Movement]. In addition to censorship of the media, theater, and books, there was political repression and a deliberate policy of depoliticization. All political parties except for the approved movement of regime loyalists, the União Nacional or (National Union), were banned.

   The most vigorous and more popular period of the New State was 1932-44, when the basic structures were established. Never monolithic or entirely the work of one person (Salazar), the New State was constructed with the assistance of several dozen top associates who were mainly academics from law schools, some technocrats with specialized skills, and a handful of trusted career military officers. The 1933 Constitution declared Portugal to be a "unitary, corporative Republic," and pressures to restore the monarchy were resisted. Although some of the regime's followers were fascists and pseudofascists, many more were conservative Catholics, integralists, nationalists, and monarchists of different varieties, and even some reactionary republicans. If the New State was authoritarian, it was not totalitarian and, unlike fascism in Benito Mussolini's Italy or Adolf Hitler's Germany, it usually employed the minimum of violence necessary to defeat what remained a largely fractious, incoherent opposition.

   With the tumultuous Second Republic and the subsequent civil war in nearby Spain, the regime felt threatened and reinforced its defenses. During what Salazar rightly perceived as a time of foreign policy crisis for Portugal (1936-45), he assumed control of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs. From there, he pursued four basic foreign policy objectives: supporting the Nationalist rebels of General Francisco Franco in the Spanish Civil War (1936-39) and concluding defense treaties with a triumphant Franco; ensuring that General Franco in an exhausted Spain did not enter World War II on the Axis side; maintaining Portuguese neutrality in World War II with a post-1942 tilt toward the Allies, including granting Britain and the United States use of bases in the Azores Islands; and preserving and protecting Portugal's Atlantic Islands and its extensive, if poor, overseas empire in Africa and Asia.

   During the middle years of the New State (1944-58), many key Salazar associates in government either died or resigned, and there was greater social unrest in the form of unprecedented strikes and clandestine Communist activities, intensified opposition, and new threatening international pressures on Portugal's overseas empire. During the earlier phase of the Cold War (1947-60), Portugal became a steadfast, if weak, member of the US-dominated North Atlantic Treaty Organization alliance and, in 1955, with American support, Portugal joined the United Nations (UN). Colonial affairs remained a central concern of the regime. As of 1939, Portugal was the third largest colonial power in the world and possessed territories in tropical Africa (Angola, Mozambique, Guinea-Bissau, and São Tomé and Príncipe Islands) and the remnants of its 16th-century empire in Asia (Goa, Damão, Diu, East Timor, and Macau). Beginning in the early 1950s, following the independence of India in 1947, Portugal resisted Indian pressures to decolonize Portuguese India and used police forces to discourage internal opposition in its Asian and African colonies.

   The later years of the New State (1958-68) witnessed the aging of the increasingly isolated but feared Salazar and new threats both at home and overseas. Although the regime easily overcame the brief oppositionist threat from rival presidential candidate General Humberto Delgado in the spring of 1958, new developments in the African and Asian empires imperiled the authoritarian system. In February 1961, oppositionists hijacked the Portuguese ocean liner Santa Maria and, in following weeks, African insurgents in northern Angola, although they failed to expel the Portuguese, gained worldwide media attention, discredited the New State, and began the 13-year colonial war. After thwarting a dissident military coup against his continued leadership, Salazar and his ruling group mobilized military repression in Angola and attempted to develop the African colonies at a faster pace in order to ensure Portuguese control. Meanwhile, the other European colonial powers (Britain, France, Belgium, and Spain) rapidly granted political independence to their African territories.

   At the time of Salazar's removal from power in September 1968, following a stroke, Portugal's efforts to maintain control over its colonies appeared to be successful. President Americo Tomás appointed Dr. Marcello Caetano as Salazar's successor as prime minister. While maintaining the New State's basic structures, and continuing the regime's essential colonial policy, Caetano attempted wider reforms in colonial administration and some devolution of power from Lisbon, as well as more freedom of expression in Lisbon. Still, a great deal of the budget was devoted to supporting the wars against the insurgencies in Africa. Meanwhile in Asia, Portuguese India had fallen when the Indian army invaded in December 1961. The loss of Goa was a psychological blow to the leadership of the New State, and of the Asian empire only East Timor and Macau remained.

   The Caetano years (1968-74) were but a hiatus between the waning Salazar era and a new regime. There was greater political freedom and rapid economic growth (5-6 percent annually to late 1973), but Caetano's government was unable to reform the old system thoroughly and refused to consider new methods either at home or in the empire. In the end, regime change came from junior officers of the professional military who organized the Armed Forces Movement (MFA) against the Caetano government. It was this group of several hundred officers, mainly in the army and navy, which engineered a largely bloodless coup in Lisbon on 25 April 1974. Their unexpected action brought down the 48-year-old New State and made possible the eventual establishment and consolidation of democratic governance in Portugal, as well as a reorientation of the country away from the Atlantic toward Europe.

   Revolution of Carnations, 1974-76

   Following successful military operations of the Armed Forces Movement against the Caetano government, Portugal experienced what became known as the "Revolution of Carnations." It so happened that during the rainy week of the military golpe, Lisbon flower shops were featuring carnations, and the revolutionaries and their supporters adopted the red carnation as the common symbol of the event, as well as of the new freedom from dictatorship. The MFA, whose leaders at first were mostly little-known majors and captains, proclaimed a three-fold program of change for the new Portugal: democracy; decolonization of the overseas empire, after ending the colonial wars; and developing a backward economy in the spirit of opportunity and equality. During the first 24 months after the coup, there was civil strife, some anarchy, and a power struggle. With the passing of the Estado Novo, public euphoria burst forth as the new provisional military government proclaimed the freedoms of speech, press, and assembly, and abolished censorship, the political police, the Portuguese Legion, Portuguese Youth, and other New State organizations, including the National Union. Scores of political parties were born and joined the senior political party, the Portuguese Community Party (PCP), and the Socialist Party (PS), founded shortly before the coup.

   Portugal's Revolution of Carnations went through several phases. There was an attempt to take control by radical leftists, including the PCP and its allies. This was thwarted by moderate officers in the army, as well as by the efforts of two political parties: the PS and the Social Democrats (PPD, later PSD). The first phase was from April to September 1974. Provisional president General Antonio Spínola, whose 1974 book Portugal and the Future had helped prepare public opinion for the coup, met irresistible leftist pressures. After Spinola's efforts to avoid rapid decolonization of the African empire failed, he resigned in September 1974. During the second phase, from September 1974 to March 1975, radical military officers gained control, but a coup attempt by General Spínola and his supporters in Lisbon in March 1975 failed and Spínola fled to Spain.

   In the third phase of the Revolution, March-November 1975, a strong leftist reaction followed. Farm workers occupied and "nationalized" 1.1 million hectares of farmland in the Alentejo province, and radical military officers in the provisional government ordered the nationalization of Portuguese banks (foreign banks were exempted), utilities, and major industries, or about 60 percent of the economic system. There were power struggles among various political parties — a total of 50 emerged—and in the streets there was civil strife among labor, military, and law enforcement groups. A constituent assembly, elected on 25 April 1975, in Portugal's first free elections since 1926, drafted a democratic constitution. The Council of the Revolution (CR), briefly a revolutionary military watchdog committee, was entrenched as part of the government under the constitution, until a later revision. During the chaotic year of 1975, about 30 persons were killed in political frays while unstable provisional governments came and went. On 25 November 1975, moderate military forces led by Colonel Ramalho Eanes, who later was twice elected president of the republic (1976 and 1981), defeated radical, leftist military groups' revolutionary conspiracies.

   In the meantime, Portugal's scattered overseas empire experienced a precipitous and unprepared decolonization. One by one, the former colonies were granted and accepted independence—Guinea-Bissau (September 1974), Cape Verde Islands (July 1975), and Mozambique (July 1975). Portugal offered to turn over Macau to the People's Republic of China, but the offer was refused then and later negotiations led to the establishment of a formal decolonization or hand-over date of 1999. But in two former colonies, the process of decolonization had tragic results.

   In Angola, decolonization negotiations were greatly complicated by the fact that there were three rival nationalist movements in a struggle for power. The January 1975 Alvor Agreement signed by Portugal and these three parties was not effectively implemented. A bloody civil war broke out in Angola in the spring of 1975 and, when Portuguese armed forces withdrew and declared that Angola was independent on 11 November 1975, the bloodshed only increased. Meanwhile, most of the white Portuguese settlers from Angola and Mozambique fled during the course of 1975. Together with African refugees, more than 600,000 of these retornados ("returned ones") went by ship and air to Portugal and thousands more to Namibia, South Africa, Brazil, Canada, and the United States.

   The second major decolonization disaster was in Portugal's colony of East Timor in the Indonesian archipelago. Portugal's capacity to supervise and control a peaceful transition to independence in this isolated, neglected colony was limited by the strength of giant Indonesia, distance from Lisbon, and Portugal's revolutionary disorder and inability to defend Timor. In early December 1975, before Portugal granted formal independence and as one party, FRETILIN, unilaterally declared East Timor's independence, Indonesia's armed forces invaded, conquered, and annexed East Timor. Indonesian occupation encountered East Timorese resistance, and a heavy loss of life followed. The East Timor question remained a contentious international issue in the UN, as well as in Lisbon and Jakarta, for more than 20 years following Indonesia's invasion and annexation of the former colony of Portugal. Major changes occurred, beginning in 1998, after Indonesia underwent a political revolution and allowed a referendum in East Timor to decide that territory's political future in August 1999. Most East Timorese chose independence, but Indonesian forces resisted that verdict until

   UN intervention in September 1999. Following UN rule for several years, East Timor attained full independence on 20 May 2002.

   Consolidation of Democracy, 1976-2000

   After several free elections and record voter turnouts between 25 April 1975 and June 1976, civil war was averted and Portugal's second democratic republic began to stabilize. The MFA was dissolved, the military were returned to the barracks, and increasingly elected civilians took over the government of the country. The 1976 Constitution was revised several times beginning in 1982 and 1989, in order to reempha-size the principle of free enterprise in the economy while much of the large, nationalized sector was privatized. In June 1976, General Ram-alho Eanes was elected the first constitutional president of the republic (five-year term), and he appointed socialist leader Dr. Mário Soares as prime minister of the first constitutional government.

   From 1976 to 1985, Portugal's new system featured a weak economy and finances, labor unrest, and administrative and political instability. The difficult consolidation of democratic governance was eased in part by the strong currency and gold reserves inherited from the Estado Novo, but Lisbon seemed unable to cope with high unemployment, new debt, the complex impact of the refugees from Africa, world recession, and the agitation of political parties. Four major parties emerged from the maelstrom of 1974-75, except for the Communist Party, all newly founded. They were, from left to right, the Communists (PCP); the Socialists (PS), who managed to dominate governments and the legislature but not win a majority in the Assembly of the Republic; the Social Democrats (PSD); and the Christian Democrats (CDS). During this period, the annual growth rate was low (l-2 percent), and the nationalized sector of the economy stagnated.

   Enhanced economic growth, greater political stability, and more effective central government as of 1985, and especially 1987, were due to several developments. In 1977, Portugal applied for membership in the European Economic Community (EEC), now the European Union (EU) since 1993. In January 1986, with Spain, Portugal was granted membership, and economic and financial progress in the intervening years has been significantly influenced by the comparatively large investment, loans, technology, advice, and other assistance from the EEC. Low unemployment, high annual growth rates (5 percent), and moderate inflation have also been induced by the new political and administrative stability in Lisbon. Led by Prime Minister Cavaco Silva, an economist who was trained abroad, the PSD's strong organization, management, and electoral support since 1985 have assisted in encouraging economic recovery and development. In 1985, the PSD turned the PS out of office and won the general election, although they did not have an absolute majority of assembly seats. In 1986, Mário Soares was elected president of the republic, the first civilian to hold that office since the First Republic. In the elections of 1987 and 1991, however, the PSD was returned to power with clear majorities of over 50 percent of the vote.

   Although the PSD received 50.4 percent of the vote in the 1991 parliamentary elections and held a 42-seat majority in the Assembly of the Republic, the party began to lose public support following media revelations regarding corruption and complaints about Prime Minister Cavaco Silva's perceived arrogant leadership style. President Mário Soares voiced criticism of the PSD's seemingly untouchable majority and described a "tyranny of the majority." Economic growth slowed down. In the parliamentary elections of 1995 and the presidential election of 1996, the PSD's dominance ended for the time being. Prime Minister Antônio Guterres came to office when the PS won the October 1995 elections, and in the subsequent presidential contest, in January 1996, socialist Jorge Sampaio, the former mayor of Lisbon, was elected president of the republic, thus defeating Cavaco Silva's bid. Young and popular, Guterres moved the PS toward the center of the political spectrum. Under Guterres, the PS won the October 1999 parliamentary elections. The PS defeated the PSD but did not manage to win a clear, working majority of seats, and this made the PS dependent upon alliances with smaller parties, including the PCP.

   In the local elections in December 2001, the PSD's criticism of PS's heavy public spending allowed the PSD to take control of the key cities of Lisbon, Oporto, and Coimbra. Guterres resigned, and parliamentary elections were brought forward from 2004 to March 2002. The PSD won a narrow victory with 40 percent of the votes, and Jose Durão Barroso became prime minister. Having failed to win a majority of the seats in parliament forced the PSD to govern in coalition with the right-wing Popular Party (PP) led by Paulo Portas. Durão Barroso set about reducing government spending by cutting the budgets of local authorities, freezing civil service hiring, and reviving the economy by accelerating privatization of state-owned enterprises. These measures provoked a 24-hour strike by public-sector workers. Durão Barroso reacted with vows to press ahead with budget-cutting measures and imposed a wage freeze on all employees earning more than €1,000, which affected more than one-half of Portugal's work force.

   In June 2004, Durão Barroso was invited by Romano Prodi to succeed him as president of the European Commission. Durão Barroso accepted and resigned the prime ministership in July. Pedro Santana Lopes, the leader of the PSD, became prime minister. Already unpopular at the time of Durão Barroso's resignation, the PSD-led government became increasingly unpopular under Santana Lopes. A month-long delay in the start of the school year and confusion over his plan to cut taxes and raise public-sector salaries, eroded confidence even more. By November, Santana Lopes's government was so unpopular that President Jorge Sampaio was obliged to dissolve parliament and hold new elections, two years ahead of schedule.

   Parliamentary elections were held on 20 February 2005. The PS, which had promised the electorate disciplined and transparent governance, educational reform, the alleviation of poverty, and a boost in employment, won 45 percent of the vote and the majority of the seats in parliament. The leader of the PS, José Sôcrates became prime minister on 12 March 2005. In the regularly scheduled presidential elections held on 6 January 2006, the former leader of the PSD and prime minister, Aníbal Cavaco Silva, won a narrow victory and became president on 9 March 2006. With a mass protest, public teachers' strike, and street demonstrations in March 2008, Portugal's media, educational, and social systems experienced more severe pressures. With the spreading global recession beginning in September 2008, Portugal's economic and financial systems became more troubled.

    Contemporary Portugal

   Owing to its geographic location on the southwestern most edge of continental Europe, Portugal has been historically in but not of Europe. Almost from the beginning of its existence in the 12th century as an independent monarchy, Portugal turned its back on Europe and oriented itself toward the Atlantic Ocean. After carving out a Christian kingdom on the western portion of the Iberian peninsula, Portuguese kings gradually built and maintained a vast seaborne global empire that became central to the way Portugal understood its individuality as a nation-state. While the creation of this empire allows Portugal to claim an unusual number of "firsts" or distinctions in world and Western history, it also retarded Portugal's economic, social, and political development. It can be reasonably argued that the Revolution of 25 April 1974 was the most decisive event in Portugal's long history because it finally ended Portugal's oceanic mission and view of itself as an imperial power. After the 1974 Revolution, Portugal turned away from its global mission and vigorously reoriented itself toward Europe. Contemporary Portugal is now both in and of Europe.

   The turn toward Europe began immediately after 25 April 1974. Portugal granted independence to its African colonies in 1975. It was admitted to the European Council and took the first steps toward accession to the European Economic Community (EEC) in 1976. On 28 March 1977, the Portuguese government officially applied for EEC membership. Because of Portugal's economic and social backwardness, which would require vast sums of EEC money to overcome, negotiations for membership were long and difficult. Finally, a treaty of accession was signed on 12 June 1985. Portugal officially joined the EEC (the European Union [EU] since 1993) on 1 January 1986. Since becoming a full-fledged member of the EU, Portugal has been steadily overcoming the economic and social underdevelopment caused by its imperial past and is becoming more like the rest of Europe.

   Membership in the EU has speeded up the structural transformation of Portugal's economy, which actually began during the Estado Novo. Investments made by the Estado Novo in Portugal's economy began to shift employment out of the agricultural sector, which, in 1950, accounted for 50 percent of Portugal's economically active population. Today, only 10 percent of the economically active population is employed in the agricultural sector (the highest among EU member states); 30 percent in the industrial sector (also the highest among EU member states); and 60 percent in the service sector (the lowest among EU member states). The economically active population numbers about 5,000,000 employed, 56 percent of whom are women. Women workers are the majority of the workforce in the agricultural and service sectors (the highest among the EU member states). The expansion of the service sector has been primarily in health care and education. Portugal has had the lowest unemployment rates among EU member states, with the overall rate never being more than 10 percent of the active population. Since joining the EU, the number of employers increased from 2.6 percent to 5.8 percent of the active population; self-employed from 16 to 19 percent; and employees from 65 to 70 percent. Twenty-six percent of the employers are women. Unemployment tends to hit younger workers in industry and transportation, women employed in domestic service, workers on short-term contracts, and poorly educated workers. Salaried workers earn only 63 percent of the EU average, and hourly workers only one-third to one-half of that earned by their EU counterparts. Despite having had the second highest growth of gross national product (GNP) per inhabitant (after Ireland) among EU member states, the above data suggest that while much has been accomplished in terms of modernizing the Portuguese economy, much remains to be done to bring Portugal's economy up to the level of the "average" EU member state.

   Membership in the EU has also speeded up changes in Portuguese society. Over the last 30 years, coastalization and urbanization have intensified. Fully 50 percent of Portuguese live in the coastal urban conurbations of Lisbon, Oporto, Braga, Aveiro, Coimbra, Viseu, Évora, and Faro. The Portuguese population is one of the oldest among EU member states (17.3 percent are 65 years of age or older) thanks to a considerable increase in life expectancy at birth (77.87 years for the total population, 74.6 years for men, 81.36 years for women) and one of the lowest birthrates (10.59 births/1,000) in Europe. Family size averages 2.8 persons per household, with the strict nuclear family (one or two generations) in which both parents work being typical. Common law marriages, cohabitating couples, and single-parent households are more and more common. The divorce rate has also increased. "Youth Culture" has developed. The young have their own meeting places, leisure-time activities, and nightlife (bars, clubs, and discos).

   All Portuguese citizens, whether they have contributed or not, have a right to an old-age pension, invalidity benefits, widowed persons' pension, as well as payments for disabilities, children, unemployment, and large families. There is a national minimum wage (€385 per month), which is low by EU standards. The rapid aging of Portugal's population has changed the ratio of contributors to pensioners to 1.7, the lowest in the EU. This has created deficits in Portugal's social security fund.

   The adult literacy rate is about 92 percent. Illiteracy is still found among the elderly. Although universal compulsory education up to grade 9 was achieved in 1980, only 21.2 percent of the population aged 25-64 had undergone secondary education, compared to an EU average of 65.7 percent. Portugal's higher education system currently consists of 14 state universities and 14 private universities, 15 state polytechnic institutions, one Catholic university, and one military academy. All in all, Portugal spends a greater percentage of its state budget on education than most EU member states. Despite this high level of expenditure, the troubled Portuguese education system does not perform well. Early leaving and repetition rates are among the highest among EU member states.

   After the Revolution of 25 April 1974, Portugal created a National Health Service, which today consists of 221 hospitals and 512 medical centers employing 33,751 doctors and 41,799 nurses. Like its education system, Portugal's medical system is inefficient. There are long waiting lists for appointments with specialists and for surgical procedures.

   Structural changes in Portugal's economy and society mean that social life in Portugal is not too different from that in other EU member states. A mass consumption society has been created. Televisions, telephones, refrigerators, cars, music equipment, mobile phones, and personal computers are commonplace. Sixty percent of Portuguese households possess at least one automobile, and 65 percent of Portuguese own their own home. Portuguese citizens are more aware of their legal rights than ever before. This has resulted in a trebling of the number of legal proceeding since 1960 and an eight-fold increase in the number of lawyers. In general, Portuguese society has become more permissive and secular; the Catholic Church and the armed forces are much less influential than in the past. Portugal's population is also much more culturally, religiously, and ethnically diverse, a consequence of the coming to Portugal of hundreds of thousands of immigrants, mainly from former African colonies.

   Portuguese are becoming more cosmopolitan and sophisticated through the impact of world media, the Internet, and the World Wide Web. A prime case in point came in the summer and early fall of 1999, with the extraordinary events in East Timor and the massive Portuguese popular responses. An internationally monitored referendum in East Timor, Portugal's former colony in the Indonesian archipelago and under Indonesian occupation from late 1975 to summer 1999, resulted in a vote of 78.5 percent for rejecting integration with Indonesia and for independence. When Indonesian prointegration gangs, aided by the Indonesian military, responded to the referendum with widespread brutality and threatened to reverse the verdict of the referendum, there was a spontaneous popular outpouring of protest in the cities and towns of Portugal. An avalanche of Portuguese e-mail fell on leaders and groups in the UN and in certain countries around the world as Portugal's diplomats, perhaps to compensate for the weak initial response to Indonesian armed aggression in 1975, called for the protection of East Timor as an independent state and for UN intervention to thwart Indonesian action. Using global communications networks, the Portuguese were able to mobilize UN and world public opinion against Indonesian actions and aided the eventual independence of East Timor on 20 May 2002.

   From the Revolution of 25 April 1974 until the 1990s, Portugal had a large number of political parties, one of the largest Communist parties in western Europe, frequent elections, and endemic cabinet instability. Since the 1990s, the number of political parties has been dramatically reduced and cabinet stability increased. Gradually, the Portuguese electorate has concentrated around two larger parties, the right-of-center Social Democrats (PSD) and the left-of-center Socialist (PS). In the 1980s, these two parties together garnered 65 percent of the vote and 70 percent of the seats in parliament. In 2005, these percentages had risen to 74 percent and 85 percent, respectively. In effect, Portugal is currently a two-party dominant system in which the two largest parties — PS and PSD—alternate in and out of power, not unlike the rotation of the two main political parties (the Regenerators and the Historicals) during the last decades (1850s to 1880s) of the liberal constitutional monarchy. As Portugal's democracy has consolidated, turnout rates for the eligible electorate have declined. In the 1970s, turnout was 85 percent. In Portugal's most recent parliamentary election (2005), turnout had fallen to 65 percent of the eligible electorate.

   Portugal has benefited greatly from membership in the EU, and whatever doubts remain about the price paid for membership, no Portuguese government in the near future can afford to sever this connection. The vast majority of Portuguese citizens see membership in the EU as a "good thing" and strongly believe that Portugal has benefited from membership. Only the Communist Party opposed membership because it reduces national sovereignty, serves the interests of capitalists not workers, and suffers from a democratic deficit. Despite the high level of support for the EU, Portuguese voters are increasingly not voting in elections for the European Parliament, however. Turnout for European Parliament elections fell from 40 percent of the eligible electorate in the 1999 elections to 38 percent in the 2004 elections.

   In sum, Portugal's turn toward Europe has done much to overcome its backwardness. However, despite the economic, social, and political progress made since 1986, Portugal has a long way to go before it can claim to be on a par with the level found even in Spain, much less the rest of western Europe. As Portugal struggles to move from underde-velopment, especially in the rural areas away from the coast, it must keep in mind the perils of too rapid modern development, which could damage two of its most precious assets: its scenery and environment. The growth and future prosperity of the economy will depend on the degree to which the government and the private sector will remain stewards of clean air, soil, water, and other finite resources on which the tourism industry depends and on which Portugal's world image as a unique place to visit rests. Currently, Portugal is investing heavily in renewable energy from solar, wind, and wave power in order to account for about 50 percent of its electricity needs by 2010. Portugal opened the world's largest solar power plant and the world's first commercial wave power farm in 2006.

   An American documentary film on Portugal produced in the 1970s described this little country as having "a Past in Search of a Future." In the years after the Revolution of 25 April 1974, it could be said that Portugal is now living in "a Present in Search of a Future." Increasingly, that future lies in Europe as an active and productive member of the EU.

Historical dictionary of Portugal > Historical Portugal
9 hold

I
1. həuld past tense, past participle - held; verb
1) (to have in one's hand(s) or between one's hands: He was holding a knife; Hold that dish with both hands; He held the little boy's hand; He held the mouse by its tail.) tener en las manos, agarrar, asir

2) (to have in a part, or between parts, of the body, or between parts of a tool etc: He held the pencil in his teeth; She was holding a pile of books in her arms; Hold the stamp with tweezers.) tener; aguantar

3) (to support or keep from moving, running away, falling etc: What holds that shelf up?; He held the door closed by leaning against it; Hold your hands above your head; Hold his arms so that he can't struggle.) aguantar, soportar

4) (to remain in position, fixed etc when under strain: I've tied the two pieces of string together, but I'm not sure the knot will hold; Will the anchor hold in a storm?) aguantar

5) (to keep (a person) in some place or in one's power: The police are holding a man for questioning in connection with the murder; He was held captive.) detener, retener

6) (to (be able to) contain: This jug holds two pints; You can't hold water in a handkerchief; This drawer holds all my shirts.) tener (una)capacidad de, contener

7) (to cause to take place: The meeting will be held next week; We'll hold the meeting in the hall.) tener lugar, celebrar, organizar

8) (to keep (oneself), or to be, in a particular state or condition: We'll hold ourselves in readiness in case you send for us; She holds herself very erect.) mantenerse

9) (to have or be in (a job etc): He held the position of company secretary for five years.) ocupar, desempeñar, ejercer

10) (to think strongly; to believe; to consider or regard: I hold that this was the right decision; He holds me (to be) responsible for everyone's mistakes; He is held in great respect; He holds certain very odd beliefs.) creer, considerar, estar seguro

11) (to continue to be valid or apply: Our offer will hold until next week; These rules hold under all circumstances.) ser válido, tener validez

12) ((with to) to force (a person) to do something he has promised to do: I intend to hold him to his promises.) hacer cumplir

13) (to defend: They held the castle against the enemy.) defender

14) (not to be beaten by: The general realized that the soldiers could not hold the enemy for long.) resistir (frente)

15) (to keep (a person's attention): If you can't hold your pupils' attention, you can't be a good teacher.) mantener

16) (to keep someone in a certain state: Don't hold us in suspense, what was the final decision?) tener

17) (to celebrate: The festival is held on 24 June.) tener lugar, celebrarse

18) (to be the owner of: He holds shares in this company.) poseer, tener

19) ((of good weather) to continue: I hope the weather holds until after the school sports.) mantenerse, aguantar

20) ((also hold the line) (of a person who is making a telephone call) to wait: Mr Brown is busy at the moment - will you hold or would you like him to call you back?) esperar, aguardar

21) (to continue to sing: Please hold that note for four whole beats.) aguantar

22) (to keep (something): They'll hold your luggage at the station until you collect it.) guardar

23) ((of the future) to be going to produce: I wonder what the future holds for me?) deparar

2. noun
1) (the act of holding: He caught/got/laid/took hold of the rope and pulled; Keep hold of that rope.) control; asimiento

2) (power; influence: He has a strange hold over that girl.) dominio, influencia

3) ((in wrestling etc) a manner of holding one's opponent: The wrestler invented a new hold.) llave

•

- - holder
- hold-all
- get hold of
- hold back
- hold down
- hold forth
- hold good
- hold it
- hold off
- hold on
- hold out
- hold one's own
- hold one's tongue
- hold up
- hold-up
- hold with
II həuld noun
((in ships) the place, below the deck, where cargo is stored.) bodega

hold¹ n bodega

he hid in the hold of the ship se escondió en la bodega del barco

to get hold of someone ponerse en contacto con alguien

to get hold of something coger algo / agarrar algo

to take hold of something coger algo

hold² vb

1. sostener / tener en la mano

can you hold my camera, please? ¿me aguantas la cámara, por favor?

she held her baby in her arms tenía el bebé en brazos

2. coger / sujetar

hold it tight! ¡sujétalo fuerte!

hold my hand dame la mano

hold me tight abrázame fuerte

3. tener una capacidad / tener cabida

this glass holds half a litre en este vaso cabe medio litro

the stadium holds 100,000 people el estadio tiene cabida para 100.000 personas

4. celebrar / dar

they held a party for her le hicieron una fiesta

elections will be held soon pronto se celebrarán elecciones

5. tener / ocupar

he holds the office of secretary ocupa el puesto de secretario

to hold a conversation mantener una conversación

to hold hands ir cogidos de la mano

to hold your breath contener la respiración

to hold the line no colgar el teléfono

El pasado y participio pasado de hold es held; el gerundio se escribe holding

hold

tr[həʊld]

noun

1 (grip) asimiento

2 (place to grip) asidero

3 (in ship, plane) bodega

4 (control) autoridad nombre femenino, control nombre masculino; (influence) influencia

■ governments should exert a strong hold on public expenditure los gobiernos deben aplicar un control riguroso sobre el gasto público

■ she has a strong hold over him ella ejerce una influencia poderosa sobre él

5 (in wrestling) llave nombre femenino

transitive verb (pt & pp held tr[held])

1 (keep in one's hand) aguantar, sostener; (grip tightly) agarrar; (support) soportar, aguantar

■ hold my bag aguántame el bolso

2 (maintain - opinion) sostener

3 (contain) dar cabida a, tener capacidad para

■ the stadium holds a lot of people el estadio tiene capacidad para mucha gente

4 figurative use deparar

■ I don't know what the future holds for me no sé lo que el futuro me deparará, no sé lo que me espera en el futuro

5 (meeting) celebrar; (conversation) mantener

■ political parties often hold meetings in parks los partidos políticos celebran a menudo sus mítines en los parques

■ she loves holding long chats with her best friend le encanta mantener largas charlas con su mejor amiga

6 (think) creer, considerar

7 (keep) guardar

intransitive verb

1 (withstand attack, pressure) resistir

2 (remain true) seguir siendo válido,-a

\

SMALLIDIOMATIC EXPRESSION/SMALL

to catch hold of agarrar, asir, coger

to get hold of (grab) agarrar, asir, coger 2 (obtain) hacerse con, encontrar, localizar

■ wait till I get hold of you! ¡espera a que te coja!

■ I can't get hold of that book anywhere no encuentro ese libro en ninguna parte

■ she couldn't get hold of him all afternoon no lo pudo localizar en toda la tarde

to hold one's head high llevar bien alta la cabeza

to hold one's own figurative use defenderse

■ he can hold his own in Spanish se defiende en español

to hold somebody abrazar a alguien

to hold somebody's hand cogerle la mano a alguien

to hold the road SMALLAUTOMOBILES/SMALL agarrarse a la carretera

hold ['ho:ld] v, held ['hɛld] ; holding vt

1) possess: tener

to hold office: ocupar un puesto

2) restrain: detener, controlar

to hold one's temper: controlar su mal genio

3) clasp, grasp: agarrar, coger

to hold hands: agarrarse de la mano

4) : sujetar, mantener fijo

hold this nail for me: sujétame este clavo

5) contain: contener, dar cabida a

6) support: aguantar, sostener

7) regard: considerar, tener

he held me responsible: me consideró responsable

8) conduct: celebrar (una reunión), realizar (un evento), mantener (una conversación)

hold vi

1) : aguantar, resistir

the rope will hold: la cuerda resistirá

2) : ser válido, valer

my offer still holds: mi oferta todavía es válida

3)

to hold forth : perorar, arengar

4)

to hold to : mantenerse firme en

5)

to hold with : estar de acuerdo con

hold n

1) grip: agarre m, llave f (en deportes)

2) control: control m, dominio m

to get hold of oneself: controlarse

3) delay: demora f

to put on hold: suspender temporalmente

4) : bodega f (en un barco o un avión)

5)

to get hold of : conseguir, localizar

hold (on -)

adj.

• retenido, -a adj.

n.

• agarradero s.m.

• agarre s.m.

• agarro s.m.

• apresamiento s.m.

• arraigo s.m.

• mango s.m.

• retención s.f. (To contain)

v.

(§ p.,p.p.: held) = caber v.

(§pres: quepo, cabes...) pret: cup-

fut/c: cabr-•) (To fit)

v.

(§ p.,p.p.: held) = adherir v. (To hold back)

v.

(§ p.,p.p.: held) = detener v.

(§pres: -tengo, -tienes...-tenemos) pret: -tuv-

fut/c: -tendr-•)

v.

(§ p.,p.p.: held) = contener v.

(§pres: -tengo, -tienes...-tenemos) pret: -tuv-

fut/c: -tendr-•)

• mantener v.

(§pres: -tengo, -tienes...-tenemos) pret: -tuv-

fut/c: -tendr-•)

• retener v.

(§pres: -tengo, -tienes...-tenemos) pret: -tuv-

fut/c: -tendr-•)

• soportar v.

• sostener v.

(§pres: -tengo, -tienes...-tenemos) pret: -tuv-

fut/c: -tendr-•)

• sujetar v.

• tener v.

(§pres: tengo, tienes...tenemos) pret: tuv-

fut/c: tendr-•)

I
1. həʊld
(past & past p held) transitive verb

1)

a) ( have in one's hand(s)) tener*

she was holding a newspaper — tenía un periódico en la mano

will you hold this for me? — ¿me puedes tener or (esp AmL) agarrar esto por favor?

b) ( clasp)

hold it with both hands — sujétalo or (esp AmL) agárralo con las dos manos

he was holding her hand — la tenía agarrada or (esp Esp) cogida de la mano

hold me tight — abrázame fuerte; own III

c) ( grip) ( Auto) agarrar, adherirse*

vehicles which hold the road well — vehículos de buen agarre or que se agarran bien a la carretera

2)

a) (support, bear) sostener*, aguantar

to hold oneself erect — mantenerse* erguido

b) ( have room for) \<\<cup/jug\>\> tener* una capacidad de; \<\<stadium\>\> tener* capacidad or cabida para

c) ( contain) contener*

to hold one's liquor o (BrE) drink — ser* de buen beber, aguantar bien la bebida or (fam) el trago

d) ( have in store) deparar

who knows what the future holds — quién sabe qué nos deparará el futuro

3)

a) ( keep in position) sujetar, sostener*

raise your legs off the floor and hold them there — levanta las piernas del suelo y manténlas levantadas

b) ( maintain) \<\<attention/interest\>\> mantener*

she held the lead throughout the race — se mantuvo a la cabeza durante toda la carrera

if Labour holds these seats — si los laboristas retienen estos escaños or (RPl) estas bancas

4)

a) ( keep) \<\<tickets/room\>\> reservar, guardar

I will hold the money until... — yo me quedaré con el dinero hasta...

she asked her secretary to hold all her calls — le dijo a su secretaria que no le pasara ninguna llamada

b) (detain, imprison)

she is being held at the police station for questioning — está detenida en la comisaría para ser interrogada

c) ( restrain) detener*

once she decides to do something, there's no holding her — una vez que decide hacer algo, no hay nada que la detenga

d) ( control) \<\<troops/rebels\>\> ocupar

5)

a) ( have) \<\<passport/ticket/permit\>\> tener*, estar* en posesión de (frml); \<\<degree/shares/property\>\> tener*; \<\<record\>\> ostentar, tener*; \<\<post/position\>\> tener*, ocupar

he holds the view that... — sostiene que or mantiene que..., es de la opinión de que...

b) ( consider) considerar; ( assert) sostener*, mantener*

this is held to be the case — se considera que es así

principles which he holds dear — principios que le son caros

to hold somebody in high esteem — tener* a alguien en mucha or gran estima

to hold somebody responsible for something — responsabilizar* a alguien de algo

c) ( conduct) \<\<meeting/elections\>\> celebrar, llevar a cabo; \<\<demonstration\>\> hacer*; \<\<party\>\> dar*; \<\<conversation\>\> mantener*

interviews will be held in London — las entrevistas tendrán lugar en Londres

6)

a) ( stop)

hold it! — espera!

hold it right there or I'll shoot! — quieto o disparo!

hold your fire! — alto al fuego!

b) ( omit) (AmE)

I'll have a hamburger, but hold the mustard — para mí una hamburguesa, pero sin mostaza

2.

vi

1) (clasp, grip)

hold tight! — agárrate fuerte!

2)

a) ( stay firm) \<\<rope/door\>\> aguantar, resistir

b) ( continue) \<\<weather\>\> seguir* or continuar* bueno, mantenerse*

share prices have held — los precios de las acciones se han mantenido

if our luck holds — si nos sigue acompañando la suerte

3) ( be true) \<\<idea/analogy\>\> ser* válido

my promise still holds good — mi promesa sigue en pie

•

Phrasal Verbs:

- hold against

- hold back

- hold down

- hold forth

- hold in

- hold off

- hold on

- hold out

- hold over

- hold together

- hold up

- hold with

II

noun

1) u

a) (grip, grasp)

to catch o grab o take hold (of something) — agarrar (algo), coger* (algo) (esp Esp); ( so as not to fall etc) agarrarse or asirse (de or a algo)

he had a firm hold on the rope — tenía la cuerda bien agarrada or sujeta

to keep hold of something — no soltar* algo

you keep hold of him — que no se te escape

to get hold of somebody — localizar* or (AmL tb) ubicar* a alguien

to get hold of something — ( manage to get) conseguir* algo

where did you get hold of the idea that... ? — ¿de dónde has sacado la idea de que... ?

the fire took hold — el fuego prendió

b) ( control)

to keep a firm hold on something — mantener* algo bajo riguroso control

to get a hold of o on oneself — controlarse

the hold they have over the members of the sect — el dominio que ejercen sobre los miembros de la secta

c) (TV)

horizontal/vertical hold — control m de imagen horizontal/vertical

2) c

a) (in wrestling, judo) llave f

with no holds barred — sin ningún tipo de restricciones

b) ( in mountaineering) asidero m

3) c (delay, pause) demora f

to be on hold — \<\<negotiations\>\> estar* en compás de espera; \<\<project\>\> estar* aparcado or en suspenso

I've got Mr Brown on hold — el Sr Brown está esperando para hablar con usted

to put something on hold — \<\<project\>\> dejar algo aparcado or en suspenso

4) c (of ship, aircraft) bodega f

[hǝʊld] (vb: pt, pp held)
1. N

1) (=grasp) agarro m, asimiento m

• to catch hold of — coger, agarrar (LAm)

catch hold! — ¡toma!

• to get hold of — coger, agarrar (LAm); (fig) (=take over) adquirir, apoderarse de; (=obtain) procurarse, conseguir

where can I get hold of some red paint? — ¿dónde puedo conseguir pintura roja?

where did you get hold of that? — ¿dónde has adquirido eso?

where did you get hold of that idea? — ¿de dónde te salió esa idea?

you get hold of some odd ideas — te formas unas ideas muy raras

to get hold of sb — (fig) (=contact) localizar a algn

we're trying to get hold of him — tratamos de ponernos en contacto con él

to get (a) hold of o.s. — (fig) dominarse

• to have hold of — estar agarrado a

• to keep hold of — seguir agarrado a; (fig) guardar para sí

• to lay hold of — coger, agarrar (LAm)

• on hold, to be on hold — (Telec) estar en espera

to put sb on hold — (Telec) poner a algn en espera

to put a plan on hold — suspender temporalmente la ejecución de un plan

• to relax one's hold — desasirse (on de)

• to seize hold of — apoderarse de

• to take hold of — coger, agarrar (LAm)

2) (Mountaineering) asidero m

3) (Wrestling) presa f, llave f

with no holds barred — (fig) sin restricción, permitiéndose todo

4) (fig) (=control, influence) (exerted by person) influencia f, dominio m (on, over sobre); (exerted by habit) arraigo m (on, over en)

her powerful hold on her son — su poderosa influencia sobre su hijo

this broke the dictator's hold — esto acabó con el dominio del dictador

• to gain a firm hold over sb — llegar a dominar a algn

• to have a hold on or over sb — dominar a algn, tener dominado a algn

drink has a hold on him — la bebida está muy arraigada en él, está atrapado por la bebida

5) (Aer, Naut) bodega f, compartimento m de carga

2. VT

1) (=grasp) tener; (=grasp firmly) sujetar; (=take hold of) coger, agarrar (LAm); (=embrace) abrazar

he was holding a little mouse in his hand — tenía un ratoncillo en la mano

she came in holding a baby/bunch of flowers — entró con un niño en brazos/con un ramo de flores en las manos

he was holding her in his arms — (romantically) la tenía entre sus brazos

he held my arm — me tuvo por el brazo

hold the ladder — sujeta la escalera

hold this for a moment — coge esto un momento

hold him or he'll fall — sostenle que va a caer

• to hold sb close — abrazar a algn estrechamente

• to hold sth in place — sujetar algo en un lugar

• to hold sth tight — agarrar algo fuertemente

to hold sb tight — abrazar a algn estrechamente
nose 1., 1)
2) (=maintain, keep) [+ attention, interest] mantener; [+ belief, opinion] tener, sostener; [+ note] sostener

• can he hold an audience? — ¿sabe mantener el interés de un público?

• to hold one's head high — mantenerse firme

• to hold the line — (Telec) no colgar

• to hold one's own — defenderse

• to hold sb to his promise — hacer que algn cumpla su promesa

• this car holds the road well — este coche se agarra muy bien

• he held us spellbound — nos tuvo embelesados

• to hold o.s. upright — mantenerse recto

3) (=keep back) retener, guardar

I will hold the money for you — guardaré el dinero para ti

"hold for arrival" — (US) (on letters) "no reexpedir", "reténgase"

we are holding it pending inquiries — lo guardamos mientras se hagan indagaciones

4) (=check, restrain) [+ enemy, breath] contener

hold it! — ¡para!, ¡espera!

hold everything! — ¡que se pare todo!

the police held him for three days — lo detuvo la policía durante tres días

there was no holding him — no había manera de detenerle

• to hold sb prisoner — tener preso a algn

• to hold one's tongue — morderse la lengua, callarse la boca

5) (=possess) [+ post, town, lands] ocupar; [+ passport, ticket, shares, title] tener; (Econ) [+ reserves] tener en reserva, tener guardado; [+ record] ostentar; (Mil) [+ position] mantenerse en

• to hold the fort — (fig) quedarse a cargo

• he holds the key to the mystery — él tiene la clave del misterio

• to hold office — (Pol) ocupar un cargo

• to hold the stage — (fig) dominar la escena

6) (=contain) contener, tener capacidad or cabida para

this stadium holds 10,000 people — este estadio tiene capacidad or cabida para 10.000 personas

this holds the money — esto contiene el dinero

this bag won't hold them all — en este saco no caben todos

a car that holds six — un coche de seis plazas

what the future holds for us — lo que el futuro guarda para nosotros

what does the future hold? — ¿qué nos reserva el futuro?

7) (=carry on) [+ conversation] mantener; [+ interview, meeting, election] celebrar; [+ event] realizar; (formally) celebrar

the maths exam is being held today — hoy tiene lugar el examen de matemáticas

the meeting will be held on Monday — se celebrará la reunión el lunes, la reunión tendrá lugar el lunes

to hold a mass — (Rel) celebrar una misa

8) (=consider, believe) creer, sostener

to hold that... — creer que..., sostener que...

I hold that... — yo creo or sostengo que...

it is held by some that... — hay quien cree que...

• to hold sth dear — apreciar mucho algo

to hold sb dear — querer or apreciar mucho a algn

• to hold sb in high esteem — tener a algn en gran or alta estima

• to hold sb guilty — juzgar a algn culpable

• to hold sb in respect — tener respeto a algn

• to hold sb responsible for sth — echar la culpa a algn de algo, hacer a algn responsable de algo

• to hold sth to be true — creer que algo es verdad
peace 1.
9) (=bear weight of) soportar

3. VI

1) (=stick) pegarse; (=not give way) mantenerse firme, resistir; [weather] continuar, seguir bueno

the ceasefire seems to be holding — el cese de fuego parece que se mantiene

• to hold firm or fast — mantenerse firme

2) (=be valid) valer, ser valedero

the objection does not hold — la objeción no vale

3) (Telec)

please hold — no cuelge, por favor

- hold against

- hold back

- hold down

- hold forth

- hold in

- hold off

- hold on

- hold on to

- hold out

- hold out on

- hold over

- hold to

- hold together

- hold up

- hold with

* * *

I
1. [həʊld]
(past & past p held) transitive verb

1)

a) ( have in one's hand(s)) tener*

she was holding a newspaper — tenía un periódico en la mano

will you hold this for me? — ¿me puedes tener or (esp AmL) agarrar esto por favor?

b) ( clasp)

hold it with both hands — sujétalo or (esp AmL) agárralo con las dos manos

he was holding her hand — la tenía agarrada or (esp Esp) cogida de la mano

hold me tight — abrázame fuerte; own III

c) ( grip) ( Auto) agarrar, adherirse*

vehicles which hold the road well — vehículos de buen agarre or que se agarran bien a la carretera

2)

a) (support, bear) sostener*, aguantar

to hold oneself erect — mantenerse* erguido

b) ( have room for) \<\<cup/jug\>\> tener* una capacidad de; \<\<stadium\>\> tener* capacidad or cabida para

c) ( contain) contener*

to hold one's liquor o (BrE) drink — ser* de buen beber, aguantar bien la bebida or (fam) el trago

d) ( have in store) deparar

who knows what the future holds — quién sabe qué nos deparará el futuro

3)

a) ( keep in position) sujetar, sostener*

raise your legs off the floor and hold them there — levanta las piernas del suelo y manténlas levantadas

b) ( maintain) \<\<attention/interest\>\> mantener*

she held the lead throughout the race — se mantuvo a la cabeza durante toda la carrera

if Labour holds these seats — si los laboristas retienen estos escaños or (RPl) estas bancas

4)

a) ( keep) \<\<tickets/room\>\> reservar, guardar

I will hold the money until... — yo me quedaré con el dinero hasta...

she asked her secretary to hold all her calls — le dijo a su secretaria que no le pasara ninguna llamada

b) (detain, imprison)

she is being held at the police station for questioning — está detenida en la comisaría para ser interrogada

c) ( restrain) detener*

once she decides to do something, there's no holding her — una vez que decide hacer algo, no hay nada que la detenga

d) ( control) \<\<troops/rebels\>\> ocupar

5)

a) ( have) \<\<passport/ticket/permit\>\> tener*, estar* en posesión de (frml); \<\<degree/shares/property\>\> tener*; \<\<record\>\> ostentar, tener*; \<\<post/position\>\> tener*, ocupar

he holds the view that... — sostiene que or mantiene que..., es de la opinión de que...

b) ( consider) considerar; ( assert) sostener*, mantener*

this is held to be the case — se considera que es así

principles which he holds dear — principios que le son caros

to hold somebody in high esteem — tener* a alguien en mucha or gran estima

to hold somebody responsible for something — responsabilizar* a alguien de algo

c) ( conduct) \<\<meeting/elections\>\> celebrar, llevar a cabo; \<\<demonstration\>\> hacer*; \<\<party\>\> dar*; \<\<conversation\>\> mantener*

interviews will be held in London — las entrevistas tendrán lugar en Londres

6)

a) ( stop)

hold it! — espera!

hold it right there or I'll shoot! — quieto o disparo!

hold your fire! — alto al fuego!

b) ( omit) (AmE)

I'll have a hamburger, but hold the mustard — para mí una hamburguesa, pero sin mostaza

2.

vi

1) (clasp, grip)

hold tight! — agárrate fuerte!

2)

a) ( stay firm) \<\<rope/door\>\> aguantar, resistir

b) ( continue) \<\<weather\>\> seguir* or continuar* bueno, mantenerse*

share prices have held — los precios de las acciones se han mantenido

if our luck holds — si nos sigue acompañando la suerte

3) ( be true) \<\<idea/analogy\>\> ser* válido

my promise still holds good — mi promesa sigue en pie

•

Phrasal Verbs:

- hold against

- hold back

- hold down

- hold forth

- hold in

- hold off

- hold on

- hold out

- hold over

- hold together

- hold up

- hold with

II

noun

1) u

a) (grip, grasp)

to catch o grab o take hold (of something) — agarrar (algo), coger* (algo) (esp Esp); ( so as not to fall etc) agarrarse or asirse (de or a algo)

he had a firm hold on the rope — tenía la cuerda bien agarrada or sujeta

to keep hold of something — no soltar* algo

you keep hold of him — que no se te escape

to get hold of somebody — localizar* or (AmL tb) ubicar* a alguien

to get hold of something — ( manage to get) conseguir* algo

where did you get hold of the idea that... ? — ¿de dónde has sacado la idea de que... ?

the fire took hold — el fuego prendió

b) ( control)

to keep a firm hold on something — mantener* algo bajo riguroso control

to get a hold of o on oneself — controlarse

the hold they have over the members of the sect — el dominio que ejercen sobre los miembros de la secta

c) (TV)

horizontal/vertical hold — control m de imagen horizontal/vertical

2) c

a) (in wrestling, judo) llave f

with no holds barred — sin ningún tipo de restricciones

b) ( in mountaineering) asidero m

3) c (delay, pause) demora f

to be on hold — \<\<negotiations\>\> estar* en compás de espera; \<\<project\>\> estar* aparcado or en suspenso

I've got Mr Brown on hold — el Sr Brown está esperando para hablar con usted

to put something on hold — \<\<project\>\> dejar algo aparcado or en suspenso

4) c (of ship, aircraft) bodega f

English-spanish dictionary > hold
10 Magnus

1.
magnus, a, um (archaic gen. magnai for magnae:
magnai reipublicai gratia,
Plaut. Mil. 2, 1, 23), adj.; comp. mājor, us; sup. maxĭmus ( maxŭm-), a, um [root magh-; Sanscr. mahat, maba, great; Gr. megas; cf. meizôn for megiôn; cf. mêchos, majestas; also cf. root mak-; Gr. makros, and perh. makar], great, large.
I.
Lit., of physical size or quantity, great, large; of things, vast, extensive, spacious, etc.: nequam et magnus homo, a great, tall fellow, Lucil. ap. Varr. L. L. 7, § 32 Mull.; cf.
the double meaning: tu, bis denis grandia libris Qui scribis Priami proelia, magnus homo es,
a great man, Mart. 9, 51, 4: magna ossa lacertique Apparent homini, Lucil. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1:
magna ossa lacertosque Exuit,
Verg. A. 5, 422: (scarus) magnusque bonusque, Enn. ap. App. Mag. p. 299 (Heduph. v. 9 Vahl.): indu mari magno, id. ap. Macr. 6, 2 (Ann. v. 425 Vahl.); so, in mari magno, id. ap. Fest. p. 356 Mull.; cf. Lucr. 2, 554:
magnus fluens Nilus,
Verg. G. 3, 28; Sen. Q. N. 4, 2, 2:
magna et pulcra domus,
spacious, Cic. N. D. 2, 6, 17:
montes,
Cat. 64. 280; cf. Olympum, Enn. ap. Varr. L. L. 7, § 20 Mull. (Ann. v. 1 Vahl.):
templa caelitum,
vast, id. ib. 7, § 6 (Trag. v. 227 Vahl.): magnae quercus, great oaks, lofty oaks, id. ap. Macr. S. 6, 2 (Ann. v. 194 Vahl.):
aquae,
great floods, inundations, Liv. 24, 9: saxa maxima, Enn. ap. Cic. Tusc. 1, 16, 37:
oppidum maximum,
Caes. B. G. 1, 23.—
B.
Esp.
1.
Of measure, weight, quantity, great, much, abundant, considerable, etc.:
maximum pondus auri, magnum numerum frumenti, vim mellis maximam exportasse,
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 72, § 176:
magna pecunia mutua,
id. Att. 11, 3, 3:
copia pabuli,
Caes. B. G. 1, 16:
multitudo peditatus,
id. ib. 4, 34:
divitiae,
Nep. Dion. 1, 2:
populus,
Verg. A. 1, 148.—
2.
Rarely of time, for longus, multus:
interea magnum sol circumvolvitur annum,
Verg. A. 3, 284:
magnum vocans solis (annum) comparatione lunaris,
Macr. S. 2, 11:
magno post tempore,
Just. 11, 10, 14; 32, 3, 10.—
3.
Of the voice, loud, powerful, strong, mighty:
magna voce confiteri,
Cic. Caecin. 32, 92: major pars, the majority:
tribunorum,
Liv. 9, 46, 7.
II.
Trop.
A.
In gen., great, grand, mighty, noble, lofty, important, of great weight or importance, momentous: cum magnis dis, Enn. ap. Cic. Off. 1, 12, 38 (Ann. v. 207 Vahl.); cf.: Saturnia magna dearum, id. ap. Prisc. p. 1103 P. (Ann. v. 482 Vahl.):
vir magnus in primis,
Cic. N. D. 1, 43, 120:
nemo igitur vir magnus sine aliquo adflatu divino umquam fuit,
id. ib. 2, 66, 167:
magnus hoc bello Themistocles fuit, nec minor in pace,
Nep. Them. 6, 1:
Cato clarus atque magnus habetur,
Sall. C. 53, 1:
amicus,
great, wealthy, Juv. 6, 312: res magnas parvasque Eloqui, Enn. ap. Gell. 12, 4 (Ann. v. 244 Vahl.):
virtus,
Caes. B. G. 2, 15:
infamia,
Cic. Fam. 1, 1:
eloquentia, gravitas, studium, contentio,
id. ib.:
multo major alacritas, studiumque pugnandi majus,
Caes. B. G. 1, 46:
causa,
great, important, weighty, Cic. Dom. 1, 1:
opus et arduum,
id. Or. 10, 33.— Absol. in neutr, sing. and plur.:
quamquam id magnum, et arduum est,
something great, Cic. Fam. 6, 7, 6: magna Di curant ( great things, important matters), parva neglegunt, id. N. D. 2, 66, 167:
magna loqui,
to say great things, speak boastfully, Tib. 2, 6, 11:
magnum est efficere, ut quis intellegat, quid sit illud, etc.,
it is a great, difficult, important thing, Cic. Ac. 1, 2, 7:
probitatem vel in eis, quos numquam vidimus, vel, quod majus est, in hoste etiam diligimus,
what is far greater, id. Lael. 9, 29: annus magnus, the great year, at the end of which the sun, moon, and planets were supposed to return to the same relative positions, the Piatonic year or cycle, consisting of 15000 years:
quarum (stellarum) ex disparibus motionibus, magnum annum mathematici nominaverunt, etc.,
Cic. N. D. 2, 20, 52; id. Fragm. ap. Tac. Or. 16.— Posit. in comparison: Alexander orbi magnus est, Alex. andro orbis angustus, great in comparison with, i. e. too great for, Sen. Suas. 1, 3.—
B.
In partic.
1.
Of age, with natu, advanced in years, of great age, aged:
jam magno natu,
Nep. Paus. 5; Liv. 3, 71, 3:
homo magnus natu,
id. 10, 38, 6.—Usually in the comp. and sup., with or without natu or annis, older, the elder, the oldest or eldest:
qui (Livius) fuit major natu quam Plautus et Naevius,
older than, earlier, Cic. Tusc. 1, 1, 3:
audivi ex majoribus natu,
id. Off. 1, 30, 109:
hic una e multis, quae maxima natu, Pyrgo,
Verg. A. 5, 644:
annos natus major quadraginta,
more than, Cic. Rosc. Am. 14, 39:
civis major annis viginti,
Suet. Caes. 42:
cum liberis, majoribus quam quindecim annos natis,
Liv. 45, 32.— Absol.: senis nostri frater major, the elder of two, Ter. Phorm. 1, 2, 13:
ex duobus filiis major, Caes B. C. 3, 108, 3: Fabii Ambusti filiae duae nuptae, Ser. Sulpicio major minor Licinio Stoloni erat,
Liv. 6, 34:
Gelo maximus stirpis,
id. 23, 30:
ut nubere vellet mulier viro, major juniori,
App. Mag. 27, p. 291, 28; cf.
in gen.: Cyrus major,
Lact. 4, 5, 7:
quaerere uter major aetate fuerit, Homerus an Hesiodus, cum minor Hecuba fuerit quam Helena,
Sen. Ep. 88, 5.—In legal lang., major (opp. minor), one who has attained his twenty-fifth year, who is of age:
si minor negotiis majoris intervenerit,
Dig. 4, 4, 24.—In plur. subst.: mājō-res, um, m., adults (opp. pueri), Varr. L. L. 9, 10, § 16 Mull.—But usually majores, ancestors, forefathers:
Itan tandem hanc majores famam tradiderunt tibi tui, Ut, etc.,
Plaut. Trin. 3, 2, 16:
ibi mei sunt majores siti, pater, avos, proavos, abavos,
id. Mil. 2, 4, 20:
L. Philippus, vir patre, avo, majoribus suis dignissimus,
Cic. Phil. 3, 10, 25:
patres majoresque nostri,
id. Div. in Caecil. 21, 69:
more majorum,
id. Att. 1, 1, 1:
spes tamen una est, aliquando populum Romanum majorum similem fore,
id. Fam. 12, 22, 2:
majores natu,
Nep. Iphicr. 1, 1:
maxima virgo,
the eldest of the Vestal virgins, Ov. F. 4, 639: major erus, the old master, the master of the house, the old man (opp.: minor erus, the young master): Le. Ubinam est erus? Li. Major apud forum'st, minor hic est intus, Plaut. As. 2, 2, 63: majores natu, of the Senate:
de istis rebus in patria majores natu consulemus,
Liv. 1, 32, 10.—In designating relationship, magnus denotes kindred of the fourth, major of the fifth, and maximus of the sixth degree; so, avunculus magnus, a great-uncle; amita magna, a greataunt; avunculus or amita major; avunculus maximus, amita maxima, etc.; v. h. vv., and cf. Dig. 38, 10, 10.—
2.
In specifications of value, in the neutr. absol., magni or magno, high, dear, of great value, at a high price, etc.; cf.: pretii majoris or maximi, higher, highest, very high:
magni esse,
to be highly esteemed, Cic. Fam. 13, 72, 2:
magni aestimare,
id. Tusc. 5, 7, 20:
magni existimans interesse ad decus,
to be of great consequence, id. N. D. 1, 4, 7:
emere agros poterunt quam volent magno,
id. Agr. 2, 13, 34:
magno vendere,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 30, § 71:
conducere aliquid nimium magno,
too high, too dear, id. Att. 1, 17, 9:
magno illi ea cunctatio stetit,
cost him dear, Liv. 2, 36.— Comp.:
ornatus muliebris majoris pretii,
Cic. Inv 1, 31, 51, rarely without pretii:
multo majoris alapae mecum veneunt,
dearer, higher, Phaedr. 2, 5, 25.— Sup.: te haec solum semper fecit maxumi, most highly prized, Ter And. 1, 5, 58:
senatus auctoritatem sibi maximi videri,
Cic. Att. 1, 14, 2: in majus, too greatly, too highly, greater than it is:
extollere aliquid in majus,
more highly than it deserves, Tac. A. 15, 30:
celebrare,
id. ib. 13, 8:
nuntiare,
id. H. 3, 38:
credere,
to believe a thing to be worse than it is, id. ib. 1, 18:
accipere,
to take a thing to be greater than it is, id. ib. 3, 8 init.: innotescere, in an exaggerated manner, id. ib 4, 50.—Also with abl., in majus vero ferri, Liv. 21, 32, 7.—
3.
Magnum and maximum, adverbially, greatly, loudly (ante- and post-class.):
magnum clamat,
greatly, with a loud voice, aloud, Plaut. Mil. 3, 2, 10:
inclamare,
Gell. 5, 9 fin.:
exclamat derepente maximum,
Plaut. Most. 2, 2, 57.—Hence, măgis, adv., only in comp. in this anomalous form (i. e. mag-ius, like pris-cus for [p. 1100] prius-cus, and pris-tinus for prius-tinus); and in sup.: maxĭmē ( maxŭmē).
A.
Comp.: magĭs (apocop. form, măgĕ, Plaut. As. 1, 1, 51; 2, 3, 14; id. Mon. 2, 3, 35; id. Poen. 1, 2, 64; 1, 2, 14; id. Trin. 4, 3, 46; id. Truc. 1, 2, 75; 3, 1, 17; 4, 4, 34; Lucr. 4, 81; 756; 5, 1203; Prop. 1, 11, 9; 3 (4), 14, 2; 4 (5), 8, 16; Verg. A. 10, 481; Sol. 22 fin.; but in Enn. ap. Cic. Fam. 7, 13, 2, magis or magi'. Acc. to Serv. Verg. A. 10, 481, Cicero in the Frumentaria wrote: mage condemnatum hominum in judicium adducere non posse), in a higher degree, more completely, more (for the difference between magis, plus, potius, and amplius, v. amplius).—
B.
In gen.
1.
With no qualifying words.
a.
With the addition of the second term of the comparison.
(α).
With verbs:
quae (facinora) istaec aetas fugere magis quam sectari solet,
Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 28:
saliendo sese exercebant magis, quam scorto aut saviis,
id. Bacch. 3, 3, 25; id. Pers. 4, 4, 108; 86:
magis honorem tribuere quam salutem accipere,
Caes. B. G. 7, 20, 7:
nisi forte magis erit parricida, si qui consularem patrem, quam si quis humilem necarit,
Cic. Mil. 7, 17:
magis ut consuetudinem servem, quam quod, etc.,
id. Clu. 32, 89.—Repeated:
quam magis exhausto spumaverit ubere mulctra, Laeta magis pressis manabunt flumina mammis, i. e. quo magis,... eo magis,
Verg. G. 3, 309 sq.; cf.:
tam magis illa fremens... quam magis effuso crudescunt sanguine pugnae,
id. ib. 7, 787 sq.; v. Hand, Turs. III. p. 566.—Magis est, quod or ut, there is greater reason, there is more cause that, etc.:
quamobrem etsi magis est, quod gratuler tibi, quam quod te rogem: tamen etiam rogo, etc.,
Cic. Att. 16, 5, 2:
magis est, ut ipse moleste ferat, errasse se, quam ut, etc.,
id. Cael. 6, 14.—
(β).
With substt., usu. with quam: tu me amoris magis quam honoris servavisti gratia, Poet. ap. Cic. Tusc. 4, 32, 69: bellipotentes sunt magi' quam sapientipotentes, Enn. ap. Cic. Div. 2, 56, 116 (Ann. v. 188 Vahl.):
umbra es amantum magis quam amator,
Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 31:
magis adeo id facilitate quam alia ulla culpa mea contigit,
Cic. de Or. 2, 4, 15:
aditus ad consulatum non magis nobilitati quam virtuti pateret,
id. Mur. 8, 17:
magis ratione et consilio quam virtute vicisse,
Caes. B. G. 1, 40, 8; cf.:
ut magis virtute quam dolo contenderent,
id. ib. 1, 13, 6:
se magis consuetudine sua quam merito eorum civitatem conservaturum,
id. ib. 2, 32, 1:
timori magis quam religioni consulere,
id. B. C. 1, 67, 3:
jus bonumque apud eos non legibus magis quam natura valebat,
Sall. C. 9, 1:
non duces magis quam milites callent (obsistere, etc.),
Curt. 3, 2, 14.—And after negatives: non magis quam, as little as:
in dicendo irasci, dolere... non sunt figurae, non magis quam suadere,
Quint. 9, 1, 23:
Romanos nec magis jam dolo capi quam armis vinci posse,
Liv. 10, 4, 10:
pro certo habens non magis Antonio eripi se quam Caesari Brutum posse,
Sen. Suas. 6, 17:
non magis Alexandri saevitiam quam Bessi parricidium ferre potuisse,
Curt. 7, 6, 15; cf.:
nec magis post proelium quam in proelio caedibus temperatum est,
Liv. 2, 16, 9. —Followed by atque instead of quam (rare):
non Apollinis magis verum atque hoc responsum est,
Ter. And. 4, 2, 15.— With the comp. abl. (rare):
quid philosophia magis colendum?
Cic. Fin. 3, 22, 76:
quanto magis Aliensi die Aliam ipsam reformidaturos?
Liv. 6, 28, 6 Weissenb. ad loc.:
quam Juno fertur terris magis omnibus unam... coluisse,
Verg. A. 1, 15 (cf. B. 3. infra):
Albanum sive Falernum Te magis appositis delectat,
Hor. S. 2, 8, 17.—
(γ).
With pronn.:
quid habetis, qui mage immortales vos credam esse quam ego siem?
Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 64:
quis homo sit magis meus quam tu es?
id. Mil. 3, 1, 20:
quam mage amo quam matrem meam,
id. Truc. 3, 1, 17; cf.:
quem ego ecastor mage amo quam me,
id. ib. 4, 4, 34.—With utrum, followed by an:
jam scibo, utrum haec me mage amet, an marsupium,
Plaut. Men. 2, 3, 35.—With the abl. instead of quam:
nec magis hac infra quicquam est in corpore nostro,
Lucr. 3, 274; Verg. A. 1, 15.—
(δ).
With adjj. and advv., and esp. with those which do not admit the comparative termination (most freq. without adding the second term of the comparison; v. under b. d): numquam potuisti mihi Magis opportunus advenire quam advenis, Plaut. Most. 3, 1, 47:
neque lac lacti magis est simile, quam ille ego similis est mei,
id. Am. 2, 1, 54:
ars magis magna atque uber, quam difficilis et obscura,
Cic. de Or. 1, 42, 190:
corpora magna magis quam firma,
Liv. 5, 44, 4:
vultu pulchro magis quam venusto,
Suet. Ner. 51.—With the abl., Plaut. As. 3, 3, 114:
neque ego hoc homine quemquam vidi magis malum,
id. Ps. 4, 1, 27:
ab secundis rebus magis etiam solito incauti,
Liv. 5, 44, 6.—With compp. (adding to their force):
ita fustibus sum mollior miser magis quam ullus cinaedus,
Plaut. Aul. 3, 2, 8. —
b.
Without the addition of the second term.
(α).
With verbs: ergo plusque magisque viri nunc gloria claret, Enn. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1 (Ann. v. 315 Vahl.):
sapiunt magis,
Plaut. Bacch. 3, 3, 4:
magis curae est, magisque afformido, ne, etc.,
id. ib. 4, 10, 3:
magis metuant,
id. Mil. 5, 44:
tum magis id diceres, Fanni, si, etc.,
Cic. Lael. 7 fin.; cf. id. Rep. 1, 40, 62:
cum Pompeius ita contendisset, ut nihil umquam magis,
id. Fam. 1, 9, 20:
magis velle, for malle: quod magis vellem evenire,
Ter. Eun. 5, 7, 1; Val. Fl. 3, 270.—
(β).
With substt.: non ex jure manum consertum sed magi' ferro, Enn. ap. Gell. 20, 10 (Ann. v. 276 Vahl.):
magis aedilis fieri non potuisset,
better, finer, Cic. Planc. 24, 60.—
(γ).
With pronn.:
ecastor neminem hodie mage Amat corde atque animo suo,
Plaut. Truc. 1, 2, 75.—
(δ).
With adjj. and advv. (so most freq.).—With adjj.:
ut quadam magis necessaria ratione recte sit vivendum,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 1, § 2:
magis anxius,
Ov. M. 1, 182:
hic magis tranquillu'st,
Plaut. Bacch. 5, 2, 55:
nihil videtur mundius, nec magis compositum quicquam, nec magis elegans,
Ter. Eun. 5, 4, 12:
nemo fuit magis severus nec magis continens,
id. ib. 2, 1, 21:
quod est magis verisimile,
Caes. B. G. 3, 13, 6:
magis admirabilis oratio,
Quint. 8, 3, 24:
magis communia verba,
id. 8, 2, 24 et saep.; rare: magis quam in aliis = praeter ceteros;
nescio quo pacto magis quam in aliis suum cuique pulchrum est,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 22, 63.— With advv.:
magis aperte,
Ter. Ad. 4, 5, 30:
magis impense,
id. ib. 5, 9, 36.—With compp. adding to their force:
magis est dulcius,
Plaut. Stich. 5, 4, 22:
magis majores nugae,
id. Men. prol. 55:
magis modum in majorem,
id. Am. 1, 1, 145:
contentiores mage erunt,
id. Poen. 2, 15.—
2.
Strengthened.
a.
By etiam, multo, tanto, eo, hoc, quo, tam, quam; and negatively, nihilo:
qualis in dicendo Hierocles Alabandeus, magis etiam Menecles, frater ejus, fuit,
Cic. Brut. 95, 325; id. Off. 1, 21, 72:
illud ad me, ac multo etiam magis ad vos,
id. de Or. 2, 32, 139:
tanto magis Dic, quis est?
Plaut. Bacch. 3, 6, 28:
ut quidque magis contemplor, tanto magis placet,
id. Most. 3, 2, 146:
vicina cacumina caelo, quam sint magis, tanto magis fument,
Lucr. 6, 460:
quanto ille plura miscebat, tanto hic magis in dies convalescebat,
Cic. Mil. 9, 25:
sed eo magis cauto est Opus, ne huc exeat, qui, etc.,
Plaut. Most. 4, 2, 22:
atque eo magis, si, etc.,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 1, § 1:
eoque magis quod, etc.,
id. Lael. 2, 7; Caes. B. G. 1, 23; 1, 47; 3, 14;
5, 1: immo vero etiam hoc magis, quam illi veteres, quod, etc.,
Cic. Agr. 2, 35, 97:
hoc vero magis properare Varro, ut, etc.,
Caes. B. C. 2, 20:
quo magis cogito ego cum meo animo,
Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 13; Nep. Thras. 2:
magis quam id reputo, tam magis uror,
Plaut. Bacch. 5, 1, 5:
tam magis illa fremens... Quam magis, etc.,
Verg. A. 7, 787:
quanto mage... tam magis,
Lucr. 4, 81 sq.:
quam magis in pectore meo foveo, quas meus filius turbas turbet... magis curae est magisque afformido, ne, etc.,
Plaut. Bacch. 4, 10, 1; 4, 4, 27; id. Men. 1, 1, 19:
quam magis te in altum capessis, tam aestus te in portum refert,
id. As. 1, 3, 6:
densior hinc suboles Quam magis, etc.,
Verg. G. 3, 309:
cum Vercingetorix nihilo magis in aequum locum descenderet,
Caes. B. G. 6, 53.—
b.
By reduplication: magis magisque, magis et magis, magis ac magis; and poet. also, magis magis, more and more: ex desiderio magis magisque maceror, Afran. ap. Charis. p. 182 P.:
cum cotidie magis magisque perditi homines tectis ac templis urbis minarentur,
Cic. Phil. 1, 2, 5; id. Fam. 2, 18, 2; 16, 21, 2; Sall. C. 5, 7; cf. Cic. Fil. Fam. 16, 21, 2:
de Graecia cotidie magis et magis cogito,
Cic. Att. 14, 18, 4; 16, 3, 1; id. Brut. 90, 308; Liv. 7, 32, 6; Sall. J. 8, 6:
magis deinde ac magis,
Suet. Vit. 10:
post hoc magis ac magis,
id. Gram. 3;
for which also: magisque ac magis deinceps,
id. Tit. 3; Tac. A. 14, 8; Sen. de Ira, 3, 1, 4; id. Ep. 114, 25; id. Ben. 2, 14, 4; Plin. Ep. 1, 12, 10; 7, 3, 4; 10, 28, 3.— Poet. also:
magis atque magis,
Verg. A. 12, 239; Cat. 68, 48:
post, vento crescente, magis magis increbescunt,
id. 64, 275; cf. Verg. G. 4, 311.—
3.
Pleon.
a.
With potius (anteclass.):
magis decorum'st Libertum potius quam patronum onus in via portare,
Plaut. As. 3, 3, 99:
mihi magis lubet cum probis potius quam cum improbis vivere,
id. Trin. 2, 1, 38.—
b.
With malle: quam cum lego, nihil malo quam has res relinquere;
his vero auditis multo magis,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 31, 76:
finge enim malle eum magis suum consequi quam, etc.,
Dig. 17, 2, 52, § 10. —
C.
In partic.: non (neque) magis quam.
1.
To signify perfect equality between two enunciations, no more... than; just as much... as; or neg., no more... than; just as little... as:
domus erat non domino magis ornamento quam civitati,
i. e. just as much to the city as to its owner, Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 3, § 5; Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 4, 2:
non Hannibale magis victo a se quam Q. Fabio,
Liv. 22, 27, 2:
conficior enim maerore, mea Terentia, nec me meae miseriae magis excruciant quam tuae vestraeque,
Cic. Fam. 13, 3, 1; Liv. 9, 22.— Neg.: qui est enim animus in aliquo morbo... non magis est sanus, quam id corpus, quod in morbo est, i. e. is just as far from being sound as a body, etc., Cic. Tusc. 3, 5, 10:
si aliqua in re Verris similis fuero, non magis mihi deerit inimicus quam Verri defuit,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 69, § 162; id. Fam. 5, 12, 3; id. de Or. 2, 8, 31:
non nascitur itaque ex malo bonum, non magis quam ficus ex olea,
Sen. Ep. 87, 25;
Quint. prooem. § 26: non magis Gaium imperaturum, quam per Baianum sinum equis discursurum,
Suet. Calig. 19. —Ellipt.:
nec eo magis lege liberi sunto,
just as little from that as from the rest, Cic. Leg. 3, 4, 11.—
2.
For restricting the idea expressed in the clause with non magis, so that not more, according to a common figure of speech, = less; in Engl. not so much... as; less... than:
deinde credas mihi affirmanti velim, me hoc non pro Lysone magis quam pro omnibus scribere,
Cic. Fam. 13, 24; Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 17:
miserebat non poenae magis homines, quam sceleris, quo poenam meriti essent,
Liv. 2, 5; 1, 28.—
3.
Magis minusve, magis aut minus, or magis ac minus; post-Aug. for the usual plus minusve, more or less:
sed istud magis minusve vitiosum est pro personis dicentium,
Quint. 11, 1, 27; Plin. 17, 24, 37, § 220:
minora vero plerumque sunt talia, ut pro persona, tempore, loco, causa magis ac minus vel excusata debeant videri vel reprehendenda,
Quint. 11, 1, 14; Plin. 37, 5, 18, § 67:
quaedam tamen et nationibus puto magis aut minus convenire,
Sen. Ep. 40, 11; cf.:
quosdam minus aut magis osos veritatem,
id. Suas. 1, 5:
aut minus, aut magis,
id. Ep. 82, 14.—
4.
With alius... alio, etc.: ceterae philosophorum disciplinae, omnino alia magis alia, sed tamen omnes, one more than another, i. e. in different degrees, Cic. Fin. 3, 3, 11 Madvig. ad loc. (al.:
alia magis, alia minus, v. Hand, Turs. III. p. 560): mihi videntur omnes quidem illi errasse... sed alius alio magis,
Cic. Fin. 4, 16, 43:
sunt omnino omnes fere similes, sed declarant communis notiones, alia magis alia,
id. Tusc. 4, 24, 53:
alii aliis magis recusare,
Liv. 29, 15, 11.— Sup.: maxĭmē( maxŭmē), in the highest degree, most of all, most particularly, especially, exceedingly, very, etc.
A.
Lit.
1.
Alone.
a.
With a verb:
haec una res in omni libero populo maximeque in pacatis tranquillisque civitatibus praecipue semper floruit,
Cic. de Or. 1, 8, 30:
quid commemorem primum aut laudem maxime?
Ter. Eun. 5, 9, 14; 3, 1, 79:
nos coluit maxime,
id. Ad. 3, 2, 54:
quem convenire maxime cupiebam,
Plaut. Pers. 2, 4, 30; id. As. 3, 3, 133:
de te audiebamus ea, quae maxime vellemus,
Cic. Fam. 12, 25, a, 7; cf. id. Att. 13, 1:
extra quos (fines) egredi non possim, si maxime velim,
id. Quint. 10, 35:
in re publica maxime conservanda sunt jura belli,
most especially, id. Off. 1, 11, 33: huic legioni Caesar propter virtutem confidebat maxime, [p. 1101] Caes. B. G. 1, 40:
quem Homero crederet maxime accedere,
came nearest to, Quint. 10, 1, 86; cf.
pugnare,
most violently, Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 271; 1, 1, 44:
jubere,
most positively, id. Bacch. 4, 9, 80:
id enim est profecto, quod constituta religione rem publicam contineat maxime,
Cic. Leg. 2, 27, 69; cf. maxime fin.:
ab eo exordiri volui maxime,
id. Off. 1, 2, 4:
cernere naturae vim maxime,
id. Tusc. 1, 15, 35.—
b.
With an adj.:
res maxime necessaria,
Cic. Lael. 23, 86:
loca maxime frumentaria,
Caes. B. G. 1, 10:
loci ad hoc maxime idonei,
Quint. 1, 11, 13:
maxime naturali carent amicitia,
Cic. Lael. 21, 80:
maxime feri,
Caes. B. G. 2, 4:
qui eo tempore maxime plebi acceptus erat,
id. ib. 1, 3:
idem ad augendam eloquentiam maxime accommodati erunt,
Quint. 1, 11, 13:
elegans maxime auctor,
id. 10, 1, 93:
maxime vero commune est quaerere, an sit honesta? etc.,
id. 2, 4, 37:
noto enim maxime utar exemplo,
id. 7, 3, 3.—So with supp.:
quae maxime liberalissima,
Cic. Att. 12, 38, 3:
maxime gravissimam omniumque (rerum),
Liv. 41, 23, 4 MS. (dub.: maxumam gravissimamque, Weissenb.). —
c.
With numerals, at most:
puer ad annos maxime natus octo,
Gell. 17, 8, 4.—
d.
With an adv.:
ut dicatis quam maxime ad veritatem accommodate,
Cic. de Or. 1, 33, 149 (v. infra 2).—
2.
Strengthened by unus, unus omnium, omnium, multo, vel, tam, quam, etc. (supply potest):
qui proelium unus maxime accenderat,
Curt. 5, 2, 5:
cum sua modestia unus omnium maxime floreret,
Nep. Milt. 1, 1:
quae maxime omnium belli avida,
Liv. 23, 49; 4, 59; cf. Drak. ad Liv. 36, 19, 4:
atque ea res multo maxime disjunxit illum ab illa,
Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 85:
imperium populi Romani multo maxime miserabile visum est,
Sall. C. 36, 4:
illud mihi videtur vel maxime confirmare, etc.,
Cic. N. D. 2, 65, 162:
hoc enim uno praestamus vel maxime feris,
id. de Or. 1, 8, 32:
quae quidem vel maxime suspicionem movent,
id. Part. Or. 33, 114:
quam potes, tam verba confer maxime ad compendium,
as much as possible, Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 186:
ego jubeo quam maxime unam facere nos hanc familiam,
Ter. Ad. 5, 8, 2:
ut quam maxime permaneant diuturna corpora,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 45, 108; id. de Or. 1, 34, 154:
quo mihi rectius videtur, memoriam nostri quam maxime longam efficere,
Sall. C. 1, 3:
ceterum illum juvenem incipere a quam maxime facili ac favorabili causa velim,
Quint. 12, 6, 6.—
3.
With the relative qui in the phrases, quam qui maxime and ut qui maxime:
tam enim sum amicus rei publicae, quam qui maxime,
as any one whatever, Cic. Fam. 5, 2, 6:
grata ea res, ut quae maxime senatui umquam fuit,
Liv. 5, 25; 7, 33.—
4.
With ut quisque... ita (maxime, potissimum or minime), the more... the more (or less):
hoc maxime officii est, ut quisque maxime opis indigeat, ita ei potissimum opitulari,
Cic. Off. 1, 15, 49:
ut quisque magnitudine animae maxime excellit, ita maxime, etc.,
id. ib. 1, 19, 64; cf.
, in the contrary order: colendum autem esse ita quemque maxime, ut quisque maxime virtutibus his lenioribus erit ornatus,
id. ib. 1, 15, 47:
ut enim quisque maxime ad suum commodum refert, quaecumque agit, ita minime est vir bonus,
id. Leg. 1, 18, 49.—
5.
In gradations, to denote the first and most desirable, first of all, in the first place:
hujus industriam maxime quidem vellem, ut imitarentur ii, quos oportebat: secundo autem loco, ne alterius labori inviderent,
Cic. Phil. 8, 10, 31; cf. id. Caecin. 9, 23:
si per eum reductus insidiose redissem, me scilicet maxime sed proxime illum quoque fefellissem,
id. Rab. Post. 12, 33:
in quo genere sunt maxime oves, deinde caprae,
Varr. R. R. 2, 9, 1:
maxime... dein,
Plin. 9, 16, 23, § 56:
sed vitem maxime populus videtur alere, deinde ulmus, post etiam fraxinus,
Col. 5, 6, 4:
maxime... deinde... postea... minume,
Plin. 37, 12, 75, § 196:
maxime... postea... ultimae,
Col. 6, 3, 6:
post Chium maxime laudatur Creticum, mox Aegyptium,
Plin. 18, 7, 17, § 77.—
B.
Transf.
1.
Like potissimum, to give prominence to an idea, especially, particularly, principally:
quae ratio poetas, maximeque Homerum impulit, ut, etc.,
Cic. N. D. 2, 6, 6; Varr. R. R. 1, 51, 1:
scribe aliquid, et maxime, si Pompeius Italia cedit,
Cic. Att. 7, 12, 4: de Cocceio et Libone quae scribis, approbo:
maxime quod de judicatu meo,
id. ib. 12, 19, 2; id. Fin. 5, 1, 1:
cognoscat etiam rerum gestarum et memoriae veteris ordinem, maxime scilicet nostrae civitatis,
id. Or. 34, 120; id. Att. 13, 1, 2.—So in the connection, cum... tum maxime; tum... tum maxime; ut... tum maxime, but more especially:
scio et perspexi saepe: cum antehac, tum hodie maxime,
Plaut. Mil. 4, 8, 56:
plena exemplorum est nostra res publica, cum saepe, tum maxime bello Punico secundo,
Cic. Off. 3, 11, 47; id. Att. 11, 6, 1; id. Fl. 38, 94:
tum exercitationibus crebris atque magnis, tum scribendo maxime persequatur,
id. de Or. 2, 23, 96:
longius autem procedens, ut in ceteris eloquentiae partibus, tum maxime, etc.,
id. Brut. 93, 320.— With nunc, nuper, tum, cum, just, precisely, exactly: Me. Quid? vostrum patri Filii quot eratis? M. Su. Ut nunc maxime memini, duo, just now, Plaut. Men. 5, 9, 58:
cum iis, quos nuper maxime liberaverat,
Caes. B. C. 3, 9:
ipse tum maxime admoto igne refovebat artus,
Curt. 8, 4, 25; 6, 6, 10; 5, 7, 2; Liv. 27, 4, 2 Drak.:
haec cum maxime loqueretur, sex lictores eum circumsistunt valentissimi,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 54, § 142; cf. id. ib. 2, 2, 76, § 187;
2, 4, 38, § 72: totius autem injustitiae nulla capitalior, quam eorum, qui cum maxime fallunt, id agunt, ut viri boni esse videantur,
id. Off. 1, 13, 41; Liv. 4, 3; 30, 33:
tum cum maxime,
at that precise time, at that moment, Liv. 40, 13, 4; 40, 32, 1; 33, 9, 3; 43, 7, 8; so,
tunc cum maxime,
Curt. 3, 2, 17:
nunc cum maxime,
Cic. Clu. 5, 12; id. Sen. 11, 38; Liv. 29, 17, 7; v. 2. cum.—
2.
In colloquial lang., to denote emphatic assent, certainly, by all means, very well, yes; and with immo, to express emphatic dissent, certainly not, by no means: Ar. Jace, pater, talos, ut porro nos jaciamus. De. Maxime, Plaut. As. 5, 2, 54; id. Curc. 2, 3, 36: Th. Nisi quid magis Es occupatus, operam mihi da. Si. Maxime, id. Most. 4, 3, 17; Ter. And. 4, 5, 23: Ca. Numquid peccatum est, Simo? Si. Immo maxime, Plaut. Ps. 1, 5, 80; Ter. Hec. 2, 1, 31:
scilicet res ipsa aspera est, sed vos non timetis eam. Immo vero maxime,
Sall. C. 52, 28 (v. immo); v. Hand, Turs. III. p. 552-607.
2.
Magnus, i, m., a Roman surname, e. g. Cn. Pompeius Magnus; v. Pompeius.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > Magnus
11 magnus

1.
magnus, a, um (archaic gen. magnai for magnae:
magnai reipublicai gratia,
Plaut. Mil. 2, 1, 23), adj.; comp. mājor, us; sup. maxĭmus ( maxŭm-), a, um [root magh-; Sanscr. mahat, maba, great; Gr. megas; cf. meizôn for megiôn; cf. mêchos, majestas; also cf. root mak-; Gr. makros, and perh. makar], great, large.
I.
Lit., of physical size or quantity, great, large; of things, vast, extensive, spacious, etc.: nequam et magnus homo, a great, tall fellow, Lucil. ap. Varr. L. L. 7, § 32 Mull.; cf.
the double meaning: tu, bis denis grandia libris Qui scribis Priami proelia, magnus homo es,
a great man, Mart. 9, 51, 4: magna ossa lacertique Apparent homini, Lucil. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1:
magna ossa lacertosque Exuit,
Verg. A. 5, 422: (scarus) magnusque bonusque, Enn. ap. App. Mag. p. 299 (Heduph. v. 9 Vahl.): indu mari magno, id. ap. Macr. 6, 2 (Ann. v. 425 Vahl.); so, in mari magno, id. ap. Fest. p. 356 Mull.; cf. Lucr. 2, 554:
magnus fluens Nilus,
Verg. G. 3, 28; Sen. Q. N. 4, 2, 2:
magna et pulcra domus,
spacious, Cic. N. D. 2, 6, 17:
montes,
Cat. 64. 280; cf. Olympum, Enn. ap. Varr. L. L. 7, § 20 Mull. (Ann. v. 1 Vahl.):
templa caelitum,
vast, id. ib. 7, § 6 (Trag. v. 227 Vahl.): magnae quercus, great oaks, lofty oaks, id. ap. Macr. S. 6, 2 (Ann. v. 194 Vahl.):
aquae,
great floods, inundations, Liv. 24, 9: saxa maxima, Enn. ap. Cic. Tusc. 1, 16, 37:
oppidum maximum,
Caes. B. G. 1, 23.—
B.
Esp.
1.
Of measure, weight, quantity, great, much, abundant, considerable, etc.:
maximum pondus auri, magnum numerum frumenti, vim mellis maximam exportasse,
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 72, § 176:
magna pecunia mutua,
id. Att. 11, 3, 3:
copia pabuli,
Caes. B. G. 1, 16:
multitudo peditatus,
id. ib. 4, 34:
divitiae,
Nep. Dion. 1, 2:
populus,
Verg. A. 1, 148.—
2.
Rarely of time, for longus, multus:
interea magnum sol circumvolvitur annum,
Verg. A. 3, 284:
magnum vocans solis (annum) comparatione lunaris,
Macr. S. 2, 11:
magno post tempore,
Just. 11, 10, 14; 32, 3, 10.—
3.
Of the voice, loud, powerful, strong, mighty:
magna voce confiteri,
Cic. Caecin. 32, 92: major pars, the majority:
tribunorum,
Liv. 9, 46, 7.
II.
Trop.
A.
In gen., great, grand, mighty, noble, lofty, important, of great weight or importance, momentous: cum magnis dis, Enn. ap. Cic. Off. 1, 12, 38 (Ann. v. 207 Vahl.); cf.: Saturnia magna dearum, id. ap. Prisc. p. 1103 P. (Ann. v. 482 Vahl.):
vir magnus in primis,
Cic. N. D. 1, 43, 120:
nemo igitur vir magnus sine aliquo adflatu divino umquam fuit,
id. ib. 2, 66, 167:
magnus hoc bello Themistocles fuit, nec minor in pace,
Nep. Them. 6, 1:
Cato clarus atque magnus habetur,
Sall. C. 53, 1:
amicus,
great, wealthy, Juv. 6, 312: res magnas parvasque Eloqui, Enn. ap. Gell. 12, 4 (Ann. v. 244 Vahl.):
virtus,
Caes. B. G. 2, 15:
infamia,
Cic. Fam. 1, 1:
eloquentia, gravitas, studium, contentio,
id. ib.:
multo major alacritas, studiumque pugnandi majus,
Caes. B. G. 1, 46:
causa,
great, important, weighty, Cic. Dom. 1, 1:
opus et arduum,
id. Or. 10, 33.— Absol. in neutr, sing. and plur.:
quamquam id magnum, et arduum est,
something great, Cic. Fam. 6, 7, 6: magna Di curant ( great things, important matters), parva neglegunt, id. N. D. 2, 66, 167:
magna loqui,
to say great things, speak boastfully, Tib. 2, 6, 11:
magnum est efficere, ut quis intellegat, quid sit illud, etc.,
it is a great, difficult, important thing, Cic. Ac. 1, 2, 7:
probitatem vel in eis, quos numquam vidimus, vel, quod majus est, in hoste etiam diligimus,
what is far greater, id. Lael. 9, 29: annus magnus, the great year, at the end of which the sun, moon, and planets were supposed to return to the same relative positions, the Piatonic year or cycle, consisting of 15000 years:
quarum (stellarum) ex disparibus motionibus, magnum annum mathematici nominaverunt, etc.,
Cic. N. D. 2, 20, 52; id. Fragm. ap. Tac. Or. 16.— Posit. in comparison: Alexander orbi magnus est, Alex. andro orbis angustus, great in comparison with, i. e. too great for, Sen. Suas. 1, 3.—
B.
In partic.
1.
Of age, with natu, advanced in years, of great age, aged:
jam magno natu,
Nep. Paus. 5; Liv. 3, 71, 3:
homo magnus natu,
id. 10, 38, 6.—Usually in the comp. and sup., with or without natu or annis, older, the elder, the oldest or eldest:
qui (Livius) fuit major natu quam Plautus et Naevius,
older than, earlier, Cic. Tusc. 1, 1, 3:
audivi ex majoribus natu,
id. Off. 1, 30, 109:
hic una e multis, quae maxima natu, Pyrgo,
Verg. A. 5, 644:
annos natus major quadraginta,
more than, Cic. Rosc. Am. 14, 39:
civis major annis viginti,
Suet. Caes. 42:
cum liberis, majoribus quam quindecim annos natis,
Liv. 45, 32.— Absol.: senis nostri frater major, the elder of two, Ter. Phorm. 1, 2, 13:
ex duobus filiis major, Caes B. C. 3, 108, 3: Fabii Ambusti filiae duae nuptae, Ser. Sulpicio major minor Licinio Stoloni erat,
Liv. 6, 34:
Gelo maximus stirpis,
id. 23, 30:
ut nubere vellet mulier viro, major juniori,
App. Mag. 27, p. 291, 28; cf.
in gen.: Cyrus major,
Lact. 4, 5, 7:
quaerere uter major aetate fuerit, Homerus an Hesiodus, cum minor Hecuba fuerit quam Helena,
Sen. Ep. 88, 5.—In legal lang., major (opp. minor), one who has attained his twenty-fifth year, who is of age:
si minor negotiis majoris intervenerit,
Dig. 4, 4, 24.—In plur. subst.: mājō-res, um, m., adults (opp. pueri), Varr. L. L. 9, 10, § 16 Mull.—But usually majores, ancestors, forefathers:
Itan tandem hanc majores famam tradiderunt tibi tui, Ut, etc.,
Plaut. Trin. 3, 2, 16:
ibi mei sunt majores siti, pater, avos, proavos, abavos,
id. Mil. 2, 4, 20:
L. Philippus, vir patre, avo, majoribus suis dignissimus,
Cic. Phil. 3, 10, 25:
patres majoresque nostri,
id. Div. in Caecil. 21, 69:
more majorum,
id. Att. 1, 1, 1:
spes tamen una est, aliquando populum Romanum majorum similem fore,
id. Fam. 12, 22, 2:
majores natu,
Nep. Iphicr. 1, 1:
maxima virgo,
the eldest of the Vestal virgins, Ov. F. 4, 639: major erus, the old master, the master of the house, the old man (opp.: minor erus, the young master): Le. Ubinam est erus? Li. Major apud forum'st, minor hic est intus, Plaut. As. 2, 2, 63: majores natu, of the Senate:
de istis rebus in patria majores natu consulemus,
Liv. 1, 32, 10.—In designating relationship, magnus denotes kindred of the fourth, major of the fifth, and maximus of the sixth degree; so, avunculus magnus, a great-uncle; amita magna, a greataunt; avunculus or amita major; avunculus maximus, amita maxima, etc.; v. h. vv., and cf. Dig. 38, 10, 10.—
2.
In specifications of value, in the neutr. absol., magni or magno, high, dear, of great value, at a high price, etc.; cf.: pretii majoris or maximi, higher, highest, very high:
magni esse,
to be highly esteemed, Cic. Fam. 13, 72, 2:
magni aestimare,
id. Tusc. 5, 7, 20:
magni existimans interesse ad decus,
to be of great consequence, id. N. D. 1, 4, 7:
emere agros poterunt quam volent magno,
id. Agr. 2, 13, 34:
magno vendere,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 30, § 71:
conducere aliquid nimium magno,
too high, too dear, id. Att. 1, 17, 9:
magno illi ea cunctatio stetit,
cost him dear, Liv. 2, 36.— Comp.:
ornatus muliebris majoris pretii,
Cic. Inv 1, 31, 51, rarely without pretii:
multo majoris alapae mecum veneunt,
dearer, higher, Phaedr. 2, 5, 25.— Sup.: te haec solum semper fecit maxumi, most highly prized, Ter And. 1, 5, 58:
senatus auctoritatem sibi maximi videri,
Cic. Att. 1, 14, 2: in majus, too greatly, too highly, greater than it is:
extollere aliquid in majus,
more highly than it deserves, Tac. A. 15, 30:
celebrare,
id. ib. 13, 8:
nuntiare,
id. H. 3, 38:
credere,
to believe a thing to be worse than it is, id. ib. 1, 18:
accipere,
to take a thing to be greater than it is, id. ib. 3, 8 init.: innotescere, in an exaggerated manner, id. ib 4, 50.—Also with abl., in majus vero ferri, Liv. 21, 32, 7.—
3.
Magnum and maximum, adverbially, greatly, loudly (ante- and post-class.):
magnum clamat,
greatly, with a loud voice, aloud, Plaut. Mil. 3, 2, 10:
inclamare,
Gell. 5, 9 fin.:
exclamat derepente maximum,
Plaut. Most. 2, 2, 57.—Hence, măgis, adv., only in comp. in this anomalous form (i. e. mag-ius, like pris-cus for [p. 1100] prius-cus, and pris-tinus for prius-tinus); and in sup.: maxĭmē ( maxŭmē).
A.
Comp.: magĭs (apocop. form, măgĕ, Plaut. As. 1, 1, 51; 2, 3, 14; id. Mon. 2, 3, 35; id. Poen. 1, 2, 64; 1, 2, 14; id. Trin. 4, 3, 46; id. Truc. 1, 2, 75; 3, 1, 17; 4, 4, 34; Lucr. 4, 81; 756; 5, 1203; Prop. 1, 11, 9; 3 (4), 14, 2; 4 (5), 8, 16; Verg. A. 10, 481; Sol. 22 fin.; but in Enn. ap. Cic. Fam. 7, 13, 2, magis or magi'. Acc. to Serv. Verg. A. 10, 481, Cicero in the Frumentaria wrote: mage condemnatum hominum in judicium adducere non posse), in a higher degree, more completely, more (for the difference between magis, plus, potius, and amplius, v. amplius).—
B.
In gen.
1.
With no qualifying words.
a.
With the addition of the second term of the comparison.
(α).
With verbs:
quae (facinora) istaec aetas fugere magis quam sectari solet,
Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 28:
saliendo sese exercebant magis, quam scorto aut saviis,
id. Bacch. 3, 3, 25; id. Pers. 4, 4, 108; 86:
magis honorem tribuere quam salutem accipere,
Caes. B. G. 7, 20, 7:
nisi forte magis erit parricida, si qui consularem patrem, quam si quis humilem necarit,
Cic. Mil. 7, 17:
magis ut consuetudinem servem, quam quod, etc.,
id. Clu. 32, 89.—Repeated:
quam magis exhausto spumaverit ubere mulctra, Laeta magis pressis manabunt flumina mammis, i. e. quo magis,... eo magis,
Verg. G. 3, 309 sq.; cf.:
tam magis illa fremens... quam magis effuso crudescunt sanguine pugnae,
id. ib. 7, 787 sq.; v. Hand, Turs. III. p. 566.—Magis est, quod or ut, there is greater reason, there is more cause that, etc.:
quamobrem etsi magis est, quod gratuler tibi, quam quod te rogem: tamen etiam rogo, etc.,
Cic. Att. 16, 5, 2:
magis est, ut ipse moleste ferat, errasse se, quam ut, etc.,
id. Cael. 6, 14.—
(β).
With substt., usu. with quam: tu me amoris magis quam honoris servavisti gratia, Poet. ap. Cic. Tusc. 4, 32, 69: bellipotentes sunt magi' quam sapientipotentes, Enn. ap. Cic. Div. 2, 56, 116 (Ann. v. 188 Vahl.):
umbra es amantum magis quam amator,
Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 31:
magis adeo id facilitate quam alia ulla culpa mea contigit,
Cic. de Or. 2, 4, 15:
aditus ad consulatum non magis nobilitati quam virtuti pateret,
id. Mur. 8, 17:
magis ratione et consilio quam virtute vicisse,
Caes. B. G. 1, 40, 8; cf.:
ut magis virtute quam dolo contenderent,
id. ib. 1, 13, 6:
se magis consuetudine sua quam merito eorum civitatem conservaturum,
id. ib. 2, 32, 1:
timori magis quam religioni consulere,
id. B. C. 1, 67, 3:
jus bonumque apud eos non legibus magis quam natura valebat,
Sall. C. 9, 1:
non duces magis quam milites callent (obsistere, etc.),
Curt. 3, 2, 14.—And after negatives: non magis quam, as little as:
in dicendo irasci, dolere... non sunt figurae, non magis quam suadere,
Quint. 9, 1, 23:
Romanos nec magis jam dolo capi quam armis vinci posse,
Liv. 10, 4, 10:
pro certo habens non magis Antonio eripi se quam Caesari Brutum posse,
Sen. Suas. 6, 17:
non magis Alexandri saevitiam quam Bessi parricidium ferre potuisse,
Curt. 7, 6, 15; cf.:
nec magis post proelium quam in proelio caedibus temperatum est,
Liv. 2, 16, 9. —Followed by atque instead of quam (rare):
non Apollinis magis verum atque hoc responsum est,
Ter. And. 4, 2, 15.— With the comp. abl. (rare):
quid philosophia magis colendum?
Cic. Fin. 3, 22, 76:
quanto magis Aliensi die Aliam ipsam reformidaturos?
Liv. 6, 28, 6 Weissenb. ad loc.:
quam Juno fertur terris magis omnibus unam... coluisse,
Verg. A. 1, 15 (cf. B. 3. infra):
Albanum sive Falernum Te magis appositis delectat,
Hor. S. 2, 8, 17.—
(γ).
With pronn.:
quid habetis, qui mage immortales vos credam esse quam ego siem?
Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 64:
quis homo sit magis meus quam tu es?
id. Mil. 3, 1, 20:
quam mage amo quam matrem meam,
id. Truc. 3, 1, 17; cf.:
quem ego ecastor mage amo quam me,
id. ib. 4, 4, 34.—With utrum, followed by an:
jam scibo, utrum haec me mage amet, an marsupium,
Plaut. Men. 2, 3, 35.—With the abl. instead of quam:
nec magis hac infra quicquam est in corpore nostro,
Lucr. 3, 274; Verg. A. 1, 15.—
(δ).
With adjj. and advv., and esp. with those which do not admit the comparative termination (most freq. without adding the second term of the comparison; v. under b. d): numquam potuisti mihi Magis opportunus advenire quam advenis, Plaut. Most. 3, 1, 47:
neque lac lacti magis est simile, quam ille ego similis est mei,
id. Am. 2, 1, 54:
ars magis magna atque uber, quam difficilis et obscura,
Cic. de Or. 1, 42, 190:
corpora magna magis quam firma,
Liv. 5, 44, 4:
vultu pulchro magis quam venusto,
Suet. Ner. 51.—With the abl., Plaut. As. 3, 3, 114:
neque ego hoc homine quemquam vidi magis malum,
id. Ps. 4, 1, 27:
ab secundis rebus magis etiam solito incauti,
Liv. 5, 44, 6.—With compp. (adding to their force):
ita fustibus sum mollior miser magis quam ullus cinaedus,
Plaut. Aul. 3, 2, 8. —
b.
Without the addition of the second term.
(α).
With verbs: ergo plusque magisque viri nunc gloria claret, Enn. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1 (Ann. v. 315 Vahl.):
sapiunt magis,
Plaut. Bacch. 3, 3, 4:
magis curae est, magisque afformido, ne, etc.,
id. ib. 4, 10, 3:
magis metuant,
id. Mil. 5, 44:
tum magis id diceres, Fanni, si, etc.,
Cic. Lael. 7 fin.; cf. id. Rep. 1, 40, 62:
cum Pompeius ita contendisset, ut nihil umquam magis,
id. Fam. 1, 9, 20:
magis velle, for malle: quod magis vellem evenire,
Ter. Eun. 5, 7, 1; Val. Fl. 3, 270.—
(β).
With substt.: non ex jure manum consertum sed magi' ferro, Enn. ap. Gell. 20, 10 (Ann. v. 276 Vahl.):
magis aedilis fieri non potuisset,
better, finer, Cic. Planc. 24, 60.—
(γ).
With pronn.:
ecastor neminem hodie mage Amat corde atque animo suo,
Plaut. Truc. 1, 2, 75.—
(δ).
With adjj. and advv. (so most freq.).—With adjj.:
ut quadam magis necessaria ratione recte sit vivendum,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 1, § 2:
magis anxius,
Ov. M. 1, 182:
hic magis tranquillu'st,
Plaut. Bacch. 5, 2, 55:
nihil videtur mundius, nec magis compositum quicquam, nec magis elegans,
Ter. Eun. 5, 4, 12:
nemo fuit magis severus nec magis continens,
id. ib. 2, 1, 21:
quod est magis verisimile,
Caes. B. G. 3, 13, 6:
magis admirabilis oratio,
Quint. 8, 3, 24:
magis communia verba,
id. 8, 2, 24 et saep.; rare: magis quam in aliis = praeter ceteros;
nescio quo pacto magis quam in aliis suum cuique pulchrum est,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 22, 63.— With advv.:
magis aperte,
Ter. Ad. 4, 5, 30:
magis impense,
id. ib. 5, 9, 36.—With compp. adding to their force:
magis est dulcius,
Plaut. Stich. 5, 4, 22:
magis majores nugae,
id. Men. prol. 55:
magis modum in majorem,
id. Am. 1, 1, 145:
contentiores mage erunt,
id. Poen. 2, 15.—
2.
Strengthened.
a.
By etiam, multo, tanto, eo, hoc, quo, tam, quam; and negatively, nihilo:
qualis in dicendo Hierocles Alabandeus, magis etiam Menecles, frater ejus, fuit,
Cic. Brut. 95, 325; id. Off. 1, 21, 72:
illud ad me, ac multo etiam magis ad vos,
id. de Or. 2, 32, 139:
tanto magis Dic, quis est?
Plaut. Bacch. 3, 6, 28:
ut quidque magis contemplor, tanto magis placet,
id. Most. 3, 2, 146:
vicina cacumina caelo, quam sint magis, tanto magis fument,
Lucr. 6, 460:
quanto ille plura miscebat, tanto hic magis in dies convalescebat,
Cic. Mil. 9, 25:
sed eo magis cauto est Opus, ne huc exeat, qui, etc.,
Plaut. Most. 4, 2, 22:
atque eo magis, si, etc.,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 1, § 1:
eoque magis quod, etc.,
id. Lael. 2, 7; Caes. B. G. 1, 23; 1, 47; 3, 14;
5, 1: immo vero etiam hoc magis, quam illi veteres, quod, etc.,
Cic. Agr. 2, 35, 97:
hoc vero magis properare Varro, ut, etc.,
Caes. B. C. 2, 20:
quo magis cogito ego cum meo animo,
Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 13; Nep. Thras. 2:
magis quam id reputo, tam magis uror,
Plaut. Bacch. 5, 1, 5:
tam magis illa fremens... Quam magis, etc.,
Verg. A. 7, 787:
quanto mage... tam magis,
Lucr. 4, 81 sq.:
quam magis in pectore meo foveo, quas meus filius turbas turbet... magis curae est magisque afformido, ne, etc.,
Plaut. Bacch. 4, 10, 1; 4, 4, 27; id. Men. 1, 1, 19:
quam magis te in altum capessis, tam aestus te in portum refert,
id. As. 1, 3, 6:
densior hinc suboles Quam magis, etc.,
Verg. G. 3, 309:
cum Vercingetorix nihilo magis in aequum locum descenderet,
Caes. B. G. 6, 53.—
b.
By reduplication: magis magisque, magis et magis, magis ac magis; and poet. also, magis magis, more and more: ex desiderio magis magisque maceror, Afran. ap. Charis. p. 182 P.:
cum cotidie magis magisque perditi homines tectis ac templis urbis minarentur,
Cic. Phil. 1, 2, 5; id. Fam. 2, 18, 2; 16, 21, 2; Sall. C. 5, 7; cf. Cic. Fil. Fam. 16, 21, 2:
de Graecia cotidie magis et magis cogito,
Cic. Att. 14, 18, 4; 16, 3, 1; id. Brut. 90, 308; Liv. 7, 32, 6; Sall. J. 8, 6:
magis deinde ac magis,
Suet. Vit. 10:
post hoc magis ac magis,
id. Gram. 3;
for which also: magisque ac magis deinceps,
id. Tit. 3; Tac. A. 14, 8; Sen. de Ira, 3, 1, 4; id. Ep. 114, 25; id. Ben. 2, 14, 4; Plin. Ep. 1, 12, 10; 7, 3, 4; 10, 28, 3.— Poet. also:
magis atque magis,
Verg. A. 12, 239; Cat. 68, 48:
post, vento crescente, magis magis increbescunt,
id. 64, 275; cf. Verg. G. 4, 311.—
3.
Pleon.
a.
With potius (anteclass.):
magis decorum'st Libertum potius quam patronum onus in via portare,
Plaut. As. 3, 3, 99:
mihi magis lubet cum probis potius quam cum improbis vivere,
id. Trin. 2, 1, 38.—
b.
With malle: quam cum lego, nihil malo quam has res relinquere;
his vero auditis multo magis,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 31, 76:
finge enim malle eum magis suum consequi quam, etc.,
Dig. 17, 2, 52, § 10. —
C.
In partic.: non (neque) magis quam.
1.
To signify perfect equality between two enunciations, no more... than; just as much... as; or neg., no more... than; just as little... as:
domus erat non domino magis ornamento quam civitati,
i. e. just as much to the city as to its owner, Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 3, § 5; Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 4, 2:
non Hannibale magis victo a se quam Q. Fabio,
Liv. 22, 27, 2:
conficior enim maerore, mea Terentia, nec me meae miseriae magis excruciant quam tuae vestraeque,
Cic. Fam. 13, 3, 1; Liv. 9, 22.— Neg.: qui est enim animus in aliquo morbo... non magis est sanus, quam id corpus, quod in morbo est, i. e. is just as far from being sound as a body, etc., Cic. Tusc. 3, 5, 10:
si aliqua in re Verris similis fuero, non magis mihi deerit inimicus quam Verri defuit,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 69, § 162; id. Fam. 5, 12, 3; id. de Or. 2, 8, 31:
non nascitur itaque ex malo bonum, non magis quam ficus ex olea,
Sen. Ep. 87, 25;
Quint. prooem. § 26: non magis Gaium imperaturum, quam per Baianum sinum equis discursurum,
Suet. Calig. 19. —Ellipt.:
nec eo magis lege liberi sunto,
just as little from that as from the rest, Cic. Leg. 3, 4, 11.—
2.
For restricting the idea expressed in the clause with non magis, so that not more, according to a common figure of speech, = less; in Engl. not so much... as; less... than:
deinde credas mihi affirmanti velim, me hoc non pro Lysone magis quam pro omnibus scribere,
Cic. Fam. 13, 24; Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 17:
miserebat non poenae magis homines, quam sceleris, quo poenam meriti essent,
Liv. 2, 5; 1, 28.—
3.
Magis minusve, magis aut minus, or magis ac minus; post-Aug. for the usual plus minusve, more or less:
sed istud magis minusve vitiosum est pro personis dicentium,
Quint. 11, 1, 27; Plin. 17, 24, 37, § 220:
minora vero plerumque sunt talia, ut pro persona, tempore, loco, causa magis ac minus vel excusata debeant videri vel reprehendenda,
Quint. 11, 1, 14; Plin. 37, 5, 18, § 67:
quaedam tamen et nationibus puto magis aut minus convenire,
Sen. Ep. 40, 11; cf.:
quosdam minus aut magis osos veritatem,
id. Suas. 1, 5:
aut minus, aut magis,
id. Ep. 82, 14.—
4.
With alius... alio, etc.: ceterae philosophorum disciplinae, omnino alia magis alia, sed tamen omnes, one more than another, i. e. in different degrees, Cic. Fin. 3, 3, 11 Madvig. ad loc. (al.:
alia magis, alia minus, v. Hand, Turs. III. p. 560): mihi videntur omnes quidem illi errasse... sed alius alio magis,
Cic. Fin. 4, 16, 43:
sunt omnino omnes fere similes, sed declarant communis notiones, alia magis alia,
id. Tusc. 4, 24, 53:
alii aliis magis recusare,
Liv. 29, 15, 11.— Sup.: maxĭmē( maxŭmē), in the highest degree, most of all, most particularly, especially, exceedingly, very, etc.
A.
Lit.
1.
Alone.
a.
With a verb:
haec una res in omni libero populo maximeque in pacatis tranquillisque civitatibus praecipue semper floruit,
Cic. de Or. 1, 8, 30:
quid commemorem primum aut laudem maxime?
Ter. Eun. 5, 9, 14; 3, 1, 79:
nos coluit maxime,
id. Ad. 3, 2, 54:
quem convenire maxime cupiebam,
Plaut. Pers. 2, 4, 30; id. As. 3, 3, 133:
de te audiebamus ea, quae maxime vellemus,
Cic. Fam. 12, 25, a, 7; cf. id. Att. 13, 1:
extra quos (fines) egredi non possim, si maxime velim,
id. Quint. 10, 35:
in re publica maxime conservanda sunt jura belli,
most especially, id. Off. 1, 11, 33: huic legioni Caesar propter virtutem confidebat maxime, [p. 1101] Caes. B. G. 1, 40:
quem Homero crederet maxime accedere,
came nearest to, Quint. 10, 1, 86; cf.
pugnare,
most violently, Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 271; 1, 1, 44:
jubere,
most positively, id. Bacch. 4, 9, 80:
id enim est profecto, quod constituta religione rem publicam contineat maxime,
Cic. Leg. 2, 27, 69; cf. maxime fin.:
ab eo exordiri volui maxime,
id. Off. 1, 2, 4:
cernere naturae vim maxime,
id. Tusc. 1, 15, 35.—
b.
With an adj.:
res maxime necessaria,
Cic. Lael. 23, 86:
loca maxime frumentaria,
Caes. B. G. 1, 10:
loci ad hoc maxime idonei,
Quint. 1, 11, 13:
maxime naturali carent amicitia,
Cic. Lael. 21, 80:
maxime feri,
Caes. B. G. 2, 4:
qui eo tempore maxime plebi acceptus erat,
id. ib. 1, 3:
idem ad augendam eloquentiam maxime accommodati erunt,
Quint. 1, 11, 13:
elegans maxime auctor,
id. 10, 1, 93:
maxime vero commune est quaerere, an sit honesta? etc.,
id. 2, 4, 37:
noto enim maxime utar exemplo,
id. 7, 3, 3.—So with supp.:
quae maxime liberalissima,
Cic. Att. 12, 38, 3:
maxime gravissimam omniumque (rerum),
Liv. 41, 23, 4 MS. (dub.: maxumam gravissimamque, Weissenb.). —
c.
With numerals, at most:
puer ad annos maxime natus octo,
Gell. 17, 8, 4.—
d.
With an adv.:
ut dicatis quam maxime ad veritatem accommodate,
Cic. de Or. 1, 33, 149 (v. infra 2).—
2.
Strengthened by unus, unus omnium, omnium, multo, vel, tam, quam, etc. (supply potest):
qui proelium unus maxime accenderat,
Curt. 5, 2, 5:
cum sua modestia unus omnium maxime floreret,
Nep. Milt. 1, 1:
quae maxime omnium belli avida,
Liv. 23, 49; 4, 59; cf. Drak. ad Liv. 36, 19, 4:
atque ea res multo maxime disjunxit illum ab illa,
Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 85:
imperium populi Romani multo maxime miserabile visum est,
Sall. C. 36, 4:
illud mihi videtur vel maxime confirmare, etc.,
Cic. N. D. 2, 65, 162:
hoc enim uno praestamus vel maxime feris,
id. de Or. 1, 8, 32:
quae quidem vel maxime suspicionem movent,
id. Part. Or. 33, 114:
quam potes, tam verba confer maxime ad compendium,
as much as possible, Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 186:
ego jubeo quam maxime unam facere nos hanc familiam,
Ter. Ad. 5, 8, 2:
ut quam maxime permaneant diuturna corpora,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 45, 108; id. de Or. 1, 34, 154:
quo mihi rectius videtur, memoriam nostri quam maxime longam efficere,
Sall. C. 1, 3:
ceterum illum juvenem incipere a quam maxime facili ac favorabili causa velim,
Quint. 12, 6, 6.—
3.
With the relative qui in the phrases, quam qui maxime and ut qui maxime:
tam enim sum amicus rei publicae, quam qui maxime,
as any one whatever, Cic. Fam. 5, 2, 6:
grata ea res, ut quae maxime senatui umquam fuit,
Liv. 5, 25; 7, 33.—
4.
With ut quisque... ita (maxime, potissimum or minime), the more... the more (or less):
hoc maxime officii est, ut quisque maxime opis indigeat, ita ei potissimum opitulari,
Cic. Off. 1, 15, 49:
ut quisque magnitudine animae maxime excellit, ita maxime, etc.,
id. ib. 1, 19, 64; cf.
, in the contrary order: colendum autem esse ita quemque maxime, ut quisque maxime virtutibus his lenioribus erit ornatus,
id. ib. 1, 15, 47:
ut enim quisque maxime ad suum commodum refert, quaecumque agit, ita minime est vir bonus,
id. Leg. 1, 18, 49.—
5.
In gradations, to denote the first and most desirable, first of all, in the first place:
hujus industriam maxime quidem vellem, ut imitarentur ii, quos oportebat: secundo autem loco, ne alterius labori inviderent,
Cic. Phil. 8, 10, 31; cf. id. Caecin. 9, 23:
si per eum reductus insidiose redissem, me scilicet maxime sed proxime illum quoque fefellissem,
id. Rab. Post. 12, 33:
in quo genere sunt maxime oves, deinde caprae,
Varr. R. R. 2, 9, 1:
maxime... dein,
Plin. 9, 16, 23, § 56:
sed vitem maxime populus videtur alere, deinde ulmus, post etiam fraxinus,
Col. 5, 6, 4:
maxime... deinde... postea... minume,
Plin. 37, 12, 75, § 196:
maxime... postea... ultimae,
Col. 6, 3, 6:
post Chium maxime laudatur Creticum, mox Aegyptium,
Plin. 18, 7, 17, § 77.—
B.
Transf.
1.
Like potissimum, to give prominence to an idea, especially, particularly, principally:
quae ratio poetas, maximeque Homerum impulit, ut, etc.,
Cic. N. D. 2, 6, 6; Varr. R. R. 1, 51, 1:
scribe aliquid, et maxime, si Pompeius Italia cedit,
Cic. Att. 7, 12, 4: de Cocceio et Libone quae scribis, approbo:
maxime quod de judicatu meo,
id. ib. 12, 19, 2; id. Fin. 5, 1, 1:
cognoscat etiam rerum gestarum et memoriae veteris ordinem, maxime scilicet nostrae civitatis,
id. Or. 34, 120; id. Att. 13, 1, 2.—So in the connection, cum... tum maxime; tum... tum maxime; ut... tum maxime, but more especially:
scio et perspexi saepe: cum antehac, tum hodie maxime,
Plaut. Mil. 4, 8, 56:
plena exemplorum est nostra res publica, cum saepe, tum maxime bello Punico secundo,
Cic. Off. 3, 11, 47; id. Att. 11, 6, 1; id. Fl. 38, 94:
tum exercitationibus crebris atque magnis, tum scribendo maxime persequatur,
id. de Or. 2, 23, 96:
longius autem procedens, ut in ceteris eloquentiae partibus, tum maxime, etc.,
id. Brut. 93, 320.— With nunc, nuper, tum, cum, just, precisely, exactly: Me. Quid? vostrum patri Filii quot eratis? M. Su. Ut nunc maxime memini, duo, just now, Plaut. Men. 5, 9, 58:
cum iis, quos nuper maxime liberaverat,
Caes. B. C. 3, 9:
ipse tum maxime admoto igne refovebat artus,
Curt. 8, 4, 25; 6, 6, 10; 5, 7, 2; Liv. 27, 4, 2 Drak.:
haec cum maxime loqueretur, sex lictores eum circumsistunt valentissimi,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 54, § 142; cf. id. ib. 2, 2, 76, § 187;
2, 4, 38, § 72: totius autem injustitiae nulla capitalior, quam eorum, qui cum maxime fallunt, id agunt, ut viri boni esse videantur,
id. Off. 1, 13, 41; Liv. 4, 3; 30, 33:
tum cum maxime,
at that precise time, at that moment, Liv. 40, 13, 4; 40, 32, 1; 33, 9, 3; 43, 7, 8; so,
tunc cum maxime,
Curt. 3, 2, 17:
nunc cum maxime,
Cic. Clu. 5, 12; id. Sen. 11, 38; Liv. 29, 17, 7; v. 2. cum.—
2.
In colloquial lang., to denote emphatic assent, certainly, by all means, very well, yes; and with immo, to express emphatic dissent, certainly not, by no means: Ar. Jace, pater, talos, ut porro nos jaciamus. De. Maxime, Plaut. As. 5, 2, 54; id. Curc. 2, 3, 36: Th. Nisi quid magis Es occupatus, operam mihi da. Si. Maxime, id. Most. 4, 3, 17; Ter. And. 4, 5, 23: Ca. Numquid peccatum est, Simo? Si. Immo maxime, Plaut. Ps. 1, 5, 80; Ter. Hec. 2, 1, 31:
scilicet res ipsa aspera est, sed vos non timetis eam. Immo vero maxime,
Sall. C. 52, 28 (v. immo); v. Hand, Turs. III. p. 552-607.
2.
Magnus, i, m., a Roman surname, e. g. Cn. Pompeius Magnus; v. Pompeius.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > magnus
12 majores

1.
magnus, a, um (archaic gen. magnai for magnae:
magnai reipublicai gratia,
Plaut. Mil. 2, 1, 23), adj.; comp. mājor, us; sup. maxĭmus ( maxŭm-), a, um [root magh-; Sanscr. mahat, maba, great; Gr. megas; cf. meizôn for megiôn; cf. mêchos, majestas; also cf. root mak-; Gr. makros, and perh. makar], great, large.
I.
Lit., of physical size or quantity, great, large; of things, vast, extensive, spacious, etc.: nequam et magnus homo, a great, tall fellow, Lucil. ap. Varr. L. L. 7, § 32 Mull.; cf.
the double meaning: tu, bis denis grandia libris Qui scribis Priami proelia, magnus homo es,
a great man, Mart. 9, 51, 4: magna ossa lacertique Apparent homini, Lucil. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1:
magna ossa lacertosque Exuit,
Verg. A. 5, 422: (scarus) magnusque bonusque, Enn. ap. App. Mag. p. 299 (Heduph. v. 9 Vahl.): indu mari magno, id. ap. Macr. 6, 2 (Ann. v. 425 Vahl.); so, in mari magno, id. ap. Fest. p. 356 Mull.; cf. Lucr. 2, 554:
magnus fluens Nilus,
Verg. G. 3, 28; Sen. Q. N. 4, 2, 2:
magna et pulcra domus,
spacious, Cic. N. D. 2, 6, 17:
montes,
Cat. 64. 280; cf. Olympum, Enn. ap. Varr. L. L. 7, § 20 Mull. (Ann. v. 1 Vahl.):
templa caelitum,
vast, id. ib. 7, § 6 (Trag. v. 227 Vahl.): magnae quercus, great oaks, lofty oaks, id. ap. Macr. S. 6, 2 (Ann. v. 194 Vahl.):
aquae,
great floods, inundations, Liv. 24, 9: saxa maxima, Enn. ap. Cic. Tusc. 1, 16, 37:
oppidum maximum,
Caes. B. G. 1, 23.—
B.
Esp.
1.
Of measure, weight, quantity, great, much, abundant, considerable, etc.:
maximum pondus auri, magnum numerum frumenti, vim mellis maximam exportasse,
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 72, § 176:
magna pecunia mutua,
id. Att. 11, 3, 3:
copia pabuli,
Caes. B. G. 1, 16:
multitudo peditatus,
id. ib. 4, 34:
divitiae,
Nep. Dion. 1, 2:
populus,
Verg. A. 1, 148.—
2.
Rarely of time, for longus, multus:
interea magnum sol circumvolvitur annum,
Verg. A. 3, 284:
magnum vocans solis (annum) comparatione lunaris,
Macr. S. 2, 11:
magno post tempore,
Just. 11, 10, 14; 32, 3, 10.—
3.
Of the voice, loud, powerful, strong, mighty:
magna voce confiteri,
Cic. Caecin. 32, 92: major pars, the majority:
tribunorum,
Liv. 9, 46, 7.
II.
Trop.
A.
In gen., great, grand, mighty, noble, lofty, important, of great weight or importance, momentous: cum magnis dis, Enn. ap. Cic. Off. 1, 12, 38 (Ann. v. 207 Vahl.); cf.: Saturnia magna dearum, id. ap. Prisc. p. 1103 P. (Ann. v. 482 Vahl.):
vir magnus in primis,
Cic. N. D. 1, 43, 120:
nemo igitur vir magnus sine aliquo adflatu divino umquam fuit,
id. ib. 2, 66, 167:
magnus hoc bello Themistocles fuit, nec minor in pace,
Nep. Them. 6, 1:
Cato clarus atque magnus habetur,
Sall. C. 53, 1:
amicus,
great, wealthy, Juv. 6, 312: res magnas parvasque Eloqui, Enn. ap. Gell. 12, 4 (Ann. v. 244 Vahl.):
virtus,
Caes. B. G. 2, 15:
infamia,
Cic. Fam. 1, 1:
eloquentia, gravitas, studium, contentio,
id. ib.:
multo major alacritas, studiumque pugnandi majus,
Caes. B. G. 1, 46:
causa,
great, important, weighty, Cic. Dom. 1, 1:
opus et arduum,
id. Or. 10, 33.— Absol. in neutr, sing. and plur.:
quamquam id magnum, et arduum est,
something great, Cic. Fam. 6, 7, 6: magna Di curant ( great things, important matters), parva neglegunt, id. N. D. 2, 66, 167:
magna loqui,
to say great things, speak boastfully, Tib. 2, 6, 11:
magnum est efficere, ut quis intellegat, quid sit illud, etc.,
it is a great, difficult, important thing, Cic. Ac. 1, 2, 7:
probitatem vel in eis, quos numquam vidimus, vel, quod majus est, in hoste etiam diligimus,
what is far greater, id. Lael. 9, 29: annus magnus, the great year, at the end of which the sun, moon, and planets were supposed to return to the same relative positions, the Piatonic year or cycle, consisting of 15000 years:
quarum (stellarum) ex disparibus motionibus, magnum annum mathematici nominaverunt, etc.,
Cic. N. D. 2, 20, 52; id. Fragm. ap. Tac. Or. 16.— Posit. in comparison: Alexander orbi magnus est, Alex. andro orbis angustus, great in comparison with, i. e. too great for, Sen. Suas. 1, 3.—
B.
In partic.
1.
Of age, with natu, advanced in years, of great age, aged:
jam magno natu,
Nep. Paus. 5; Liv. 3, 71, 3:
homo magnus natu,
id. 10, 38, 6.—Usually in the comp. and sup., with or without natu or annis, older, the elder, the oldest or eldest:
qui (Livius) fuit major natu quam Plautus et Naevius,
older than, earlier, Cic. Tusc. 1, 1, 3:
audivi ex majoribus natu,
id. Off. 1, 30, 109:
hic una e multis, quae maxima natu, Pyrgo,
Verg. A. 5, 644:
annos natus major quadraginta,
more than, Cic. Rosc. Am. 14, 39:
civis major annis viginti,
Suet. Caes. 42:
cum liberis, majoribus quam quindecim annos natis,
Liv. 45, 32.— Absol.: senis nostri frater major, the elder of two, Ter. Phorm. 1, 2, 13:
ex duobus filiis major, Caes B. C. 3, 108, 3: Fabii Ambusti filiae duae nuptae, Ser. Sulpicio major minor Licinio Stoloni erat,
Liv. 6, 34:
Gelo maximus stirpis,
id. 23, 30:
ut nubere vellet mulier viro, major juniori,
App. Mag. 27, p. 291, 28; cf.
in gen.: Cyrus major,
Lact. 4, 5, 7:
quaerere uter major aetate fuerit, Homerus an Hesiodus, cum minor Hecuba fuerit quam Helena,
Sen. Ep. 88, 5.—In legal lang., major (opp. minor), one who has attained his twenty-fifth year, who is of age:
si minor negotiis majoris intervenerit,
Dig. 4, 4, 24.—In plur. subst.: mājō-res, um, m., adults (opp. pueri), Varr. L. L. 9, 10, § 16 Mull.—But usually majores, ancestors, forefathers:
Itan tandem hanc majores famam tradiderunt tibi tui, Ut, etc.,
Plaut. Trin. 3, 2, 16:
ibi mei sunt majores siti, pater, avos, proavos, abavos,
id. Mil. 2, 4, 20:
L. Philippus, vir patre, avo, majoribus suis dignissimus,
Cic. Phil. 3, 10, 25:
patres majoresque nostri,
id. Div. in Caecil. 21, 69:
more majorum,
id. Att. 1, 1, 1:
spes tamen una est, aliquando populum Romanum majorum similem fore,
id. Fam. 12, 22, 2:
majores natu,
Nep. Iphicr. 1, 1:
maxima virgo,
the eldest of the Vestal virgins, Ov. F. 4, 639: major erus, the old master, the master of the house, the old man (opp.: minor erus, the young master): Le. Ubinam est erus? Li. Major apud forum'st, minor hic est intus, Plaut. As. 2, 2, 63: majores natu, of the Senate:
de istis rebus in patria majores natu consulemus,
Liv. 1, 32, 10.—In designating relationship, magnus denotes kindred of the fourth, major of the fifth, and maximus of the sixth degree; so, avunculus magnus, a great-uncle; amita magna, a greataunt; avunculus or amita major; avunculus maximus, amita maxima, etc.; v. h. vv., and cf. Dig. 38, 10, 10.—
2.
In specifications of value, in the neutr. absol., magni or magno, high, dear, of great value, at a high price, etc.; cf.: pretii majoris or maximi, higher, highest, very high:
magni esse,
to be highly esteemed, Cic. Fam. 13, 72, 2:
magni aestimare,
id. Tusc. 5, 7, 20:
magni existimans interesse ad decus,
to be of great consequence, id. N. D. 1, 4, 7:
emere agros poterunt quam volent magno,
id. Agr. 2, 13, 34:
magno vendere,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 30, § 71:
conducere aliquid nimium magno,
too high, too dear, id. Att. 1, 17, 9:
magno illi ea cunctatio stetit,
cost him dear, Liv. 2, 36.— Comp.:
ornatus muliebris majoris pretii,
Cic. Inv 1, 31, 51, rarely without pretii:
multo majoris alapae mecum veneunt,
dearer, higher, Phaedr. 2, 5, 25.— Sup.: te haec solum semper fecit maxumi, most highly prized, Ter And. 1, 5, 58:
senatus auctoritatem sibi maximi videri,
Cic. Att. 1, 14, 2: in majus, too greatly, too highly, greater than it is:
extollere aliquid in majus,
more highly than it deserves, Tac. A. 15, 30:
celebrare,
id. ib. 13, 8:
nuntiare,
id. H. 3, 38:
credere,
to believe a thing to be worse than it is, id. ib. 1, 18:
accipere,
to take a thing to be greater than it is, id. ib. 3, 8 init.: innotescere, in an exaggerated manner, id. ib 4, 50.—Also with abl., in majus vero ferri, Liv. 21, 32, 7.—
3.
Magnum and maximum, adverbially, greatly, loudly (ante- and post-class.):
magnum clamat,
greatly, with a loud voice, aloud, Plaut. Mil. 3, 2, 10:
inclamare,
Gell. 5, 9 fin.:
exclamat derepente maximum,
Plaut. Most. 2, 2, 57.—Hence, măgis, adv., only in comp. in this anomalous form (i. e. mag-ius, like pris-cus for [p. 1100] prius-cus, and pris-tinus for prius-tinus); and in sup.: maxĭmē ( maxŭmē).
A.
Comp.: magĭs (apocop. form, măgĕ, Plaut. As. 1, 1, 51; 2, 3, 14; id. Mon. 2, 3, 35; id. Poen. 1, 2, 64; 1, 2, 14; id. Trin. 4, 3, 46; id. Truc. 1, 2, 75; 3, 1, 17; 4, 4, 34; Lucr. 4, 81; 756; 5, 1203; Prop. 1, 11, 9; 3 (4), 14, 2; 4 (5), 8, 16; Verg. A. 10, 481; Sol. 22 fin.; but in Enn. ap. Cic. Fam. 7, 13, 2, magis or magi'. Acc. to Serv. Verg. A. 10, 481, Cicero in the Frumentaria wrote: mage condemnatum hominum in judicium adducere non posse), in a higher degree, more completely, more (for the difference between magis, plus, potius, and amplius, v. amplius).—
B.
In gen.
1.
With no qualifying words.
a.
With the addition of the second term of the comparison.
(α).
With verbs:
quae (facinora) istaec aetas fugere magis quam sectari solet,
Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 28:
saliendo sese exercebant magis, quam scorto aut saviis,
id. Bacch. 3, 3, 25; id. Pers. 4, 4, 108; 86:
magis honorem tribuere quam salutem accipere,
Caes. B. G. 7, 20, 7:
nisi forte magis erit parricida, si qui consularem patrem, quam si quis humilem necarit,
Cic. Mil. 7, 17:
magis ut consuetudinem servem, quam quod, etc.,
id. Clu. 32, 89.—Repeated:
quam magis exhausto spumaverit ubere mulctra, Laeta magis pressis manabunt flumina mammis, i. e. quo magis,... eo magis,
Verg. G. 3, 309 sq.; cf.:
tam magis illa fremens... quam magis effuso crudescunt sanguine pugnae,
id. ib. 7, 787 sq.; v. Hand, Turs. III. p. 566.—Magis est, quod or ut, there is greater reason, there is more cause that, etc.:
quamobrem etsi magis est, quod gratuler tibi, quam quod te rogem: tamen etiam rogo, etc.,
Cic. Att. 16, 5, 2:
magis est, ut ipse moleste ferat, errasse se, quam ut, etc.,
id. Cael. 6, 14.—
(β).
With substt., usu. with quam: tu me amoris magis quam honoris servavisti gratia, Poet. ap. Cic. Tusc. 4, 32, 69: bellipotentes sunt magi' quam sapientipotentes, Enn. ap. Cic. Div. 2, 56, 116 (Ann. v. 188 Vahl.):
umbra es amantum magis quam amator,
Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 31:
magis adeo id facilitate quam alia ulla culpa mea contigit,
Cic. de Or. 2, 4, 15:
aditus ad consulatum non magis nobilitati quam virtuti pateret,
id. Mur. 8, 17:
magis ratione et consilio quam virtute vicisse,
Caes. B. G. 1, 40, 8; cf.:
ut magis virtute quam dolo contenderent,
id. ib. 1, 13, 6:
se magis consuetudine sua quam merito eorum civitatem conservaturum,
id. ib. 2, 32, 1:
timori magis quam religioni consulere,
id. B. C. 1, 67, 3:
jus bonumque apud eos non legibus magis quam natura valebat,
Sall. C. 9, 1:
non duces magis quam milites callent (obsistere, etc.),
Curt. 3, 2, 14.—And after negatives: non magis quam, as little as:
in dicendo irasci, dolere... non sunt figurae, non magis quam suadere,
Quint. 9, 1, 23:
Romanos nec magis jam dolo capi quam armis vinci posse,
Liv. 10, 4, 10:
pro certo habens non magis Antonio eripi se quam Caesari Brutum posse,
Sen. Suas. 6, 17:
non magis Alexandri saevitiam quam Bessi parricidium ferre potuisse,
Curt. 7, 6, 15; cf.:
nec magis post proelium quam in proelio caedibus temperatum est,
Liv. 2, 16, 9. —Followed by atque instead of quam (rare):
non Apollinis magis verum atque hoc responsum est,
Ter. And. 4, 2, 15.— With the comp. abl. (rare):
quid philosophia magis colendum?
Cic. Fin. 3, 22, 76:
quanto magis Aliensi die Aliam ipsam reformidaturos?
Liv. 6, 28, 6 Weissenb. ad loc.:
quam Juno fertur terris magis omnibus unam... coluisse,
Verg. A. 1, 15 (cf. B. 3. infra):
Albanum sive Falernum Te magis appositis delectat,
Hor. S. 2, 8, 17.—
(γ).
With pronn.:
quid habetis, qui mage immortales vos credam esse quam ego siem?
Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 64:
quis homo sit magis meus quam tu es?
id. Mil. 3, 1, 20:
quam mage amo quam matrem meam,
id. Truc. 3, 1, 17; cf.:
quem ego ecastor mage amo quam me,
id. ib. 4, 4, 34.—With utrum, followed by an:
jam scibo, utrum haec me mage amet, an marsupium,
Plaut. Men. 2, 3, 35.—With the abl. instead of quam:
nec magis hac infra quicquam est in corpore nostro,
Lucr. 3, 274; Verg. A. 1, 15.—
(δ).
With adjj. and advv., and esp. with those which do not admit the comparative termination (most freq. without adding the second term of the comparison; v. under b. d): numquam potuisti mihi Magis opportunus advenire quam advenis, Plaut. Most. 3, 1, 47:
neque lac lacti magis est simile, quam ille ego similis est mei,
id. Am. 2, 1, 54:
ars magis magna atque uber, quam difficilis et obscura,
Cic. de Or. 1, 42, 190:
corpora magna magis quam firma,
Liv. 5, 44, 4:
vultu pulchro magis quam venusto,
Suet. Ner. 51.—With the abl., Plaut. As. 3, 3, 114:
neque ego hoc homine quemquam vidi magis malum,
id. Ps. 4, 1, 27:
ab secundis rebus magis etiam solito incauti,
Liv. 5, 44, 6.—With compp. (adding to their force):
ita fustibus sum mollior miser magis quam ullus cinaedus,
Plaut. Aul. 3, 2, 8. —
b.
Without the addition of the second term.
(α).
With verbs: ergo plusque magisque viri nunc gloria claret, Enn. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1 (Ann. v. 315 Vahl.):
sapiunt magis,
Plaut. Bacch. 3, 3, 4:
magis curae est, magisque afformido, ne, etc.,
id. ib. 4, 10, 3:
magis metuant,
id. Mil. 5, 44:
tum magis id diceres, Fanni, si, etc.,
Cic. Lael. 7 fin.; cf. id. Rep. 1, 40, 62:
cum Pompeius ita contendisset, ut nihil umquam magis,
id. Fam. 1, 9, 20:
magis velle, for malle: quod magis vellem evenire,
Ter. Eun. 5, 7, 1; Val. Fl. 3, 270.—
(β).
With substt.: non ex jure manum consertum sed magi' ferro, Enn. ap. Gell. 20, 10 (Ann. v. 276 Vahl.):
magis aedilis fieri non potuisset,
better, finer, Cic. Planc. 24, 60.—
(γ).
With pronn.:
ecastor neminem hodie mage Amat corde atque animo suo,
Plaut. Truc. 1, 2, 75.—
(δ).
With adjj. and advv. (so most freq.).—With adjj.:
ut quadam magis necessaria ratione recte sit vivendum,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 1, § 2:
magis anxius,
Ov. M. 1, 182:
hic magis tranquillu'st,
Plaut. Bacch. 5, 2, 55:
nihil videtur mundius, nec magis compositum quicquam, nec magis elegans,
Ter. Eun. 5, 4, 12:
nemo fuit magis severus nec magis continens,
id. ib. 2, 1, 21:
quod est magis verisimile,
Caes. B. G. 3, 13, 6:
magis admirabilis oratio,
Quint. 8, 3, 24:
magis communia verba,
id. 8, 2, 24 et saep.; rare: magis quam in aliis = praeter ceteros;
nescio quo pacto magis quam in aliis suum cuique pulchrum est,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 22, 63.— With advv.:
magis aperte,
Ter. Ad. 4, 5, 30:
magis impense,
id. ib. 5, 9, 36.—With compp. adding to their force:
magis est dulcius,
Plaut. Stich. 5, 4, 22:
magis majores nugae,
id. Men. prol. 55:
magis modum in majorem,
id. Am. 1, 1, 145:
contentiores mage erunt,
id. Poen. 2, 15.—
2.
Strengthened.
a.
By etiam, multo, tanto, eo, hoc, quo, tam, quam; and negatively, nihilo:
qualis in dicendo Hierocles Alabandeus, magis etiam Menecles, frater ejus, fuit,
Cic. Brut. 95, 325; id. Off. 1, 21, 72:
illud ad me, ac multo etiam magis ad vos,
id. de Or. 2, 32, 139:
tanto magis Dic, quis est?
Plaut. Bacch. 3, 6, 28:
ut quidque magis contemplor, tanto magis placet,
id. Most. 3, 2, 146:
vicina cacumina caelo, quam sint magis, tanto magis fument,
Lucr. 6, 460:
quanto ille plura miscebat, tanto hic magis in dies convalescebat,
Cic. Mil. 9, 25:
sed eo magis cauto est Opus, ne huc exeat, qui, etc.,
Plaut. Most. 4, 2, 22:
atque eo magis, si, etc.,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 1, § 1:
eoque magis quod, etc.,
id. Lael. 2, 7; Caes. B. G. 1, 23; 1, 47; 3, 14;
5, 1: immo vero etiam hoc magis, quam illi veteres, quod, etc.,
Cic. Agr. 2, 35, 97:
hoc vero magis properare Varro, ut, etc.,
Caes. B. C. 2, 20:
quo magis cogito ego cum meo animo,
Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 13; Nep. Thras. 2:
magis quam id reputo, tam magis uror,
Plaut. Bacch. 5, 1, 5:
tam magis illa fremens... Quam magis, etc.,
Verg. A. 7, 787:
quanto mage... tam magis,
Lucr. 4, 81 sq.:
quam magis in pectore meo foveo, quas meus filius turbas turbet... magis curae est magisque afformido, ne, etc.,
Plaut. Bacch. 4, 10, 1; 4, 4, 27; id. Men. 1, 1, 19:
quam magis te in altum capessis, tam aestus te in portum refert,
id. As. 1, 3, 6:
densior hinc suboles Quam magis, etc.,
Verg. G. 3, 309:
cum Vercingetorix nihilo magis in aequum locum descenderet,
Caes. B. G. 6, 53.—
b.
By reduplication: magis magisque, magis et magis, magis ac magis; and poet. also, magis magis, more and more: ex desiderio magis magisque maceror, Afran. ap. Charis. p. 182 P.:
cum cotidie magis magisque perditi homines tectis ac templis urbis minarentur,
Cic. Phil. 1, 2, 5; id. Fam. 2, 18, 2; 16, 21, 2; Sall. C. 5, 7; cf. Cic. Fil. Fam. 16, 21, 2:
de Graecia cotidie magis et magis cogito,
Cic. Att. 14, 18, 4; 16, 3, 1; id. Brut. 90, 308; Liv. 7, 32, 6; Sall. J. 8, 6:
magis deinde ac magis,
Suet. Vit. 10:
post hoc magis ac magis,
id. Gram. 3;
for which also: magisque ac magis deinceps,
id. Tit. 3; Tac. A. 14, 8; Sen. de Ira, 3, 1, 4; id. Ep. 114, 25; id. Ben. 2, 14, 4; Plin. Ep. 1, 12, 10; 7, 3, 4; 10, 28, 3.— Poet. also:
magis atque magis,
Verg. A. 12, 239; Cat. 68, 48:
post, vento crescente, magis magis increbescunt,
id. 64, 275; cf. Verg. G. 4, 311.—
3.
Pleon.
a.
With potius (anteclass.):
magis decorum'st Libertum potius quam patronum onus in via portare,
Plaut. As. 3, 3, 99:
mihi magis lubet cum probis potius quam cum improbis vivere,
id. Trin. 2, 1, 38.—
b.
With malle: quam cum lego, nihil malo quam has res relinquere;
his vero auditis multo magis,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 31, 76:
finge enim malle eum magis suum consequi quam, etc.,
Dig. 17, 2, 52, § 10. —
C.
In partic.: non (neque) magis quam.
1.
To signify perfect equality between two enunciations, no more... than; just as much... as; or neg., no more... than; just as little... as:
domus erat non domino magis ornamento quam civitati,
i. e. just as much to the city as to its owner, Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 3, § 5; Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 4, 2:
non Hannibale magis victo a se quam Q. Fabio,
Liv. 22, 27, 2:
conficior enim maerore, mea Terentia, nec me meae miseriae magis excruciant quam tuae vestraeque,
Cic. Fam. 13, 3, 1; Liv. 9, 22.— Neg.: qui est enim animus in aliquo morbo... non magis est sanus, quam id corpus, quod in morbo est, i. e. is just as far from being sound as a body, etc., Cic. Tusc. 3, 5, 10:
si aliqua in re Verris similis fuero, non magis mihi deerit inimicus quam Verri defuit,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 69, § 162; id. Fam. 5, 12, 3; id. de Or. 2, 8, 31:
non nascitur itaque ex malo bonum, non magis quam ficus ex olea,
Sen. Ep. 87, 25;
Quint. prooem. § 26: non magis Gaium imperaturum, quam per Baianum sinum equis discursurum,
Suet. Calig. 19. —Ellipt.:
nec eo magis lege liberi sunto,
just as little from that as from the rest, Cic. Leg. 3, 4, 11.—
2.
For restricting the idea expressed in the clause with non magis, so that not more, according to a common figure of speech, = less; in Engl. not so much... as; less... than:
deinde credas mihi affirmanti velim, me hoc non pro Lysone magis quam pro omnibus scribere,
Cic. Fam. 13, 24; Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 17:
miserebat non poenae magis homines, quam sceleris, quo poenam meriti essent,
Liv. 2, 5; 1, 28.—
3.
Magis minusve, magis aut minus, or magis ac minus; post-Aug. for the usual plus minusve, more or less:
sed istud magis minusve vitiosum est pro personis dicentium,
Quint. 11, 1, 27; Plin. 17, 24, 37, § 220:
minora vero plerumque sunt talia, ut pro persona, tempore, loco, causa magis ac minus vel excusata debeant videri vel reprehendenda,
Quint. 11, 1, 14; Plin. 37, 5, 18, § 67:
quaedam tamen et nationibus puto magis aut minus convenire,
Sen. Ep. 40, 11; cf.:
quosdam minus aut magis osos veritatem,
id. Suas. 1, 5:
aut minus, aut magis,
id. Ep. 82, 14.—
4.
With alius... alio, etc.: ceterae philosophorum disciplinae, omnino alia magis alia, sed tamen omnes, one more than another, i. e. in different degrees, Cic. Fin. 3, 3, 11 Madvig. ad loc. (al.:
alia magis, alia minus, v. Hand, Turs. III. p. 560): mihi videntur omnes quidem illi errasse... sed alius alio magis,
Cic. Fin. 4, 16, 43:
sunt omnino omnes fere similes, sed declarant communis notiones, alia magis alia,
id. Tusc. 4, 24, 53:
alii aliis magis recusare,
Liv. 29, 15, 11.— Sup.: maxĭmē( maxŭmē), in the highest degree, most of all, most particularly, especially, exceedingly, very, etc.
A.
Lit.
1.
Alone.
a.
With a verb:
haec una res in omni libero populo maximeque in pacatis tranquillisque civitatibus praecipue semper floruit,
Cic. de Or. 1, 8, 30:
quid commemorem primum aut laudem maxime?
Ter. Eun. 5, 9, 14; 3, 1, 79:
nos coluit maxime,
id. Ad. 3, 2, 54:
quem convenire maxime cupiebam,
Plaut. Pers. 2, 4, 30; id. As. 3, 3, 133:
de te audiebamus ea, quae maxime vellemus,
Cic. Fam. 12, 25, a, 7; cf. id. Att. 13, 1:
extra quos (fines) egredi non possim, si maxime velim,
id. Quint. 10, 35:
in re publica maxime conservanda sunt jura belli,
most especially, id. Off. 1, 11, 33: huic legioni Caesar propter virtutem confidebat maxime, [p. 1101] Caes. B. G. 1, 40:
quem Homero crederet maxime accedere,
came nearest to, Quint. 10, 1, 86; cf.
pugnare,
most violently, Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 271; 1, 1, 44:
jubere,
most positively, id. Bacch. 4, 9, 80:
id enim est profecto, quod constituta religione rem publicam contineat maxime,
Cic. Leg. 2, 27, 69; cf. maxime fin.:
ab eo exordiri volui maxime,
id. Off. 1, 2, 4:
cernere naturae vim maxime,
id. Tusc. 1, 15, 35.—
b.
With an adj.:
res maxime necessaria,
Cic. Lael. 23, 86:
loca maxime frumentaria,
Caes. B. G. 1, 10:
loci ad hoc maxime idonei,
Quint. 1, 11, 13:
maxime naturali carent amicitia,
Cic. Lael. 21, 80:
maxime feri,
Caes. B. G. 2, 4:
qui eo tempore maxime plebi acceptus erat,
id. ib. 1, 3:
idem ad augendam eloquentiam maxime accommodati erunt,
Quint. 1, 11, 13:
elegans maxime auctor,
id. 10, 1, 93:
maxime vero commune est quaerere, an sit honesta? etc.,
id. 2, 4, 37:
noto enim maxime utar exemplo,
id. 7, 3, 3.—So with supp.:
quae maxime liberalissima,
Cic. Att. 12, 38, 3:
maxime gravissimam omniumque (rerum),
Liv. 41, 23, 4 MS. (dub.: maxumam gravissimamque, Weissenb.). —
c.
With numerals, at most:
puer ad annos maxime natus octo,
Gell. 17, 8, 4.—
d.
With an adv.:
ut dicatis quam maxime ad veritatem accommodate,
Cic. de Or. 1, 33, 149 (v. infra 2).—
2.
Strengthened by unus, unus omnium, omnium, multo, vel, tam, quam, etc. (supply potest):
qui proelium unus maxime accenderat,
Curt. 5, 2, 5:
cum sua modestia unus omnium maxime floreret,
Nep. Milt. 1, 1:
quae maxime omnium belli avida,
Liv. 23, 49; 4, 59; cf. Drak. ad Liv. 36, 19, 4:
atque ea res multo maxime disjunxit illum ab illa,
Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 85:
imperium populi Romani multo maxime miserabile visum est,
Sall. C. 36, 4:
illud mihi videtur vel maxime confirmare, etc.,
Cic. N. D. 2, 65, 162:
hoc enim uno praestamus vel maxime feris,
id. de Or. 1, 8, 32:
quae quidem vel maxime suspicionem movent,
id. Part. Or. 33, 114:
quam potes, tam verba confer maxime ad compendium,
as much as possible, Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 186:
ego jubeo quam maxime unam facere nos hanc familiam,
Ter. Ad. 5, 8, 2:
ut quam maxime permaneant diuturna corpora,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 45, 108; id. de Or. 1, 34, 154:
quo mihi rectius videtur, memoriam nostri quam maxime longam efficere,
Sall. C. 1, 3:
ceterum illum juvenem incipere a quam maxime facili ac favorabili causa velim,
Quint. 12, 6, 6.—
3.
With the relative qui in the phrases, quam qui maxime and ut qui maxime:
tam enim sum amicus rei publicae, quam qui maxime,
as any one whatever, Cic. Fam. 5, 2, 6:
grata ea res, ut quae maxime senatui umquam fuit,
Liv. 5, 25; 7, 33.—
4.
With ut quisque... ita (maxime, potissimum or minime), the more... the more (or less):
hoc maxime officii est, ut quisque maxime opis indigeat, ita ei potissimum opitulari,
Cic. Off. 1, 15, 49:
ut quisque magnitudine animae maxime excellit, ita maxime, etc.,
id. ib. 1, 19, 64; cf.
, in the contrary order: colendum autem esse ita quemque maxime, ut quisque maxime virtutibus his lenioribus erit ornatus,
id. ib. 1, 15, 47:
ut enim quisque maxime ad suum commodum refert, quaecumque agit, ita minime est vir bonus,
id. Leg. 1, 18, 49.—
5.
In gradations, to denote the first and most desirable, first of all, in the first place:
hujus industriam maxime quidem vellem, ut imitarentur ii, quos oportebat: secundo autem loco, ne alterius labori inviderent,
Cic. Phil. 8, 10, 31; cf. id. Caecin. 9, 23:
si per eum reductus insidiose redissem, me scilicet maxime sed proxime illum quoque fefellissem,
id. Rab. Post. 12, 33:
in quo genere sunt maxime oves, deinde caprae,
Varr. R. R. 2, 9, 1:
maxime... dein,
Plin. 9, 16, 23, § 56:
sed vitem maxime populus videtur alere, deinde ulmus, post etiam fraxinus,
Col. 5, 6, 4:
maxime... deinde... postea... minume,
Plin. 37, 12, 75, § 196:
maxime... postea... ultimae,
Col. 6, 3, 6:
post Chium maxime laudatur Creticum, mox Aegyptium,
Plin. 18, 7, 17, § 77.—
B.
Transf.
1.
Like potissimum, to give prominence to an idea, especially, particularly, principally:
quae ratio poetas, maximeque Homerum impulit, ut, etc.,
Cic. N. D. 2, 6, 6; Varr. R. R. 1, 51, 1:
scribe aliquid, et maxime, si Pompeius Italia cedit,
Cic. Att. 7, 12, 4: de Cocceio et Libone quae scribis, approbo:
maxime quod de judicatu meo,
id. ib. 12, 19, 2; id. Fin. 5, 1, 1:
cognoscat etiam rerum gestarum et memoriae veteris ordinem, maxime scilicet nostrae civitatis,
id. Or. 34, 120; id. Att. 13, 1, 2.—So in the connection, cum... tum maxime; tum... tum maxime; ut... tum maxime, but more especially:
scio et perspexi saepe: cum antehac, tum hodie maxime,
Plaut. Mil. 4, 8, 56:
plena exemplorum est nostra res publica, cum saepe, tum maxime bello Punico secundo,
Cic. Off. 3, 11, 47; id. Att. 11, 6, 1; id. Fl. 38, 94:
tum exercitationibus crebris atque magnis, tum scribendo maxime persequatur,
id. de Or. 2, 23, 96:
longius autem procedens, ut in ceteris eloquentiae partibus, tum maxime, etc.,
id. Brut. 93, 320.— With nunc, nuper, tum, cum, just, precisely, exactly: Me. Quid? vostrum patri Filii quot eratis? M. Su. Ut nunc maxime memini, duo, just now, Plaut. Men. 5, 9, 58:
cum iis, quos nuper maxime liberaverat,
Caes. B. C. 3, 9:
ipse tum maxime admoto igne refovebat artus,
Curt. 8, 4, 25; 6, 6, 10; 5, 7, 2; Liv. 27, 4, 2 Drak.:
haec cum maxime loqueretur, sex lictores eum circumsistunt valentissimi,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 54, § 142; cf. id. ib. 2, 2, 76, § 187;
2, 4, 38, § 72: totius autem injustitiae nulla capitalior, quam eorum, qui cum maxime fallunt, id agunt, ut viri boni esse videantur,
id. Off. 1, 13, 41; Liv. 4, 3; 30, 33:
tum cum maxime,
at that precise time, at that moment, Liv. 40, 13, 4; 40, 32, 1; 33, 9, 3; 43, 7, 8; so,
tunc cum maxime,
Curt. 3, 2, 17:
nunc cum maxime,
Cic. Clu. 5, 12; id. Sen. 11, 38; Liv. 29, 17, 7; v. 2. cum.—
2.
In colloquial lang., to denote emphatic assent, certainly, by all means, very well, yes; and with immo, to express emphatic dissent, certainly not, by no means: Ar. Jace, pater, talos, ut porro nos jaciamus. De. Maxime, Plaut. As. 5, 2, 54; id. Curc. 2, 3, 36: Th. Nisi quid magis Es occupatus, operam mihi da. Si. Maxime, id. Most. 4, 3, 17; Ter. And. 4, 5, 23: Ca. Numquid peccatum est, Simo? Si. Immo maxime, Plaut. Ps. 1, 5, 80; Ter. Hec. 2, 1, 31:
scilicet res ipsa aspera est, sed vos non timetis eam. Immo vero maxime,
Sall. C. 52, 28 (v. immo); v. Hand, Turs. III. p. 552-607.
2.
Magnus, i, m., a Roman surname, e. g. Cn. Pompeius Magnus; v. Pompeius.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > majores
13 maxume

1.
magnus, a, um (archaic gen. magnai for magnae:
magnai reipublicai gratia,
Plaut. Mil. 2, 1, 23), adj.; comp. mājor, us; sup. maxĭmus ( maxŭm-), a, um [root magh-; Sanscr. mahat, maba, great; Gr. megas; cf. meizôn for megiôn; cf. mêchos, majestas; also cf. root mak-; Gr. makros, and perh. makar], great, large.
I.
Lit., of physical size or quantity, great, large; of things, vast, extensive, spacious, etc.: nequam et magnus homo, a great, tall fellow, Lucil. ap. Varr. L. L. 7, § 32 Mull.; cf.
the double meaning: tu, bis denis grandia libris Qui scribis Priami proelia, magnus homo es,
a great man, Mart. 9, 51, 4: magna ossa lacertique Apparent homini, Lucil. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1:
magna ossa lacertosque Exuit,
Verg. A. 5, 422: (scarus) magnusque bonusque, Enn. ap. App. Mag. p. 299 (Heduph. v. 9 Vahl.): indu mari magno, id. ap. Macr. 6, 2 (Ann. v. 425 Vahl.); so, in mari magno, id. ap. Fest. p. 356 Mull.; cf. Lucr. 2, 554:
magnus fluens Nilus,
Verg. G. 3, 28; Sen. Q. N. 4, 2, 2:
magna et pulcra domus,
spacious, Cic. N. D. 2, 6, 17:
montes,
Cat. 64. 280; cf. Olympum, Enn. ap. Varr. L. L. 7, § 20 Mull. (Ann. v. 1 Vahl.):
templa caelitum,
vast, id. ib. 7, § 6 (Trag. v. 227 Vahl.): magnae quercus, great oaks, lofty oaks, id. ap. Macr. S. 6, 2 (Ann. v. 194 Vahl.):
aquae,
great floods, inundations, Liv. 24, 9: saxa maxima, Enn. ap. Cic. Tusc. 1, 16, 37:
oppidum maximum,
Caes. B. G. 1, 23.—
B.
Esp.
1.
Of measure, weight, quantity, great, much, abundant, considerable, etc.:
maximum pondus auri, magnum numerum frumenti, vim mellis maximam exportasse,
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 72, § 176:
magna pecunia mutua,
id. Att. 11, 3, 3:
copia pabuli,
Caes. B. G. 1, 16:
multitudo peditatus,
id. ib. 4, 34:
divitiae,
Nep. Dion. 1, 2:
populus,
Verg. A. 1, 148.—
2.
Rarely of time, for longus, multus:
interea magnum sol circumvolvitur annum,
Verg. A. 3, 284:
magnum vocans solis (annum) comparatione lunaris,
Macr. S. 2, 11:
magno post tempore,
Just. 11, 10, 14; 32, 3, 10.—
3.
Of the voice, loud, powerful, strong, mighty:
magna voce confiteri,
Cic. Caecin. 32, 92: major pars, the majority:
tribunorum,
Liv. 9, 46, 7.
II.
Trop.
A.
In gen., great, grand, mighty, noble, lofty, important, of great weight or importance, momentous: cum magnis dis, Enn. ap. Cic. Off. 1, 12, 38 (Ann. v. 207 Vahl.); cf.: Saturnia magna dearum, id. ap. Prisc. p. 1103 P. (Ann. v. 482 Vahl.):
vir magnus in primis,
Cic. N. D. 1, 43, 120:
nemo igitur vir magnus sine aliquo adflatu divino umquam fuit,
id. ib. 2, 66, 167:
magnus hoc bello Themistocles fuit, nec minor in pace,
Nep. Them. 6, 1:
Cato clarus atque magnus habetur,
Sall. C. 53, 1:
amicus,
great, wealthy, Juv. 6, 312: res magnas parvasque Eloqui, Enn. ap. Gell. 12, 4 (Ann. v. 244 Vahl.):
virtus,
Caes. B. G. 2, 15:
infamia,
Cic. Fam. 1, 1:
eloquentia, gravitas, studium, contentio,
id. ib.:
multo major alacritas, studiumque pugnandi majus,
Caes. B. G. 1, 46:
causa,
great, important, weighty, Cic. Dom. 1, 1:
opus et arduum,
id. Or. 10, 33.— Absol. in neutr, sing. and plur.:
quamquam id magnum, et arduum est,
something great, Cic. Fam. 6, 7, 6: magna Di curant ( great things, important matters), parva neglegunt, id. N. D. 2, 66, 167:
magna loqui,
to say great things, speak boastfully, Tib. 2, 6, 11:
magnum est efficere, ut quis intellegat, quid sit illud, etc.,
it is a great, difficult, important thing, Cic. Ac. 1, 2, 7:
probitatem vel in eis, quos numquam vidimus, vel, quod majus est, in hoste etiam diligimus,
what is far greater, id. Lael. 9, 29: annus magnus, the great year, at the end of which the sun, moon, and planets were supposed to return to the same relative positions, the Piatonic year or cycle, consisting of 15000 years:
quarum (stellarum) ex disparibus motionibus, magnum annum mathematici nominaverunt, etc.,
Cic. N. D. 2, 20, 52; id. Fragm. ap. Tac. Or. 16.— Posit. in comparison: Alexander orbi magnus est, Alex. andro orbis angustus, great in comparison with, i. e. too great for, Sen. Suas. 1, 3.—
B.
In partic.
1.
Of age, with natu, advanced in years, of great age, aged:
jam magno natu,
Nep. Paus. 5; Liv. 3, 71, 3:
homo magnus natu,
id. 10, 38, 6.—Usually in the comp. and sup., with or without natu or annis, older, the elder, the oldest or eldest:
qui (Livius) fuit major natu quam Plautus et Naevius,
older than, earlier, Cic. Tusc. 1, 1, 3:
audivi ex majoribus natu,
id. Off. 1, 30, 109:
hic una e multis, quae maxima natu, Pyrgo,
Verg. A. 5, 644:
annos natus major quadraginta,
more than, Cic. Rosc. Am. 14, 39:
civis major annis viginti,
Suet. Caes. 42:
cum liberis, majoribus quam quindecim annos natis,
Liv. 45, 32.— Absol.: senis nostri frater major, the elder of two, Ter. Phorm. 1, 2, 13:
ex duobus filiis major, Caes B. C. 3, 108, 3: Fabii Ambusti filiae duae nuptae, Ser. Sulpicio major minor Licinio Stoloni erat,
Liv. 6, 34:
Gelo maximus stirpis,
id. 23, 30:
ut nubere vellet mulier viro, major juniori,
App. Mag. 27, p. 291, 28; cf.
in gen.: Cyrus major,
Lact. 4, 5, 7:
quaerere uter major aetate fuerit, Homerus an Hesiodus, cum minor Hecuba fuerit quam Helena,
Sen. Ep. 88, 5.—In legal lang., major (opp. minor), one who has attained his twenty-fifth year, who is of age:
si minor negotiis majoris intervenerit,
Dig. 4, 4, 24.—In plur. subst.: mājō-res, um, m., adults (opp. pueri), Varr. L. L. 9, 10, § 16 Mull.—But usually majores, ancestors, forefathers:
Itan tandem hanc majores famam tradiderunt tibi tui, Ut, etc.,
Plaut. Trin. 3, 2, 16:
ibi mei sunt majores siti, pater, avos, proavos, abavos,
id. Mil. 2, 4, 20:
L. Philippus, vir patre, avo, majoribus suis dignissimus,
Cic. Phil. 3, 10, 25:
patres majoresque nostri,
id. Div. in Caecil. 21, 69:
more majorum,
id. Att. 1, 1, 1:
spes tamen una est, aliquando populum Romanum majorum similem fore,
id. Fam. 12, 22, 2:
majores natu,
Nep. Iphicr. 1, 1:
maxima virgo,
the eldest of the Vestal virgins, Ov. F. 4, 639: major erus, the old master, the master of the house, the old man (opp.: minor erus, the young master): Le. Ubinam est erus? Li. Major apud forum'st, minor hic est intus, Plaut. As. 2, 2, 63: majores natu, of the Senate:
de istis rebus in patria majores natu consulemus,
Liv. 1, 32, 10.—In designating relationship, magnus denotes kindred of the fourth, major of the fifth, and maximus of the sixth degree; so, avunculus magnus, a great-uncle; amita magna, a greataunt; avunculus or amita major; avunculus maximus, amita maxima, etc.; v. h. vv., and cf. Dig. 38, 10, 10.—
2.
In specifications of value, in the neutr. absol., magni or magno, high, dear, of great value, at a high price, etc.; cf.: pretii majoris or maximi, higher, highest, very high:
magni esse,
to be highly esteemed, Cic. Fam. 13, 72, 2:
magni aestimare,
id. Tusc. 5, 7, 20:
magni existimans interesse ad decus,
to be of great consequence, id. N. D. 1, 4, 7:
emere agros poterunt quam volent magno,
id. Agr. 2, 13, 34:
magno vendere,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 30, § 71:
conducere aliquid nimium magno,
too high, too dear, id. Att. 1, 17, 9:
magno illi ea cunctatio stetit,
cost him dear, Liv. 2, 36.— Comp.:
ornatus muliebris majoris pretii,
Cic. Inv 1, 31, 51, rarely without pretii:
multo majoris alapae mecum veneunt,
dearer, higher, Phaedr. 2, 5, 25.— Sup.: te haec solum semper fecit maxumi, most highly prized, Ter And. 1, 5, 58:
senatus auctoritatem sibi maximi videri,
Cic. Att. 1, 14, 2: in majus, too greatly, too highly, greater than it is:
extollere aliquid in majus,
more highly than it deserves, Tac. A. 15, 30:
celebrare,
id. ib. 13, 8:
nuntiare,
id. H. 3, 38:
credere,
to believe a thing to be worse than it is, id. ib. 1, 18:
accipere,
to take a thing to be greater than it is, id. ib. 3, 8 init.: innotescere, in an exaggerated manner, id. ib 4, 50.—Also with abl., in majus vero ferri, Liv. 21, 32, 7.—
3.
Magnum and maximum, adverbially, greatly, loudly (ante- and post-class.):
magnum clamat,
greatly, with a loud voice, aloud, Plaut. Mil. 3, 2, 10:
inclamare,
Gell. 5, 9 fin.:
exclamat derepente maximum,
Plaut. Most. 2, 2, 57.—Hence, măgis, adv., only in comp. in this anomalous form (i. e. mag-ius, like pris-cus for [p. 1100] prius-cus, and pris-tinus for prius-tinus); and in sup.: maxĭmē ( maxŭmē).
A.
Comp.: magĭs (apocop. form, măgĕ, Plaut. As. 1, 1, 51; 2, 3, 14; id. Mon. 2, 3, 35; id. Poen. 1, 2, 64; 1, 2, 14; id. Trin. 4, 3, 46; id. Truc. 1, 2, 75; 3, 1, 17; 4, 4, 34; Lucr. 4, 81; 756; 5, 1203; Prop. 1, 11, 9; 3 (4), 14, 2; 4 (5), 8, 16; Verg. A. 10, 481; Sol. 22 fin.; but in Enn. ap. Cic. Fam. 7, 13, 2, magis or magi'. Acc. to Serv. Verg. A. 10, 481, Cicero in the Frumentaria wrote: mage condemnatum hominum in judicium adducere non posse), in a higher degree, more completely, more (for the difference between magis, plus, potius, and amplius, v. amplius).—
B.
In gen.
1.
With no qualifying words.
a.
With the addition of the second term of the comparison.
(α).
With verbs:
quae (facinora) istaec aetas fugere magis quam sectari solet,
Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 28:
saliendo sese exercebant magis, quam scorto aut saviis,
id. Bacch. 3, 3, 25; id. Pers. 4, 4, 108; 86:
magis honorem tribuere quam salutem accipere,
Caes. B. G. 7, 20, 7:
nisi forte magis erit parricida, si qui consularem patrem, quam si quis humilem necarit,
Cic. Mil. 7, 17:
magis ut consuetudinem servem, quam quod, etc.,
id. Clu. 32, 89.—Repeated:
quam magis exhausto spumaverit ubere mulctra, Laeta magis pressis manabunt flumina mammis, i. e. quo magis,... eo magis,
Verg. G. 3, 309 sq.; cf.:
tam magis illa fremens... quam magis effuso crudescunt sanguine pugnae,
id. ib. 7, 787 sq.; v. Hand, Turs. III. p. 566.—Magis est, quod or ut, there is greater reason, there is more cause that, etc.:
quamobrem etsi magis est, quod gratuler tibi, quam quod te rogem: tamen etiam rogo, etc.,
Cic. Att. 16, 5, 2:
magis est, ut ipse moleste ferat, errasse se, quam ut, etc.,
id. Cael. 6, 14.—
(β).
With substt., usu. with quam: tu me amoris magis quam honoris servavisti gratia, Poet. ap. Cic. Tusc. 4, 32, 69: bellipotentes sunt magi' quam sapientipotentes, Enn. ap. Cic. Div. 2, 56, 116 (Ann. v. 188 Vahl.):
umbra es amantum magis quam amator,
Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 31:
magis adeo id facilitate quam alia ulla culpa mea contigit,
Cic. de Or. 2, 4, 15:
aditus ad consulatum non magis nobilitati quam virtuti pateret,
id. Mur. 8, 17:
magis ratione et consilio quam virtute vicisse,
Caes. B. G. 1, 40, 8; cf.:
ut magis virtute quam dolo contenderent,
id. ib. 1, 13, 6:
se magis consuetudine sua quam merito eorum civitatem conservaturum,
id. ib. 2, 32, 1:
timori magis quam religioni consulere,
id. B. C. 1, 67, 3:
jus bonumque apud eos non legibus magis quam natura valebat,
Sall. C. 9, 1:
non duces magis quam milites callent (obsistere, etc.),
Curt. 3, 2, 14.—And after negatives: non magis quam, as little as:
in dicendo irasci, dolere... non sunt figurae, non magis quam suadere,
Quint. 9, 1, 23:
Romanos nec magis jam dolo capi quam armis vinci posse,
Liv. 10, 4, 10:
pro certo habens non magis Antonio eripi se quam Caesari Brutum posse,
Sen. Suas. 6, 17:
non magis Alexandri saevitiam quam Bessi parricidium ferre potuisse,
Curt. 7, 6, 15; cf.:
nec magis post proelium quam in proelio caedibus temperatum est,
Liv. 2, 16, 9. —Followed by atque instead of quam (rare):
non Apollinis magis verum atque hoc responsum est,
Ter. And. 4, 2, 15.— With the comp. abl. (rare):
quid philosophia magis colendum?
Cic. Fin. 3, 22, 76:
quanto magis Aliensi die Aliam ipsam reformidaturos?
Liv. 6, 28, 6 Weissenb. ad loc.:
quam Juno fertur terris magis omnibus unam... coluisse,
Verg. A. 1, 15 (cf. B. 3. infra):
Albanum sive Falernum Te magis appositis delectat,
Hor. S. 2, 8, 17.—
(γ).
With pronn.:
quid habetis, qui mage immortales vos credam esse quam ego siem?
Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 64:
quis homo sit magis meus quam tu es?
id. Mil. 3, 1, 20:
quam mage amo quam matrem meam,
id. Truc. 3, 1, 17; cf.:
quem ego ecastor mage amo quam me,
id. ib. 4, 4, 34.—With utrum, followed by an:
jam scibo, utrum haec me mage amet, an marsupium,
Plaut. Men. 2, 3, 35.—With the abl. instead of quam:
nec magis hac infra quicquam est in corpore nostro,
Lucr. 3, 274; Verg. A. 1, 15.—
(δ).
With adjj. and advv., and esp. with those which do not admit the comparative termination (most freq. without adding the second term of the comparison; v. under b. d): numquam potuisti mihi Magis opportunus advenire quam advenis, Plaut. Most. 3, 1, 47:
neque lac lacti magis est simile, quam ille ego similis est mei,
id. Am. 2, 1, 54:
ars magis magna atque uber, quam difficilis et obscura,
Cic. de Or. 1, 42, 190:
corpora magna magis quam firma,
Liv. 5, 44, 4:
vultu pulchro magis quam venusto,
Suet. Ner. 51.—With the abl., Plaut. As. 3, 3, 114:
neque ego hoc homine quemquam vidi magis malum,
id. Ps. 4, 1, 27:
ab secundis rebus magis etiam solito incauti,
Liv. 5, 44, 6.—With compp. (adding to their force):
ita fustibus sum mollior miser magis quam ullus cinaedus,
Plaut. Aul. 3, 2, 8. —
b.
Without the addition of the second term.
(α).
With verbs: ergo plusque magisque viri nunc gloria claret, Enn. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1 (Ann. v. 315 Vahl.):
sapiunt magis,
Plaut. Bacch. 3, 3, 4:
magis curae est, magisque afformido, ne, etc.,
id. ib. 4, 10, 3:
magis metuant,
id. Mil. 5, 44:
tum magis id diceres, Fanni, si, etc.,
Cic. Lael. 7 fin.; cf. id. Rep. 1, 40, 62:
cum Pompeius ita contendisset, ut nihil umquam magis,
id. Fam. 1, 9, 20:
magis velle, for malle: quod magis vellem evenire,
Ter. Eun. 5, 7, 1; Val. Fl. 3, 270.—
(β).
With substt.: non ex jure manum consertum sed magi' ferro, Enn. ap. Gell. 20, 10 (Ann. v. 276 Vahl.):
magis aedilis fieri non potuisset,
better, finer, Cic. Planc. 24, 60.—
(γ).
With pronn.:
ecastor neminem hodie mage Amat corde atque animo suo,
Plaut. Truc. 1, 2, 75.—
(δ).
With adjj. and advv. (so most freq.).—With adjj.:
ut quadam magis necessaria ratione recte sit vivendum,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 1, § 2:
magis anxius,
Ov. M. 1, 182:
hic magis tranquillu'st,
Plaut. Bacch. 5, 2, 55:
nihil videtur mundius, nec magis compositum quicquam, nec magis elegans,
Ter. Eun. 5, 4, 12:
nemo fuit magis severus nec magis continens,
id. ib. 2, 1, 21:
quod est magis verisimile,
Caes. B. G. 3, 13, 6:
magis admirabilis oratio,
Quint. 8, 3, 24:
magis communia verba,
id. 8, 2, 24 et saep.; rare: magis quam in aliis = praeter ceteros;
nescio quo pacto magis quam in aliis suum cuique pulchrum est,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 22, 63.— With advv.:
magis aperte,
Ter. Ad. 4, 5, 30:
magis impense,
id. ib. 5, 9, 36.—With compp. adding to their force:
magis est dulcius,
Plaut. Stich. 5, 4, 22:
magis majores nugae,
id. Men. prol. 55:
magis modum in majorem,
id. Am. 1, 1, 145:
contentiores mage erunt,
id. Poen. 2, 15.—
2.
Strengthened.
a.
By etiam, multo, tanto, eo, hoc, quo, tam, quam; and negatively, nihilo:
qualis in dicendo Hierocles Alabandeus, magis etiam Menecles, frater ejus, fuit,
Cic. Brut. 95, 325; id. Off. 1, 21, 72:
illud ad me, ac multo etiam magis ad vos,
id. de Or. 2, 32, 139:
tanto magis Dic, quis est?
Plaut. Bacch. 3, 6, 28:
ut quidque magis contemplor, tanto magis placet,
id. Most. 3, 2, 146:
vicina cacumina caelo, quam sint magis, tanto magis fument,
Lucr. 6, 460:
quanto ille plura miscebat, tanto hic magis in dies convalescebat,
Cic. Mil. 9, 25:
sed eo magis cauto est Opus, ne huc exeat, qui, etc.,
Plaut. Most. 4, 2, 22:
atque eo magis, si, etc.,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 1, § 1:
eoque magis quod, etc.,
id. Lael. 2, 7; Caes. B. G. 1, 23; 1, 47; 3, 14;
5, 1: immo vero etiam hoc magis, quam illi veteres, quod, etc.,
Cic. Agr. 2, 35, 97:
hoc vero magis properare Varro, ut, etc.,
Caes. B. C. 2, 20:
quo magis cogito ego cum meo animo,
Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 13; Nep. Thras. 2:
magis quam id reputo, tam magis uror,
Plaut. Bacch. 5, 1, 5:
tam magis illa fremens... Quam magis, etc.,
Verg. A. 7, 787:
quanto mage... tam magis,
Lucr. 4, 81 sq.:
quam magis in pectore meo foveo, quas meus filius turbas turbet... magis curae est magisque afformido, ne, etc.,
Plaut. Bacch. 4, 10, 1; 4, 4, 27; id. Men. 1, 1, 19:
quam magis te in altum capessis, tam aestus te in portum refert,
id. As. 1, 3, 6:
densior hinc suboles Quam magis, etc.,
Verg. G. 3, 309:
cum Vercingetorix nihilo magis in aequum locum descenderet,
Caes. B. G. 6, 53.—
b.
By reduplication: magis magisque, magis et magis, magis ac magis; and poet. also, magis magis, more and more: ex desiderio magis magisque maceror, Afran. ap. Charis. p. 182 P.:
cum cotidie magis magisque perditi homines tectis ac templis urbis minarentur,
Cic. Phil. 1, 2, 5; id. Fam. 2, 18, 2; 16, 21, 2; Sall. C. 5, 7; cf. Cic. Fil. Fam. 16, 21, 2:
de Graecia cotidie magis et magis cogito,
Cic. Att. 14, 18, 4; 16, 3, 1; id. Brut. 90, 308; Liv. 7, 32, 6; Sall. J. 8, 6:
magis deinde ac magis,
Suet. Vit. 10:
post hoc magis ac magis,
id. Gram. 3;
for which also: magisque ac magis deinceps,
id. Tit. 3; Tac. A. 14, 8; Sen. de Ira, 3, 1, 4; id. Ep. 114, 25; id. Ben. 2, 14, 4; Plin. Ep. 1, 12, 10; 7, 3, 4; 10, 28, 3.— Poet. also:
magis atque magis,
Verg. A. 12, 239; Cat. 68, 48:
post, vento crescente, magis magis increbescunt,
id. 64, 275; cf. Verg. G. 4, 311.—
3.
Pleon.
a.
With potius (anteclass.):
magis decorum'st Libertum potius quam patronum onus in via portare,
Plaut. As. 3, 3, 99:
mihi magis lubet cum probis potius quam cum improbis vivere,
id. Trin. 2, 1, 38.—
b.
With malle: quam cum lego, nihil malo quam has res relinquere;
his vero auditis multo magis,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 31, 76:
finge enim malle eum magis suum consequi quam, etc.,
Dig. 17, 2, 52, § 10. —
C.
In partic.: non (neque) magis quam.
1.
To signify perfect equality between two enunciations, no more... than; just as much... as; or neg., no more... than; just as little... as:
domus erat non domino magis ornamento quam civitati,
i. e. just as much to the city as to its owner, Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 3, § 5; Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 4, 2:
non Hannibale magis victo a se quam Q. Fabio,
Liv. 22, 27, 2:
conficior enim maerore, mea Terentia, nec me meae miseriae magis excruciant quam tuae vestraeque,
Cic. Fam. 13, 3, 1; Liv. 9, 22.— Neg.: qui est enim animus in aliquo morbo... non magis est sanus, quam id corpus, quod in morbo est, i. e. is just as far from being sound as a body, etc., Cic. Tusc. 3, 5, 10:
si aliqua in re Verris similis fuero, non magis mihi deerit inimicus quam Verri defuit,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 69, § 162; id. Fam. 5, 12, 3; id. de Or. 2, 8, 31:
non nascitur itaque ex malo bonum, non magis quam ficus ex olea,
Sen. Ep. 87, 25;
Quint. prooem. § 26: non magis Gaium imperaturum, quam per Baianum sinum equis discursurum,
Suet. Calig. 19. —Ellipt.:
nec eo magis lege liberi sunto,
just as little from that as from the rest, Cic. Leg. 3, 4, 11.—
2.
For restricting the idea expressed in the clause with non magis, so that not more, according to a common figure of speech, = less; in Engl. not so much... as; less... than:
deinde credas mihi affirmanti velim, me hoc non pro Lysone magis quam pro omnibus scribere,
Cic. Fam. 13, 24; Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 17:
miserebat non poenae magis homines, quam sceleris, quo poenam meriti essent,
Liv. 2, 5; 1, 28.—
3.
Magis minusve, magis aut minus, or magis ac minus; post-Aug. for the usual plus minusve, more or less:
sed istud magis minusve vitiosum est pro personis dicentium,
Quint. 11, 1, 27; Plin. 17, 24, 37, § 220:
minora vero plerumque sunt talia, ut pro persona, tempore, loco, causa magis ac minus vel excusata debeant videri vel reprehendenda,
Quint. 11, 1, 14; Plin. 37, 5, 18, § 67:
quaedam tamen et nationibus puto magis aut minus convenire,
Sen. Ep. 40, 11; cf.:
quosdam minus aut magis osos veritatem,
id. Suas. 1, 5:
aut minus, aut magis,
id. Ep. 82, 14.—
4.
With alius... alio, etc.: ceterae philosophorum disciplinae, omnino alia magis alia, sed tamen omnes, one more than another, i. e. in different degrees, Cic. Fin. 3, 3, 11 Madvig. ad loc. (al.:
alia magis, alia minus, v. Hand, Turs. III. p. 560): mihi videntur omnes quidem illi errasse... sed alius alio magis,
Cic. Fin. 4, 16, 43:
sunt omnino omnes fere similes, sed declarant communis notiones, alia magis alia,
id. Tusc. 4, 24, 53:
alii aliis magis recusare,
Liv. 29, 15, 11.— Sup.: maxĭmē( maxŭmē), in the highest degree, most of all, most particularly, especially, exceedingly, very, etc.
A.
Lit.
1.
Alone.
a.
With a verb:
haec una res in omni libero populo maximeque in pacatis tranquillisque civitatibus praecipue semper floruit,
Cic. de Or. 1, 8, 30:
quid commemorem primum aut laudem maxime?
Ter. Eun. 5, 9, 14; 3, 1, 79:
nos coluit maxime,
id. Ad. 3, 2, 54:
quem convenire maxime cupiebam,
Plaut. Pers. 2, 4, 30; id. As. 3, 3, 133:
de te audiebamus ea, quae maxime vellemus,
Cic. Fam. 12, 25, a, 7; cf. id. Att. 13, 1:
extra quos (fines) egredi non possim, si maxime velim,
id. Quint. 10, 35:
in re publica maxime conservanda sunt jura belli,
most especially, id. Off. 1, 11, 33: huic legioni Caesar propter virtutem confidebat maxime, [p. 1101] Caes. B. G. 1, 40:
quem Homero crederet maxime accedere,
came nearest to, Quint. 10, 1, 86; cf.
pugnare,
most violently, Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 271; 1, 1, 44:
jubere,
most positively, id. Bacch. 4, 9, 80:
id enim est profecto, quod constituta religione rem publicam contineat maxime,
Cic. Leg. 2, 27, 69; cf. maxime fin.:
ab eo exordiri volui maxime,
id. Off. 1, 2, 4:
cernere naturae vim maxime,
id. Tusc. 1, 15, 35.—
b.
With an adj.:
res maxime necessaria,
Cic. Lael. 23, 86:
loca maxime frumentaria,
Caes. B. G. 1, 10:
loci ad hoc maxime idonei,
Quint. 1, 11, 13:
maxime naturali carent amicitia,
Cic. Lael. 21, 80:
maxime feri,
Caes. B. G. 2, 4:
qui eo tempore maxime plebi acceptus erat,
id. ib. 1, 3:
idem ad augendam eloquentiam maxime accommodati erunt,
Quint. 1, 11, 13:
elegans maxime auctor,
id. 10, 1, 93:
maxime vero commune est quaerere, an sit honesta? etc.,
id. 2, 4, 37:
noto enim maxime utar exemplo,
id. 7, 3, 3.—So with supp.:
quae maxime liberalissima,
Cic. Att. 12, 38, 3:
maxime gravissimam omniumque (rerum),
Liv. 41, 23, 4 MS. (dub.: maxumam gravissimamque, Weissenb.). —
c.
With numerals, at most:
puer ad annos maxime natus octo,
Gell. 17, 8, 4.—
d.
With an adv.:
ut dicatis quam maxime ad veritatem accommodate,
Cic. de Or. 1, 33, 149 (v. infra 2).—
2.
Strengthened by unus, unus omnium, omnium, multo, vel, tam, quam, etc. (supply potest):
qui proelium unus maxime accenderat,
Curt. 5, 2, 5:
cum sua modestia unus omnium maxime floreret,
Nep. Milt. 1, 1:
quae maxime omnium belli avida,
Liv. 23, 49; 4, 59; cf. Drak. ad Liv. 36, 19, 4:
atque ea res multo maxime disjunxit illum ab illa,
Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 85:
imperium populi Romani multo maxime miserabile visum est,
Sall. C. 36, 4:
illud mihi videtur vel maxime confirmare, etc.,
Cic. N. D. 2, 65, 162:
hoc enim uno praestamus vel maxime feris,
id. de Or. 1, 8, 32:
quae quidem vel maxime suspicionem movent,
id. Part. Or. 33, 114:
quam potes, tam verba confer maxime ad compendium,
as much as possible, Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 186:
ego jubeo quam maxime unam facere nos hanc familiam,
Ter. Ad. 5, 8, 2:
ut quam maxime permaneant diuturna corpora,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 45, 108; id. de Or. 1, 34, 154:
quo mihi rectius videtur, memoriam nostri quam maxime longam efficere,
Sall. C. 1, 3:
ceterum illum juvenem incipere a quam maxime facili ac favorabili causa velim,
Quint. 12, 6, 6.—
3.
With the relative qui in the phrases, quam qui maxime and ut qui maxime:
tam enim sum amicus rei publicae, quam qui maxime,
as any one whatever, Cic. Fam. 5, 2, 6:
grata ea res, ut quae maxime senatui umquam fuit,
Liv. 5, 25; 7, 33.—
4.
With ut quisque... ita (maxime, potissimum or minime), the more... the more (or less):
hoc maxime officii est, ut quisque maxime opis indigeat, ita ei potissimum opitulari,
Cic. Off. 1, 15, 49:
ut quisque magnitudine animae maxime excellit, ita maxime, etc.,
id. ib. 1, 19, 64; cf.
, in the contrary order: colendum autem esse ita quemque maxime, ut quisque maxime virtutibus his lenioribus erit ornatus,
id. ib. 1, 15, 47:
ut enim quisque maxime ad suum commodum refert, quaecumque agit, ita minime est vir bonus,
id. Leg. 1, 18, 49.—
5.
In gradations, to denote the first and most desirable, first of all, in the first place:
hujus industriam maxime quidem vellem, ut imitarentur ii, quos oportebat: secundo autem loco, ne alterius labori inviderent,
Cic. Phil. 8, 10, 31; cf. id. Caecin. 9, 23:
si per eum reductus insidiose redissem, me scilicet maxime sed proxime illum quoque fefellissem,
id. Rab. Post. 12, 33:
in quo genere sunt maxime oves, deinde caprae,
Varr. R. R. 2, 9, 1:
maxime... dein,
Plin. 9, 16, 23, § 56:
sed vitem maxime populus videtur alere, deinde ulmus, post etiam fraxinus,
Col. 5, 6, 4:
maxime... deinde... postea... minume,
Plin. 37, 12, 75, § 196:
maxime... postea... ultimae,
Col. 6, 3, 6:
post Chium maxime laudatur Creticum, mox Aegyptium,
Plin. 18, 7, 17, § 77.—
B.
Transf.
1.
Like potissimum, to give prominence to an idea, especially, particularly, principally:
quae ratio poetas, maximeque Homerum impulit, ut, etc.,
Cic. N. D. 2, 6, 6; Varr. R. R. 1, 51, 1:
scribe aliquid, et maxime, si Pompeius Italia cedit,
Cic. Att. 7, 12, 4: de Cocceio et Libone quae scribis, approbo:
maxime quod de judicatu meo,
id. ib. 12, 19, 2; id. Fin. 5, 1, 1:
cognoscat etiam rerum gestarum et memoriae veteris ordinem, maxime scilicet nostrae civitatis,
id. Or. 34, 120; id. Att. 13, 1, 2.—So in the connection, cum... tum maxime; tum... tum maxime; ut... tum maxime, but more especially:
scio et perspexi saepe: cum antehac, tum hodie maxime,
Plaut. Mil. 4, 8, 56:
plena exemplorum est nostra res publica, cum saepe, tum maxime bello Punico secundo,
Cic. Off. 3, 11, 47; id. Att. 11, 6, 1; id. Fl. 38, 94:
tum exercitationibus crebris atque magnis, tum scribendo maxime persequatur,
id. de Or. 2, 23, 96:
longius autem procedens, ut in ceteris eloquentiae partibus, tum maxime, etc.,
id. Brut. 93, 320.— With nunc, nuper, tum, cum, just, precisely, exactly: Me. Quid? vostrum patri Filii quot eratis? M. Su. Ut nunc maxime memini, duo, just now, Plaut. Men. 5, 9, 58:
cum iis, quos nuper maxime liberaverat,
Caes. B. C. 3, 9:
ipse tum maxime admoto igne refovebat artus,
Curt. 8, 4, 25; 6, 6, 10; 5, 7, 2; Liv. 27, 4, 2 Drak.:
haec cum maxime loqueretur, sex lictores eum circumsistunt valentissimi,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 54, § 142; cf. id. ib. 2, 2, 76, § 187;
2, 4, 38, § 72: totius autem injustitiae nulla capitalior, quam eorum, qui cum maxime fallunt, id agunt, ut viri boni esse videantur,
id. Off. 1, 13, 41; Liv. 4, 3; 30, 33:
tum cum maxime,
at that precise time, at that moment, Liv. 40, 13, 4; 40, 32, 1; 33, 9, 3; 43, 7, 8; so,
tunc cum maxime,
Curt. 3, 2, 17:
nunc cum maxime,
Cic. Clu. 5, 12; id. Sen. 11, 38; Liv. 29, 17, 7; v. 2. cum.—
2.
In colloquial lang., to denote emphatic assent, certainly, by all means, very well, yes; and with immo, to express emphatic dissent, certainly not, by no means: Ar. Jace, pater, talos, ut porro nos jaciamus. De. Maxime, Plaut. As. 5, 2, 54; id. Curc. 2, 3, 36: Th. Nisi quid magis Es occupatus, operam mihi da. Si. Maxime, id. Most. 4, 3, 17; Ter. And. 4, 5, 23: Ca. Numquid peccatum est, Simo? Si. Immo maxime, Plaut. Ps. 1, 5, 80; Ter. Hec. 2, 1, 31:
scilicet res ipsa aspera est, sed vos non timetis eam. Immo vero maxime,
Sall. C. 52, 28 (v. immo); v. Hand, Turs. III. p. 552-607.
2.
Magnus, i, m., a Roman surname, e. g. Cn. Pompeius Magnus; v. Pompeius.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > maxume
14 maxumus

1.
magnus, a, um (archaic gen. magnai for magnae:
magnai reipublicai gratia,
Plaut. Mil. 2, 1, 23), adj.; comp. mājor, us; sup. maxĭmus ( maxŭm-), a, um [root magh-; Sanscr. mahat, maba, great; Gr. megas; cf. meizôn for megiôn; cf. mêchos, majestas; also cf. root mak-; Gr. makros, and perh. makar], great, large.
I.
Lit., of physical size or quantity, great, large; of things, vast, extensive, spacious, etc.: nequam et magnus homo, a great, tall fellow, Lucil. ap. Varr. L. L. 7, § 32 Mull.; cf.
the double meaning: tu, bis denis grandia libris Qui scribis Priami proelia, magnus homo es,
a great man, Mart. 9, 51, 4: magna ossa lacertique Apparent homini, Lucil. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1:
magna ossa lacertosque Exuit,
Verg. A. 5, 422: (scarus) magnusque bonusque, Enn. ap. App. Mag. p. 299 (Heduph. v. 9 Vahl.): indu mari magno, id. ap. Macr. 6, 2 (Ann. v. 425 Vahl.); so, in mari magno, id. ap. Fest. p. 356 Mull.; cf. Lucr. 2, 554:
magnus fluens Nilus,
Verg. G. 3, 28; Sen. Q. N. 4, 2, 2:
magna et pulcra domus,
spacious, Cic. N. D. 2, 6, 17:
montes,
Cat. 64. 280; cf. Olympum, Enn. ap. Varr. L. L. 7, § 20 Mull. (Ann. v. 1 Vahl.):
templa caelitum,
vast, id. ib. 7, § 6 (Trag. v. 227 Vahl.): magnae quercus, great oaks, lofty oaks, id. ap. Macr. S. 6, 2 (Ann. v. 194 Vahl.):
aquae,
great floods, inundations, Liv. 24, 9: saxa maxima, Enn. ap. Cic. Tusc. 1, 16, 37:
oppidum maximum,
Caes. B. G. 1, 23.—
B.
Esp.
1.
Of measure, weight, quantity, great, much, abundant, considerable, etc.:
maximum pondus auri, magnum numerum frumenti, vim mellis maximam exportasse,
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 72, § 176:
magna pecunia mutua,
id. Att. 11, 3, 3:
copia pabuli,
Caes. B. G. 1, 16:
multitudo peditatus,
id. ib. 4, 34:
divitiae,
Nep. Dion. 1, 2:
populus,
Verg. A. 1, 148.—
2.
Rarely of time, for longus, multus:
interea magnum sol circumvolvitur annum,
Verg. A. 3, 284:
magnum vocans solis (annum) comparatione lunaris,
Macr. S. 2, 11:
magno post tempore,
Just. 11, 10, 14; 32, 3, 10.—
3.
Of the voice, loud, powerful, strong, mighty:
magna voce confiteri,
Cic. Caecin. 32, 92: major pars, the majority:
tribunorum,
Liv. 9, 46, 7.
II.
Trop.
A.
In gen., great, grand, mighty, noble, lofty, important, of great weight or importance, momentous: cum magnis dis, Enn. ap. Cic. Off. 1, 12, 38 (Ann. v. 207 Vahl.); cf.: Saturnia magna dearum, id. ap. Prisc. p. 1103 P. (Ann. v. 482 Vahl.):
vir magnus in primis,
Cic. N. D. 1, 43, 120:
nemo igitur vir magnus sine aliquo adflatu divino umquam fuit,
id. ib. 2, 66, 167:
magnus hoc bello Themistocles fuit, nec minor in pace,
Nep. Them. 6, 1:
Cato clarus atque magnus habetur,
Sall. C. 53, 1:
amicus,
great, wealthy, Juv. 6, 312: res magnas parvasque Eloqui, Enn. ap. Gell. 12, 4 (Ann. v. 244 Vahl.):
virtus,
Caes. B. G. 2, 15:
infamia,
Cic. Fam. 1, 1:
eloquentia, gravitas, studium, contentio,
id. ib.:
multo major alacritas, studiumque pugnandi majus,
Caes. B. G. 1, 46:
causa,
great, important, weighty, Cic. Dom. 1, 1:
opus et arduum,
id. Or. 10, 33.— Absol. in neutr, sing. and plur.:
quamquam id magnum, et arduum est,
something great, Cic. Fam. 6, 7, 6: magna Di curant ( great things, important matters), parva neglegunt, id. N. D. 2, 66, 167:
magna loqui,
to say great things, speak boastfully, Tib. 2, 6, 11:
magnum est efficere, ut quis intellegat, quid sit illud, etc.,
it is a great, difficult, important thing, Cic. Ac. 1, 2, 7:
probitatem vel in eis, quos numquam vidimus, vel, quod majus est, in hoste etiam diligimus,
what is far greater, id. Lael. 9, 29: annus magnus, the great year, at the end of which the sun, moon, and planets were supposed to return to the same relative positions, the Piatonic year or cycle, consisting of 15000 years:
quarum (stellarum) ex disparibus motionibus, magnum annum mathematici nominaverunt, etc.,
Cic. N. D. 2, 20, 52; id. Fragm. ap. Tac. Or. 16.— Posit. in comparison: Alexander orbi magnus est, Alex. andro orbis angustus, great in comparison with, i. e. too great for, Sen. Suas. 1, 3.—
B.
In partic.
1.
Of age, with natu, advanced in years, of great age, aged:
jam magno natu,
Nep. Paus. 5; Liv. 3, 71, 3:
homo magnus natu,
id. 10, 38, 6.—Usually in the comp. and sup., with or without natu or annis, older, the elder, the oldest or eldest:
qui (Livius) fuit major natu quam Plautus et Naevius,
older than, earlier, Cic. Tusc. 1, 1, 3:
audivi ex majoribus natu,
id. Off. 1, 30, 109:
hic una e multis, quae maxima natu, Pyrgo,
Verg. A. 5, 644:
annos natus major quadraginta,
more than, Cic. Rosc. Am. 14, 39:
civis major annis viginti,
Suet. Caes. 42:
cum liberis, majoribus quam quindecim annos natis,
Liv. 45, 32.— Absol.: senis nostri frater major, the elder of two, Ter. Phorm. 1, 2, 13:
ex duobus filiis major, Caes B. C. 3, 108, 3: Fabii Ambusti filiae duae nuptae, Ser. Sulpicio major minor Licinio Stoloni erat,
Liv. 6, 34:
Gelo maximus stirpis,
id. 23, 30:
ut nubere vellet mulier viro, major juniori,
App. Mag. 27, p. 291, 28; cf.
in gen.: Cyrus major,
Lact. 4, 5, 7:
quaerere uter major aetate fuerit, Homerus an Hesiodus, cum minor Hecuba fuerit quam Helena,
Sen. Ep. 88, 5.—In legal lang., major (opp. minor), one who has attained his twenty-fifth year, who is of age:
si minor negotiis majoris intervenerit,
Dig. 4, 4, 24.—In plur. subst.: mājō-res, um, m., adults (opp. pueri), Varr. L. L. 9, 10, § 16 Mull.—But usually majores, ancestors, forefathers:
Itan tandem hanc majores famam tradiderunt tibi tui, Ut, etc.,
Plaut. Trin. 3, 2, 16:
ibi mei sunt majores siti, pater, avos, proavos, abavos,
id. Mil. 2, 4, 20:
L. Philippus, vir patre, avo, majoribus suis dignissimus,
Cic. Phil. 3, 10, 25:
patres majoresque nostri,
id. Div. in Caecil. 21, 69:
more majorum,
id. Att. 1, 1, 1:
spes tamen una est, aliquando populum Romanum majorum similem fore,
id. Fam. 12, 22, 2:
majores natu,
Nep. Iphicr. 1, 1:
maxima virgo,
the eldest of the Vestal virgins, Ov. F. 4, 639: major erus, the old master, the master of the house, the old man (opp.: minor erus, the young master): Le. Ubinam est erus? Li. Major apud forum'st, minor hic est intus, Plaut. As. 2, 2, 63: majores natu, of the Senate:
de istis rebus in patria majores natu consulemus,
Liv. 1, 32, 10.—In designating relationship, magnus denotes kindred of the fourth, major of the fifth, and maximus of the sixth degree; so, avunculus magnus, a great-uncle; amita magna, a greataunt; avunculus or amita major; avunculus maximus, amita maxima, etc.; v. h. vv., and cf. Dig. 38, 10, 10.—
2.
In specifications of value, in the neutr. absol., magni or magno, high, dear, of great value, at a high price, etc.; cf.: pretii majoris or maximi, higher, highest, very high:
magni esse,
to be highly esteemed, Cic. Fam. 13, 72, 2:
magni aestimare,
id. Tusc. 5, 7, 20:
magni existimans interesse ad decus,
to be of great consequence, id. N. D. 1, 4, 7:
emere agros poterunt quam volent magno,
id. Agr. 2, 13, 34:
magno vendere,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 30, § 71:
conducere aliquid nimium magno,
too high, too dear, id. Att. 1, 17, 9:
magno illi ea cunctatio stetit,
cost him dear, Liv. 2, 36.— Comp.:
ornatus muliebris majoris pretii,
Cic. Inv 1, 31, 51, rarely without pretii:
multo majoris alapae mecum veneunt,
dearer, higher, Phaedr. 2, 5, 25.— Sup.: te haec solum semper fecit maxumi, most highly prized, Ter And. 1, 5, 58:
senatus auctoritatem sibi maximi videri,
Cic. Att. 1, 14, 2: in majus, too greatly, too highly, greater than it is:
extollere aliquid in majus,
more highly than it deserves, Tac. A. 15, 30:
celebrare,
id. ib. 13, 8:
nuntiare,
id. H. 3, 38:
credere,
to believe a thing to be worse than it is, id. ib. 1, 18:
accipere,
to take a thing to be greater than it is, id. ib. 3, 8 init.: innotescere, in an exaggerated manner, id. ib 4, 50.—Also with abl., in majus vero ferri, Liv. 21, 32, 7.—
3.
Magnum and maximum, adverbially, greatly, loudly (ante- and post-class.):
magnum clamat,
greatly, with a loud voice, aloud, Plaut. Mil. 3, 2, 10:
inclamare,
Gell. 5, 9 fin.:
exclamat derepente maximum,
Plaut. Most. 2, 2, 57.—Hence, măgis, adv., only in comp. in this anomalous form (i. e. mag-ius, like pris-cus for [p. 1100] prius-cus, and pris-tinus for prius-tinus); and in sup.: maxĭmē ( maxŭmē).
A.
Comp.: magĭs (apocop. form, măgĕ, Plaut. As. 1, 1, 51; 2, 3, 14; id. Mon. 2, 3, 35; id. Poen. 1, 2, 64; 1, 2, 14; id. Trin. 4, 3, 46; id. Truc. 1, 2, 75; 3, 1, 17; 4, 4, 34; Lucr. 4, 81; 756; 5, 1203; Prop. 1, 11, 9; 3 (4), 14, 2; 4 (5), 8, 16; Verg. A. 10, 481; Sol. 22 fin.; but in Enn. ap. Cic. Fam. 7, 13, 2, magis or magi'. Acc. to Serv. Verg. A. 10, 481, Cicero in the Frumentaria wrote: mage condemnatum hominum in judicium adducere non posse), in a higher degree, more completely, more (for the difference between magis, plus, potius, and amplius, v. amplius).—
B.
In gen.
1.
With no qualifying words.
a.
With the addition of the second term of the comparison.
(α).
With verbs:
quae (facinora) istaec aetas fugere magis quam sectari solet,
Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 28:
saliendo sese exercebant magis, quam scorto aut saviis,
id. Bacch. 3, 3, 25; id. Pers. 4, 4, 108; 86:
magis honorem tribuere quam salutem accipere,
Caes. B. G. 7, 20, 7:
nisi forte magis erit parricida, si qui consularem patrem, quam si quis humilem necarit,
Cic. Mil. 7, 17:
magis ut consuetudinem servem, quam quod, etc.,
id. Clu. 32, 89.—Repeated:
quam magis exhausto spumaverit ubere mulctra, Laeta magis pressis manabunt flumina mammis, i. e. quo magis,... eo magis,
Verg. G. 3, 309 sq.; cf.:
tam magis illa fremens... quam magis effuso crudescunt sanguine pugnae,
id. ib. 7, 787 sq.; v. Hand, Turs. III. p. 566.—Magis est, quod or ut, there is greater reason, there is more cause that, etc.:
quamobrem etsi magis est, quod gratuler tibi, quam quod te rogem: tamen etiam rogo, etc.,
Cic. Att. 16, 5, 2:
magis est, ut ipse moleste ferat, errasse se, quam ut, etc.,
id. Cael. 6, 14.—
(β).
With substt., usu. with quam: tu me amoris magis quam honoris servavisti gratia, Poet. ap. Cic. Tusc. 4, 32, 69: bellipotentes sunt magi' quam sapientipotentes, Enn. ap. Cic. Div. 2, 56, 116 (Ann. v. 188 Vahl.):
umbra es amantum magis quam amator,
Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 31:
magis adeo id facilitate quam alia ulla culpa mea contigit,
Cic. de Or. 2, 4, 15:
aditus ad consulatum non magis nobilitati quam virtuti pateret,
id. Mur. 8, 17:
magis ratione et consilio quam virtute vicisse,
Caes. B. G. 1, 40, 8; cf.:
ut magis virtute quam dolo contenderent,
id. ib. 1, 13, 6:
se magis consuetudine sua quam merito eorum civitatem conservaturum,
id. ib. 2, 32, 1:
timori magis quam religioni consulere,
id. B. C. 1, 67, 3:
jus bonumque apud eos non legibus magis quam natura valebat,
Sall. C. 9, 1:
non duces magis quam milites callent (obsistere, etc.),
Curt. 3, 2, 14.—And after negatives: non magis quam, as little as:
in dicendo irasci, dolere... non sunt figurae, non magis quam suadere,
Quint. 9, 1, 23:
Romanos nec magis jam dolo capi quam armis vinci posse,
Liv. 10, 4, 10:
pro certo habens non magis Antonio eripi se quam Caesari Brutum posse,
Sen. Suas. 6, 17:
non magis Alexandri saevitiam quam Bessi parricidium ferre potuisse,
Curt. 7, 6, 15; cf.:
nec magis post proelium quam in proelio caedibus temperatum est,
Liv. 2, 16, 9. —Followed by atque instead of quam (rare):
non Apollinis magis verum atque hoc responsum est,
Ter. And. 4, 2, 15.— With the comp. abl. (rare):
quid philosophia magis colendum?
Cic. Fin. 3, 22, 76:
quanto magis Aliensi die Aliam ipsam reformidaturos?
Liv. 6, 28, 6 Weissenb. ad loc.:
quam Juno fertur terris magis omnibus unam... coluisse,
Verg. A. 1, 15 (cf. B. 3. infra):
Albanum sive Falernum Te magis appositis delectat,
Hor. S. 2, 8, 17.—
(γ).
With pronn.:
quid habetis, qui mage immortales vos credam esse quam ego siem?
Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 64:
quis homo sit magis meus quam tu es?
id. Mil. 3, 1, 20:
quam mage amo quam matrem meam,
id. Truc. 3, 1, 17; cf.:
quem ego ecastor mage amo quam me,
id. ib. 4, 4, 34.—With utrum, followed by an:
jam scibo, utrum haec me mage amet, an marsupium,
Plaut. Men. 2, 3, 35.—With the abl. instead of quam:
nec magis hac infra quicquam est in corpore nostro,
Lucr. 3, 274; Verg. A. 1, 15.—
(δ).
With adjj. and advv., and esp. with those which do not admit the comparative termination (most freq. without adding the second term of the comparison; v. under b. d): numquam potuisti mihi Magis opportunus advenire quam advenis, Plaut. Most. 3, 1, 47:
neque lac lacti magis est simile, quam ille ego similis est mei,
id. Am. 2, 1, 54:
ars magis magna atque uber, quam difficilis et obscura,
Cic. de Or. 1, 42, 190:
corpora magna magis quam firma,
Liv. 5, 44, 4:
vultu pulchro magis quam venusto,
Suet. Ner. 51.—With the abl., Plaut. As. 3, 3, 114:
neque ego hoc homine quemquam vidi magis malum,
id. Ps. 4, 1, 27:
ab secundis rebus magis etiam solito incauti,
Liv. 5, 44, 6.—With compp. (adding to their force):
ita fustibus sum mollior miser magis quam ullus cinaedus,
Plaut. Aul. 3, 2, 8. —
b.
Without the addition of the second term.
(α).
With verbs: ergo plusque magisque viri nunc gloria claret, Enn. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1 (Ann. v. 315 Vahl.):
sapiunt magis,
Plaut. Bacch. 3, 3, 4:
magis curae est, magisque afformido, ne, etc.,
id. ib. 4, 10, 3:
magis metuant,
id. Mil. 5, 44:
tum magis id diceres, Fanni, si, etc.,
Cic. Lael. 7 fin.; cf. id. Rep. 1, 40, 62:
cum Pompeius ita contendisset, ut nihil umquam magis,
id. Fam. 1, 9, 20:
magis velle, for malle: quod magis vellem evenire,
Ter. Eun. 5, 7, 1; Val. Fl. 3, 270.—
(β).
With substt.: non ex jure manum consertum sed magi' ferro, Enn. ap. Gell. 20, 10 (Ann. v. 276 Vahl.):
magis aedilis fieri non potuisset,
better, finer, Cic. Planc. 24, 60.—
(γ).
With pronn.:
ecastor neminem hodie mage Amat corde atque animo suo,
Plaut. Truc. 1, 2, 75.—
(δ).
With adjj. and advv. (so most freq.).—With adjj.:
ut quadam magis necessaria ratione recte sit vivendum,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 1, § 2:
magis anxius,
Ov. M. 1, 182:
hic magis tranquillu'st,
Plaut. Bacch. 5, 2, 55:
nihil videtur mundius, nec magis compositum quicquam, nec magis elegans,
Ter. Eun. 5, 4, 12:
nemo fuit magis severus nec magis continens,
id. ib. 2, 1, 21:
quod est magis verisimile,
Caes. B. G. 3, 13, 6:
magis admirabilis oratio,
Quint. 8, 3, 24:
magis communia verba,
id. 8, 2, 24 et saep.; rare: magis quam in aliis = praeter ceteros;
nescio quo pacto magis quam in aliis suum cuique pulchrum est,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 22, 63.— With advv.:
magis aperte,
Ter. Ad. 4, 5, 30:
magis impense,
id. ib. 5, 9, 36.—With compp. adding to their force:
magis est dulcius,
Plaut. Stich. 5, 4, 22:
magis majores nugae,
id. Men. prol. 55:
magis modum in majorem,
id. Am. 1, 1, 145:
contentiores mage erunt,
id. Poen. 2, 15.—
2.
Strengthened.
a.
By etiam, multo, tanto, eo, hoc, quo, tam, quam; and negatively, nihilo:
qualis in dicendo Hierocles Alabandeus, magis etiam Menecles, frater ejus, fuit,
Cic. Brut. 95, 325; id. Off. 1, 21, 72:
illud ad me, ac multo etiam magis ad vos,
id. de Or. 2, 32, 139:
tanto magis Dic, quis est?
Plaut. Bacch. 3, 6, 28:
ut quidque magis contemplor, tanto magis placet,
id. Most. 3, 2, 146:
vicina cacumina caelo, quam sint magis, tanto magis fument,
Lucr. 6, 460:
quanto ille plura miscebat, tanto hic magis in dies convalescebat,
Cic. Mil. 9, 25:
sed eo magis cauto est Opus, ne huc exeat, qui, etc.,
Plaut. Most. 4, 2, 22:
atque eo magis, si, etc.,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 1, § 1:
eoque magis quod, etc.,
id. Lael. 2, 7; Caes. B. G. 1, 23; 1, 47; 3, 14;
5, 1: immo vero etiam hoc magis, quam illi veteres, quod, etc.,
Cic. Agr. 2, 35, 97:
hoc vero magis properare Varro, ut, etc.,
Caes. B. C. 2, 20:
quo magis cogito ego cum meo animo,
Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 13; Nep. Thras. 2:
magis quam id reputo, tam magis uror,
Plaut. Bacch. 5, 1, 5:
tam magis illa fremens... Quam magis, etc.,
Verg. A. 7, 787:
quanto mage... tam magis,
Lucr. 4, 81 sq.:
quam magis in pectore meo foveo, quas meus filius turbas turbet... magis curae est magisque afformido, ne, etc.,
Plaut. Bacch. 4, 10, 1; 4, 4, 27; id. Men. 1, 1, 19:
quam magis te in altum capessis, tam aestus te in portum refert,
id. As. 1, 3, 6:
densior hinc suboles Quam magis, etc.,
Verg. G. 3, 309:
cum Vercingetorix nihilo magis in aequum locum descenderet,
Caes. B. G. 6, 53.—
b.
By reduplication: magis magisque, magis et magis, magis ac magis; and poet. also, magis magis, more and more: ex desiderio magis magisque maceror, Afran. ap. Charis. p. 182 P.:
cum cotidie magis magisque perditi homines tectis ac templis urbis minarentur,
Cic. Phil. 1, 2, 5; id. Fam. 2, 18, 2; 16, 21, 2; Sall. C. 5, 7; cf. Cic. Fil. Fam. 16, 21, 2:
de Graecia cotidie magis et magis cogito,
Cic. Att. 14, 18, 4; 16, 3, 1; id. Brut. 90, 308; Liv. 7, 32, 6; Sall. J. 8, 6:
magis deinde ac magis,
Suet. Vit. 10:
post hoc magis ac magis,
id. Gram. 3;
for which also: magisque ac magis deinceps,
id. Tit. 3; Tac. A. 14, 8; Sen. de Ira, 3, 1, 4; id. Ep. 114, 25; id. Ben. 2, 14, 4; Plin. Ep. 1, 12, 10; 7, 3, 4; 10, 28, 3.— Poet. also:
magis atque magis,
Verg. A. 12, 239; Cat. 68, 48:
post, vento crescente, magis magis increbescunt,
id. 64, 275; cf. Verg. G. 4, 311.—
3.
Pleon.
a.
With potius (anteclass.):
magis decorum'st Libertum potius quam patronum onus in via portare,
Plaut. As. 3, 3, 99:
mihi magis lubet cum probis potius quam cum improbis vivere,
id. Trin. 2, 1, 38.—
b.
With malle: quam cum lego, nihil malo quam has res relinquere;
his vero auditis multo magis,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 31, 76:
finge enim malle eum magis suum consequi quam, etc.,
Dig. 17, 2, 52, § 10. —
C.
In partic.: non (neque) magis quam.
1.
To signify perfect equality between two enunciations, no more... than; just as much... as; or neg., no more... than; just as little... as:
domus erat non domino magis ornamento quam civitati,
i. e. just as much to the city as to its owner, Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 3, § 5; Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 4, 2:
non Hannibale magis victo a se quam Q. Fabio,
Liv. 22, 27, 2:
conficior enim maerore, mea Terentia, nec me meae miseriae magis excruciant quam tuae vestraeque,
Cic. Fam. 13, 3, 1; Liv. 9, 22.— Neg.: qui est enim animus in aliquo morbo... non magis est sanus, quam id corpus, quod in morbo est, i. e. is just as far from being sound as a body, etc., Cic. Tusc. 3, 5, 10:
si aliqua in re Verris similis fuero, non magis mihi deerit inimicus quam Verri defuit,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 69, § 162; id. Fam. 5, 12, 3; id. de Or. 2, 8, 31:
non nascitur itaque ex malo bonum, non magis quam ficus ex olea,
Sen. Ep. 87, 25;
Quint. prooem. § 26: non magis Gaium imperaturum, quam per Baianum sinum equis discursurum,
Suet. Calig. 19. —Ellipt.:
nec eo magis lege liberi sunto,
just as little from that as from the rest, Cic. Leg. 3, 4, 11.—
2.
For restricting the idea expressed in the clause with non magis, so that not more, according to a common figure of speech, = less; in Engl. not so much... as; less... than:
deinde credas mihi affirmanti velim, me hoc non pro Lysone magis quam pro omnibus scribere,
Cic. Fam. 13, 24; Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 17:
miserebat non poenae magis homines, quam sceleris, quo poenam meriti essent,
Liv. 2, 5; 1, 28.—
3.
Magis minusve, magis aut minus, or magis ac minus; post-Aug. for the usual plus minusve, more or less:
sed istud magis minusve vitiosum est pro personis dicentium,
Quint. 11, 1, 27; Plin. 17, 24, 37, § 220:
minora vero plerumque sunt talia, ut pro persona, tempore, loco, causa magis ac minus vel excusata debeant videri vel reprehendenda,
Quint. 11, 1, 14; Plin. 37, 5, 18, § 67:
quaedam tamen et nationibus puto magis aut minus convenire,
Sen. Ep. 40, 11; cf.:
quosdam minus aut magis osos veritatem,
id. Suas. 1, 5:
aut minus, aut magis,
id. Ep. 82, 14.—
4.
With alius... alio, etc.: ceterae philosophorum disciplinae, omnino alia magis alia, sed tamen omnes, one more than another, i. e. in different degrees, Cic. Fin. 3, 3, 11 Madvig. ad loc. (al.:
alia magis, alia minus, v. Hand, Turs. III. p. 560): mihi videntur omnes quidem illi errasse... sed alius alio magis,
Cic. Fin. 4, 16, 43:
sunt omnino omnes fere similes, sed declarant communis notiones, alia magis alia,
id. Tusc. 4, 24, 53:
alii aliis magis recusare,
Liv. 29, 15, 11.— Sup.: maxĭmē( maxŭmē), in the highest degree, most of all, most particularly, especially, exceedingly, very, etc.
A.
Lit.
1.
Alone.
a.
With a verb:
haec una res in omni libero populo maximeque in pacatis tranquillisque civitatibus praecipue semper floruit,
Cic. de Or. 1, 8, 30:
quid commemorem primum aut laudem maxime?
Ter. Eun. 5, 9, 14; 3, 1, 79:
nos coluit maxime,
id. Ad. 3, 2, 54:
quem convenire maxime cupiebam,
Plaut. Pers. 2, 4, 30; id. As. 3, 3, 133:
de te audiebamus ea, quae maxime vellemus,
Cic. Fam. 12, 25, a, 7; cf. id. Att. 13, 1:
extra quos (fines) egredi non possim, si maxime velim,
id. Quint. 10, 35:
in re publica maxime conservanda sunt jura belli,
most especially, id. Off. 1, 11, 33: huic legioni Caesar propter virtutem confidebat maxime, [p. 1101] Caes. B. G. 1, 40:
quem Homero crederet maxime accedere,
came nearest to, Quint. 10, 1, 86; cf.
pugnare,
most violently, Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 271; 1, 1, 44:
jubere,
most positively, id. Bacch. 4, 9, 80:
id enim est profecto, quod constituta religione rem publicam contineat maxime,
Cic. Leg. 2, 27, 69; cf. maxime fin.:
ab eo exordiri volui maxime,
id. Off. 1, 2, 4:
cernere naturae vim maxime,
id. Tusc. 1, 15, 35.—
b.
With an adj.:
res maxime necessaria,
Cic. Lael. 23, 86:
loca maxime frumentaria,
Caes. B. G. 1, 10:
loci ad hoc maxime idonei,
Quint. 1, 11, 13:
maxime naturali carent amicitia,
Cic. Lael. 21, 80:
maxime feri,
Caes. B. G. 2, 4:
qui eo tempore maxime plebi acceptus erat,
id. ib. 1, 3:
idem ad augendam eloquentiam maxime accommodati erunt,
Quint. 1, 11, 13:
elegans maxime auctor,
id. 10, 1, 93:
maxime vero commune est quaerere, an sit honesta? etc.,
id. 2, 4, 37:
noto enim maxime utar exemplo,
id. 7, 3, 3.—So with supp.:
quae maxime liberalissima,
Cic. Att. 12, 38, 3:
maxime gravissimam omniumque (rerum),
Liv. 41, 23, 4 MS. (dub.: maxumam gravissimamque, Weissenb.). —
c.
With numerals, at most:
puer ad annos maxime natus octo,
Gell. 17, 8, 4.—
d.
With an adv.:
ut dicatis quam maxime ad veritatem accommodate,
Cic. de Or. 1, 33, 149 (v. infra 2).—
2.
Strengthened by unus, unus omnium, omnium, multo, vel, tam, quam, etc. (supply potest):
qui proelium unus maxime accenderat,
Curt. 5, 2, 5:
cum sua modestia unus omnium maxime floreret,
Nep. Milt. 1, 1:
quae maxime omnium belli avida,
Liv. 23, 49; 4, 59; cf. Drak. ad Liv. 36, 19, 4:
atque ea res multo maxime disjunxit illum ab illa,
Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 85:
imperium populi Romani multo maxime miserabile visum est,
Sall. C. 36, 4:
illud mihi videtur vel maxime confirmare, etc.,
Cic. N. D. 2, 65, 162:
hoc enim uno praestamus vel maxime feris,
id. de Or. 1, 8, 32:
quae quidem vel maxime suspicionem movent,
id. Part. Or. 33, 114:
quam potes, tam verba confer maxime ad compendium,
as much as possible, Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 186:
ego jubeo quam maxime unam facere nos hanc familiam,
Ter. Ad. 5, 8, 2:
ut quam maxime permaneant diuturna corpora,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 45, 108; id. de Or. 1, 34, 154:
quo mihi rectius videtur, memoriam nostri quam maxime longam efficere,
Sall. C. 1, 3:
ceterum illum juvenem incipere a quam maxime facili ac favorabili causa velim,
Quint. 12, 6, 6.—
3.
With the relative qui in the phrases, quam qui maxime and ut qui maxime:
tam enim sum amicus rei publicae, quam qui maxime,
as any one whatever, Cic. Fam. 5, 2, 6:
grata ea res, ut quae maxime senatui umquam fuit,
Liv. 5, 25; 7, 33.—
4.
With ut quisque... ita (maxime, potissimum or minime), the more... the more (or less):
hoc maxime officii est, ut quisque maxime opis indigeat, ita ei potissimum opitulari,
Cic. Off. 1, 15, 49:
ut quisque magnitudine animae maxime excellit, ita maxime, etc.,
id. ib. 1, 19, 64; cf.
, in the contrary order: colendum autem esse ita quemque maxime, ut quisque maxime virtutibus his lenioribus erit ornatus,
id. ib. 1, 15, 47:
ut enim quisque maxime ad suum commodum refert, quaecumque agit, ita minime est vir bonus,
id. Leg. 1, 18, 49.—
5.
In gradations, to denote the first and most desirable, first of all, in the first place:
hujus industriam maxime quidem vellem, ut imitarentur ii, quos oportebat: secundo autem loco, ne alterius labori inviderent,
Cic. Phil. 8, 10, 31; cf. id. Caecin. 9, 23:
si per eum reductus insidiose redissem, me scilicet maxime sed proxime illum quoque fefellissem,
id. Rab. Post. 12, 33:
in quo genere sunt maxime oves, deinde caprae,
Varr. R. R. 2, 9, 1:
maxime... dein,
Plin. 9, 16, 23, § 56:
sed vitem maxime populus videtur alere, deinde ulmus, post etiam fraxinus,
Col. 5, 6, 4:
maxime... deinde... postea... minume,
Plin. 37, 12, 75, § 196:
maxime... postea... ultimae,
Col. 6, 3, 6:
post Chium maxime laudatur Creticum, mox Aegyptium,
Plin. 18, 7, 17, § 77.—
B.
Transf.
1.
Like potissimum, to give prominence to an idea, especially, particularly, principally:
quae ratio poetas, maximeque Homerum impulit, ut, etc.,
Cic. N. D. 2, 6, 6; Varr. R. R. 1, 51, 1:
scribe aliquid, et maxime, si Pompeius Italia cedit,
Cic. Att. 7, 12, 4: de Cocceio et Libone quae scribis, approbo:
maxime quod de judicatu meo,
id. ib. 12, 19, 2; id. Fin. 5, 1, 1:
cognoscat etiam rerum gestarum et memoriae veteris ordinem, maxime scilicet nostrae civitatis,
id. Or. 34, 120; id. Att. 13, 1, 2.—So in the connection, cum... tum maxime; tum... tum maxime; ut... tum maxime, but more especially:
scio et perspexi saepe: cum antehac, tum hodie maxime,
Plaut. Mil. 4, 8, 56:
plena exemplorum est nostra res publica, cum saepe, tum maxime bello Punico secundo,
Cic. Off. 3, 11, 47; id. Att. 11, 6, 1; id. Fl. 38, 94:
tum exercitationibus crebris atque magnis, tum scribendo maxime persequatur,
id. de Or. 2, 23, 96:
longius autem procedens, ut in ceteris eloquentiae partibus, tum maxime, etc.,
id. Brut. 93, 320.— With nunc, nuper, tum, cum, just, precisely, exactly: Me. Quid? vostrum patri Filii quot eratis? M. Su. Ut nunc maxime memini, duo, just now, Plaut. Men. 5, 9, 58:
cum iis, quos nuper maxime liberaverat,
Caes. B. C. 3, 9:
ipse tum maxime admoto igne refovebat artus,
Curt. 8, 4, 25; 6, 6, 10; 5, 7, 2; Liv. 27, 4, 2 Drak.:
haec cum maxime loqueretur, sex lictores eum circumsistunt valentissimi,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 54, § 142; cf. id. ib. 2, 2, 76, § 187;
2, 4, 38, § 72: totius autem injustitiae nulla capitalior, quam eorum, qui cum maxime fallunt, id agunt, ut viri boni esse videantur,
id. Off. 1, 13, 41; Liv. 4, 3; 30, 33:
tum cum maxime,
at that precise time, at that moment, Liv. 40, 13, 4; 40, 32, 1; 33, 9, 3; 43, 7, 8; so,
tunc cum maxime,
Curt. 3, 2, 17:
nunc cum maxime,
Cic. Clu. 5, 12; id. Sen. 11, 38; Liv. 29, 17, 7; v. 2. cum.—
2.
In colloquial lang., to denote emphatic assent, certainly, by all means, very well, yes; and with immo, to express emphatic dissent, certainly not, by no means: Ar. Jace, pater, talos, ut porro nos jaciamus. De. Maxime, Plaut. As. 5, 2, 54; id. Curc. 2, 3, 36: Th. Nisi quid magis Es occupatus, operam mihi da. Si. Maxime, id. Most. 4, 3, 17; Ter. And. 4, 5, 23: Ca. Numquid peccatum est, Simo? Si. Immo maxime, Plaut. Ps. 1, 5, 80; Ter. Hec. 2, 1, 31:
scilicet res ipsa aspera est, sed vos non timetis eam. Immo vero maxime,
Sall. C. 52, 28 (v. immo); v. Hand, Turs. III. p. 552-607.
2.
Magnus, i, m., a Roman surname, e. g. Cn. Pompeius Magnus; v. Pompeius.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > maxumus

См. также в других словарях:

Paris and Oxford between Aureoli and Rimini — Chris Schabel Oxford ideas in logic and natural philosophy were readily received, analysed, and partially incorporated into corresponding writings of a logical or natural philosophical nature at the University of Paris throughout the 1320s, 1330s … History of philosophy
Relationship between Friedrich Nietzsche and Max Stirner — The philosophers Friedric … Wikipedia
Union between Sweden and Norway — United Kingdoms of Sweden and Norway Förenade konungarikena Sverige och Norge De forenede Kongeriger Norge og Sverige Personal union ← … Wikipedia
If There's Anything I Can't Stand — Infobox television episode Title = If There’s Anything I Can’t Stand Series = Desperate Housewives Caption = Phyllis Van De Kamp chats with Bree Season = 4 Episode = 4 Airdate = October 21, 2007 Production = 404 Writer = Alexandra Cunningham Lori … Wikipedia
closely — adverb 1 if you look at or study something closely, you look at it etc hard, trying to notice everything about it: watch sb closely: The detective was watching him closely, waiting for a reply. 2 if two things are closely connected or related,… … Longman dictionary of contemporary English
closely — close|ly W2S2 [ˈkləusli] adv 1.) very carefully ▪ The detective watched him closely , waiting for a reply. closely controlled/guarded/monitored etc ▪ Political activity is closely controlled. ▪ Details of the program are a closely guarded secret … Dictionary of contemporary English
HEBREW LANGUAGE — This entry is arranged according to the following scheme: pre biblical biblical the dead sea scrolls mishnaic medieval modern period A detailed table of contents precedes each section. PRE BIBLICAL nature of the evidence the sources phonology… … Encyclopedia of Judaism
Ireland — Irelander, n. /uyeur leuhnd/, n. 1. John, 1838 1918, U.S. Roman Catholic clergyman and social reformer, born in Ireland: archbishop of St. Paul, Minn., 1888 1918. 2. Also called Emerald Isle. Latin, Hibernia. a large western island of the British … Universalium
Mill, John Stuart: Ethics and politics — J.S.Mill Ethics and politics R.F.Khan ON LIBERTY John Stuart Mill’s mature views on ethics and politics are to be found in On Liberty (published in 1859), Utilitarianism (1861), Considerations on Representative Government (1861) and The… … History of philosophy
Josh Lewis and Reva Shayne — Jeva (for Josh and Reva) on internet message boards. Storyline Josh Lewis and Reva Shayne met while growing up in Tulsa, Oklahoma. Reva s family worked for the wealthy Lewis clan. They were childhood sweethearts until Josh left for college.… … Wikipedia
Occasionalism — Daisie Radner The seventeenth century doctrine known as occasionalism arose in response to a perceived problem. Cartesian philosophy generated the problem and provided the context for the answer. In the Cartesian ontology, mind and matter are… … History of philosophy

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

there is a strong connection between them

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

there is a strong connection between them

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка: